Achieving massive goals, reaching your highest potential, and creating the future of your dreams with Dr. Benjamin Hardy. Set impossible goals for yourself! Hear Dr. Benjamin Hardy’s brilliant tips for goal-setting, self-development, and upleveling yourself and your business.  Today, we discuss:  (5:45) The psychology behind “10x is easier than 2x”  (11:47) How to reframe your past into a powerful asset for your future (19:31) Why you should be setting impossible goals  (24:57) The necessary resources, possible risks, and ways to actually create these impossible goals (42:07) Real-world examples of how seemingly impossible goals create more resources  (48:24) What happens if you don’t hit your impossible goals?  (52:44) The science of achieving impossible goals and advice unlearning outdated ideas that no longer serve you  (57:13) Understanding time as a tool to create flexibility  Listen in and start your incredible future life TODAY!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode 10x Is Easier Than 2x by Dr. Benjamin Hardy Think Again by Adam Grant Follow Dr. Hardy instagram.com/drbenjaminhardy benjaminhardy.com Follow Jasmine The Jasmine Star Show podcast instagram.com/jasminestar jasminestar.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

3 quick and easy holiday offers to boost your revenue, reduce your stress, and end your year strong. Create an irresistible holiday offer! Hear my top stress-free strategies for hitting your year-end revenue goals with a quick and easy holiday offer.  Today, I talk about:  (3:09) The challenges and opportunities of being a business owner during the holidays  (7:20) Tips for building a quick and impactful workshop course  (10:48) Strategies for crafting a coaching package that provides personalized support to your clients  (13:08) How to put a holiday spin on the tools you’ve already created  (14:08) Using digital downloads for a quick and passive revenue boost  (15:11) Why you should stick to simple marketing campaigns for your holiday offers Listen in and make the most of this holiday season!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode #722: The Beginner’s Blueprint to Passive Income with Digital Downloads with Cody Berman Two Weeks Notice by Amy Porterfield  Digital Course Academy  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Everything you need to know to start scaling your small business and reclaiming your freedom as an entrepreneur. Start scaling like a pro! Join Stacy Tuschl for expert tips and practical strategies on transitioning from operator to true owner of your business. In this episode, you’ll hear about:  (7:31) What it really means to transition from an operator to an owner in your business  (9:31) Why solopreneurs often get maxed out at around $150,000 per year (12:23) Strategies for successfully hiring and outsourcing for the first time (18:21) How to ensure new hires pay for themselves within 90 days (22:57) A deep dive into Stacy’s 5 step profitable outsourcing framework (37:39) A real-life success story of someone in Stacy’s life who transitioned from operator to owner  (40:51) Common scaling mistakes that could be holding you back (& how to avoid them!)  (47:06) Everything you can learn from Stacy’s FREE masterclass!  Listen in because it's time to step into your owner era and start running your business like a pro!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Entrepreneur Magazine: The Six-Figure Solopreneur World Protect Your Profit FREE Masterclass  Never Lose An Employee Again”: Keys To Employee Engagement And Retention feat. Joey Coleman  Two Weeks Notice by Amy Porterfield  Follow Stacy  Well-Oiled Operations with Stacy Tuschl podcast stacytuschl.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s why having a morning routine that prioritizes your mental and physical health will be a game-changer for your business.  Make your morning routine count! Hear the morning routine that changed my life with tips for staying productive, energized, and successful all day long.  In this episode, you’ll hear about:  (3:21) Why you need to give yourself grace if your morning routine isn’t totally consistent  (6:49) My morning habits that includes waking up early to fuel and move my body  (9:58) Tools I use to regulate my nervous system and feel energized for the day (13:35) Strategies that will encourage you to keep showing up (even when you’re emotionally and physically drained!)  Listen in – your health, wellness, and productivity will thank you for it! Resources Mentioned in the Episode #289: The Entrepreneurs Morning Routine (Including Tips to Create Your Own) #721: How I’m Managing My Anxiety and Depression (& Why I’m Talking About It) Digital Course Academy  Kate Northrup Dr. Gabrielle Lyon  Alex Hormozi Leila Hormozi LMNT Strong Coffee Infrared PEMF Go Mat Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Maximizing your sales during the holiday season, optimizing your social media ads, and making this year your most profitable to date. Make more money this holiday season! Join social media ad expert Salome Schillack for her top strategies on selling more products during the holidays.  In this episode, we discuss:  (6:25) The most common mistakes businesses make with ads during the holiday season and how you can avoid them  (8:18) Why the holidays are the perfect time to grow your audience  (12:51) How to identify underperforming ads before it’s too late  (17:31) Top strategies for audience targeting  (20:41) Tips for crafting an ad that stands out in a crowded holiday market (24:23) The best time to start running your holiday ads  (28:00) The role of organic content in supporting your ad campaigns (31:09) Cost-effective methods to reach your advertising goals  (33:08) Why you should start building your holiday ads NOW!  Listen in and remember, it's never too early to get started. Here's to making this your most profitable holiday season yet! Resources Mentioned in the Episode #339: Facebook Ad Strategies To Grow Your Audience Now (No Matter Where You Are In Your Business) with Salome Schillack Digital Course Academy Foundational Facebook and Instagram Ads Digital Course Follow Salome  The Launch Lounge podcast instagram.com/the_launch_lounge thelaunchlounge.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Uncovering exciting new opportunities for your business, revealing unexpected customers, and staying super connected with your audience.  Don’t stop learning as an entrepreneur! Tune in for one of the most valuable lessons I’ve learned in business & start connecting deeper with your audience.  Today, I talk about:  (2:37) Why listening to your audience will help every single aspect of your business  (4:39) Strategies for starting conversations and upleveling engagement with your audience  (8:55) How to apply the value of surveys and client calls to your digital courses and masterminds  (14:07) Advice for stepping outside of your comfort zone and welcoming new opportunities  Listen in and get ready to connect with your audience on a deeper level and uncover opportunities you didn't even know were available to you! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Digital Course Academy  Don Miller Instagram Reel: Why no one is buying your products…  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Wondering how AI will impact the future of entrepreneurship? Here’s everything you need to know to protect your business from the dangers of AI while using it to your advantage. Will AI replace your online business? Hear Ben Angel’s expert insights on the benefits, dangers, and opportunities for the future of AI for entrepreneurs. In this episode, we discuss:  (6:20) All of the ways AI will impact business owners  (9:38) Tips for managing any fear or overwhelm you may feel about AI  (13:44) Questions you should ask as an entrepreneur navigating an AI world  (16:53) Practical strategies to help you prepare for a future with AI  (18:42) How to create a personalized AI roadmap that aligns with your specific goals and objectives (28:02) The truth about plagiarism and AI plus tips for reducing the risk of AI stealing information from your digital course  (36:12) Why AI will never actually replace you  (45:38) The benefits of AI for entrepreneurs  (51:35) Everything you will learn in Ben’s new book!  Listen in because this conversation might just change the way you think about AI and your online business! Resources Mentioned in the Episode The Wolf Is At The Door by Ben Angel Unstoppable by Ben Angel The Dark Side of ChatGPT: Employees & Businesses Need to Prepare Now ChatCPT Google AI Perplexity Follow Ben youtube.com/benangel instagram.com/benangelauthor facebook.com/yourwaytothetop Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Boosting your conversion rates, growing after each launch, and understanding the true impact of your digital course.  Each launch is an opportunity to grow! Listen in for 3 strategies that upleveled my 2024 digital course success and apply them to your business today.  Today, I highlight:  (2:31) Why launching is not about hitting every single goal  (5:31) How to embrace the ups and downs of being an entrepreneur  (8:11) A mindset shift to help you learn from each and every launch  (10:22) The value of linking a masterclass/bootcamp with your digital course  (16:19) Strategies for building trust with your attendees and increasing live show up numbers  (23:32) Ways my enrollment advisors support potential customers who are still unsure about buying (34:20) Putting your goals into perspective!   Listen in and apply these tips to your next launch! Your business will thank you.  Resources Mentioned in the Episode #532: Free Vs. Paid Bootcamps: Lessons Learned That Might Help You Decide What’s Best For You #276: How to Overcome the Most Common Objections When Selling Online #447: This Sales Strategy Converted at 44% & Now I’m Teaching It To You Digital Course Academy Course Confident Bootcamp Calendly Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Embracing the power of single-tasking, boosting your productivity, and reclaiming your valuable time. Multitasking is costing you valuable time! Hear my top strategies for embracing single-tasking, reducing stress, and boosting your productivity. Today, I I dive into:   (3:10) Proof that multitasking is a major problem with business owners (5:19) Why single-tasking helps reduce stress, manage chaos, and align your actions with business goals  (6:22) 3 of my favorite strategies for embracing single-tasking throughout your day  (9:04) The practical applications of single-tasking in your personal life  Listen in and break free from the multitasking trap, boost your productivity, and reclaim your most precious resource – your time! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Dr. Carla Naumburg Lauryn Bosstick  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Creating digital products that sell, generating major passive income, and building the online business of your dreams. From idea to creation to launch – learn everything you need to know to start selling digital products with Cody’s expert online training! Today, you’ll hear all about:  (5:26) Understanding the true value of digital products  (7:55) Strategies and tools for using SEO and audience data to land on your digital product idea (13:55) The most common mistakes entrepreneurs make when creating their digital products  (19:44) The best platforms for selling your digital products  (25:00) Proof that digital projects are the perfect side hustle  (30:30) How to start building your digital products right now!  Listen in and turn your ideas into income!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode From idea to creation to launch – learn everything you need to know to start selling digital products with Cody’s training workshop! Digital Course Academy Two Weeks Notice by Amy Porterfield  Gold City Ventures  Etsy Canva eRank EverBee Ubersuggest Google Trends Shopify WordPress Asana Follow Cody The Financial Independence Show podcast  instagram.com/codydberman codydberman.com  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Taking control of your mental health, finding the resources that are just right for you, and being the best entrepreneur you can be! Take control of your mental health! Hear my top mental health tips and actionable strategies for entrepreneurs who struggle with depression and anxiety.  Today, I discuss:   (2:17) Why I’m actually opening up about my depression and anxiety  (4:38) My long-term struggle with depression, starting from high school (8:38) How therapy, life-coaching, and the support of my inner circle has significantly helped me  (10:28) The importance of physical fitness throughout a mental health journey  (12:23) Tips for using journaling and meditation to manage stress (13:04) The medical treatment that completely changed my life  (21:01) A reminder to always unapologetically do what is best for you and your business  Listen in and remember to be kind to yourself and always do what's best for you!  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Having the hard conversations, building stronger relationships personally and professionally, and thriving as an entrepreneur. Relationships are crucial for building a business! Hear Brit Barron’s top tips for maintaining personal and professional relationships as an entrepreneur.  Today, we talk about:   (6:27) Strategies for navigating difficult conversations with people you don’t agree with  (11:07) What inspired Brit to title her book, “Do You Still Talk To Grandma?”  (17:39) How to “do the work” in your relationships  (23:34) Tips for maintaining your personal relationships as an entrepreneur when those around you don’t understand the business  (27:51) Advice for keeping business relationships intact after disagreements  (31:14) Why you need to have hard conversations  (36:02) Everything you can learn from Brit’s new book!  Listen in and I guarantee you'll leave with the confidence to have those difficult (but oh-so-important) conversations!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Do You Still Talk To Grandma? by Brit Barron Follow Brit instagram.com/britbarron britbarron.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Building your email list from the ground up to scale your online business to new heights with Sara Mayer. Ready to have a 10,000 subscriber year? Register for my FREE email marketing workshop today! Use email marketing to scale your online business! Hear Sara Mayer’s expert strategies on building your email list and providing value to your audience. Today, we discuss:  (3:15) Why Sara left corporate America to run her online business  (7:51) How to know when it’s time to build your email list  (11:57) Tips and actionable strategies for starting to grow your email list  (20:42) The importance of getting scrappy as a new entrepreneur  (24:14) The incredible lead magnets Sara has used in her email marketing (26:43) Shifting your mindset to overcome the fear of “annoying” your email list  (30:39) How to make sure your emails are providing actual value to your list  (33:33) Behind the scenes of the top trends in email marketing  (39:02) Why you need to take your email marketing seriously (and enjoy it!)   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Turning setbacks into opportunities, solving problems with confidence, and embodying the mindset of a strong leader. Start to think like a CEO! Hear my entrepreneurial mindset shift to turn setbacks into opportunities, problem solve like a pro, and scale your business.  Today, I discuss:   (5:56) The 3 steps of my “Think Like a CEO” mindset for shifting your perspectives (11:30) Strategies for fixing a lead magnet that just isn’t converting  (14:28) How to manage major technical issues like a pro (17:35) Tips for overcoming the fear that you won’t make any money  Listen in and remember – setbacks are all just part of the journey! These are what will shape you into the incredible entrepreneur you've always wanted to be.  Resources Mentioned in the Episode #437: How To Troubleshoot A Lead Magnet That’s Not Converting Michael Hyatt Jasmine Star Jill Stanton ConvertKit  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Building a thriving online business with your existing skill set, opening the doors to massive opportunity, and working less while making more. The doors to Digital Course Academy are officially OPEN! Learn more at amyporterfield.com/dca   Turn your skills into a profitable digital course! Hear how Dr. Sonia Chopra filled an industry gap with her online business & unlocked huge opportunity. In this episode, we discuss:  (5:31) How Dr. Chopra found a gap in her industry and built her digital course to fill it  (12:55) Advice for working less and making more money  (17:06) Strategies for building your digital course around a busy schedule  (23:42) Dr. Chopra’s initial doubts/challenges and the ways she overcame them  (27:08) Why it’s so crucial to nurture a solid email list  (34:02) Proof you can turn any skill into a digital course  Listen in because the opportunity of a lifetime could be waiting for you on the other side of your first digital course launch!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now! Resources Mentioned in the Episode The doors to Digital Course Academy are officially OPEN! Learn more at amyporterfield.com/dca   Digital Course Academy E-School E-School LIVE Follow Dr. Chopra instagram.com/drsoniachopra  drsoniachopra.com  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Struggling to pick a digital course topic you’re passionate about? This simple framework is here to help!  The doors to Digital Course Academy are officially OPEN! Learn more at amyporterfield.com/dca  Choose your digital course topic today! Listen in for a simple framework to help you stop overthinking and pick a profitable topic you’re passionate about. Today, I cover:   (3:00) Why you may be stuck due to fear or perfectionism – not a lack of ideas!  (6:56) How to use my “Sweet Spot Test” to identify your skills and the challenges you want to solve  (13:28) Tips for specifying or broadening your course topic (15:46) Strategies for determining your profit potential (18:33) The importance of choosing a topic that lights you up  Listen in and take this first step towards a more freedom filled life today! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Relaunching the same digital course over and over, generating consistent revenue, and scaling your business without the overwhelm or burnout.  Save your seat at my FREE live masterclass: 5 No Fuss Steps To Creating a Profitable Digital Course From Scratch!  Relaunch your digital course for years to come! Tune in for my proven relaunch strategy that will generate consistent revenue without burnout or overwhelm. Today, you’ll hear about:   (8:41) A behind-the-scenes look at the evolution of Digital Course Academy  (19:05) The massive benefits of staying committed to a course  (27:15) How my students saw incredible success through relaunching  (30:59) Tips for improving your course through your relaunch  (36:57) The 3 essential tools for effectively implementing the relaunch strategy  (42:58) Why you absolutely NEED a course update document Listen in and get ready to unlock the freedom that comes with smart, strategic relaunching! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Save your seat at my FREE live masterclass: 5 No Fuss Steps To Creating a Profitable Digital Course From Scratch!  Digital Course Academy Remote Work 101 with Camille Attell Italian Basics For English Speakers with Margherita Berti Dave Kaminski Corinne Crabtree Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Combating overwhelm, taking imperfect action, and making actual progress towards your goals. Stop letting overwhelm hold you back from success! Hear my favorite strategies for breaking free from overwhelm to take imperfect and courageous action. In this episode, I cover:   (2:25) The hard truth about perfectionism  (5:52) Understanding the opportunity cost of overwhelm  (10:49) Why you always need to take imperfect action in your business (and in your personal life!)  (13:09) Simple strategies for combating the overwhelm  (20:15) How you can move one step closer to success today  Listen in and stop letting overwhelm hold you back and start seeing real results in your business! Turn those digital course dreams into reality today.  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Digital Course Academy Seth Godin Marie Forleo  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Applying the principles of hospitality to ANY business, wowing your customers, and making your brand stand out from the crowd with Will Guidara. Save your seat at my FREE live masterclass: 5 No Fuss Steps To Creating a Profitable Digital Course From Scratch!  Today, I'm back in the studio with the fabulous Jasmine Star, and, my friend, this conversation is a must-listen. We sat down with a true hospitality extraordinaire, Will Guidara! Will turned his restaurant Eleven Madison Park into the #1 in the world, wrote the game-changing book "Unreasonable Hospitality" (trust me, you have to read it!), and was a guest star on Season 3 of one of my favorite shows, "The Bear."  In this episode, Will pulls back the curtain on the power of "unreasonable hospitality," tells you how to create experiences so incredible that your customers keep coming back, and shares tips for being the best leader possible for your amazing team.  Today, you’ll learn about:  (6:12) The difference between customer service and hospitality (and how this relates to your business!)  (12:08) Will’s top 3 tips for moving towards greatness as a leader  (19:52) How to deliver positive and constructive criticism/feedback to your team (24:26) Will’s perspective on “going against the grain” and the true meaning of “unreasonable hospitality”  (35:49) The importance of supporting, understanding, and fully seeing your team  (45:52) Will’s 95/5 rule for managing your finances  (50:03) Advice for applying these hospitality principals to your small or online business  Listen in and think about how you can apply "unreasonable hospitality" in your own business!  Resources Mentioned In Episode Save your seat at my FREE live masterclass: 5 No Fuss Steps To Creating a Profitable Digital Course From Scratch!   Subscribe to the Pre-Meal Newsletter Unreasonable Hospitality by Will Guidara  The Bear on FX TED Talk: The Secret Ingredients of Great Hospitality Follow Will linkedin.com/in/willguidara instagram.com/wguidara unreasonablehospitality.com Follow Jasmine The Jasmine Star Show podcast instagram.com/jasminestar jasminestar.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Structuring your course content to scale, refining after your first launch, and starting your digital course journey today! So, I've had the same digital course since 2019, and even though it looks pretty different today than it did back then, it still has the same foundation. My friend, we all have to start somewhere! And your course will also improve with time, but it can only evolve if you take that first step.  If you've been daydreaming about creating your very first digital course but feel overwhelmed by the idea, this episode is for you! You don't need to make a huge, complex course to launch. In fact, I encourage you to embrace the idea of “just start” so you can create your digital course right now and build it over time!  Today, I share my formula to help you decide on your digital course topic, show you how to design your modules for expansion, and share my top strategies for improving your course after the initial launch.  Every moment you spend doubting yourself and thinking “I'm not ready” could have been spent sharing your brilliant knowledge with your future students! The time is NOW to create a course that scales in value (and price!) as you refine and expand it.  In this episode, you’ll hear:   (4:02) My simple formula to identify your digital course topic  (7:28) Tips for outlining the content in your digital course modules  (11:14) How to structure your course for easy expansion over time  (13:47) Strategies for improving your course after that initial launch  (16:32) Advice for pricing your course in alignment to the growing course value  (18:29) Proof that starting with a small launch is better than not starting at all  Listen in and take that first step towards becoming a digital course creator today!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

I hope you feel 10x more clear about what it takes to create a course that will genuinely transform you business AND your life… and I hope you feel 10x more confident that you can absolutely do this. I also hope this has answered any and all of your questions in regards to joining my LIVE Bootcamp, Course Confident. Learn more at https://amyporterfield.com/bootcamp.

My favorite strategies for teaching high quality content in the quickest, most effective way possible (using the information you already know!) Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  Focus on quality over quantity when building your digital course! Hear my strategies for teaching top-notch content in the easiest, fastest way possible. Today, you’ll learn:   (6:21) Why you need to focus on the quality of your digital course and NOT the quantity  (9:23) The quickest and easiest strategies for making great content  (12:52) Tips for using existing tools and knowledge to create your digital course (16:25) How my fabulous student used only what she already had and still delivered incredible value through her digital course  Listen and start building a concise, focused digital course that your audience will love! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  Digital Course Academy Hustle Humbly podcast Follow Hayley instagram.com/yogasportscience yogasportscience.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why customer service is the key to building lasting relationships, turning first-time customers into raving fans, and scaling your business to the next level. Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  Great customer service is the key to growing your business! Hear my tips for creating a customer service experience that keeps your clients coming back.  Today, I cover:   (3:01) The quick backstory of our customer service nightmare in Italy (8:28) Why you should always acknowledge and validate your customer’s feelings (11:13) The importance of providing clear next steps to your customers (13:17) Tips for maintaining proactive follow-ups (15:29) How to turn a negative experience into a positive one with a “surprise and delight”  (17:35) What you should include in your customer service playbook  (21:40) Using customer feedback to grow your business  Listen in because while your marketing brings them in, exceptional service keeps them coming back, my friend!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Proof that it’s possible to launch your digital course without buying fancy tools, breaking the bank, or feeling overwhelmed. Want to learn how to launch a digital course on a really tight budget? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp! Launch your digital course without breaking the bank! Hear my top strategies for building your online business at a low-cost with tools you already have. Today, I reveal:   (8:13) My top tips for building your course with tools you already have (11:13) Why a digital course is an investment in your future (13:01) Strategies for starting small to test the waters of running an online business  (15:33) How my inspirational student went from scared and skeptical to six-figures and thriving!  Listen in and stop letting the fear hold you back from living the freedom-filled life of your dreams! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Want to learn how to launch a digital course on a really tight budget? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  #705: Digital Course Doubt: Is My Email List Too Small? #707: Digital Course Doubt: Do I Have Enough Time? #709: Digital Course Doubt: Do I Have the Right Experience? Digital Course Academy Zoom Jenna Kutcher Julie Solomon Canva membership.io Follow Masha Money Magnet Mama podcast  instagram.com/moneymagnetmama  mashagoins.com  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Creating a digital course your audience will actually engage with, get your students into action, and transform lives. Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp! Deliver a digital course your audience can’t wait to buy! Hear my top 3 strategies for creating a digital course that engages and transforms your students.  In this episode, I share:   (4:47) My favorite method for validating your digital course to ensure it fills the needs of your target audience  (8:58) Incredible student examples on the value of getting to know your ideal client (16:04) Why course calls will take your pre-launch to the next level (18:40) The best tool to help you validate your course (21:13) My content framework that encourages my students to apply what they learn  (26:39) How to show up as a passionate professional every day  (33:30) The exciting changes we’re making to Digital Course Academy this year Listen in and use this ChatGPT prompt to help you validate your digital course!  “Imagine you're a potential student interested in [your topic]. What are your top 3 struggles when it comes to this topic? What are your top 3 desires? And what would make a digital course on this subject truly valuable to you?” Resources Mentioned in the Episode Ready to kickstart your digital course journey? Join me in my Course Confident Bootcamp!  #280: How to Do a “Course Call” to Validate Your Digital Course Idea with Jamie Trull #379: Cure Writer’s Block: The Content Structure My Team Swears By Digital Course Academy Zoom Seth Godin Leila Hormozi Karen Oliver’s From Lease to Launch Digital Course  Jennifer’s When Being Hot Ain’t Cool No More Digital Course  Breastfeeding Basics by Arlie Hastings Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This personality test combines astrology with entrepreneurship and gives you all of the tools to thrive as a business owner. Astrology can help you be a better entrepreneur! AstroTwin Ophira Edut reveals how your birth chart helps build a business that plays to your strengths.  Today, you’ll hear about:  (8:57) What is astrology exactly?  (10:32) The ways astrology can actually make you a better entrepreneur   (20:32) An innovative and actionable tool for analyzing your strengths, challenges, motivations, and paths to success  (29:22) How your birth chart can help you fill your gaps as a business owner  (31:33) The three I*AM types: Innovator, Authority, and Maven (plus, which one I am!) (41:56) Ophira’s genius marketing funnel and everything you’ll learn from her new book, The Astrology Advantage (50:16) Advice for building a business that truly aligns with your strengths Listen in because the universe has big plans for you and your business! You’ll be calling yourself an astropreneur in no time. Resources Mentioned in the Episode The Astrology Advantage by Ophira and Tali Edut   Astropreneurs Program  The AstroTwins for Elle Magazine  Enneagram Find Your I*AM Type Marie Forleo Astrology & Business: Podcast with B-School’s Marie Forleo Follow Ophira  AstroTwins Radio podcast instagram.com/astrotwins  instagram.com/ophiraedut astrostyle.com  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Proof that you already have all of the knowledge, credibility, and skills you will ever need to teach your audience. Not sure what the topic of your digital course should be? Brainstorm your ideas with my FREE AI Course Topic Generator!  You don't have to be an expert to teach a digital course! Here are my strategies for boosting credibility and selling a course from right where you are. Today, you’ll hear:   (3:29) Why you only need a "10% edge" over your audience to teach effectively (5:10) The power of transparency as an online business owner  (7:26) How to gather customer testimonials, collaborate with others, and continue to learn  (12:07) Ways my brilliant client overcame her imposter syndrome and embraced her unique journey to craft a digital course  Listen in because you have valuable knowledge that needs to be shared! Your digital course is ready for you right now.  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Free Tool: AI Course Topic Generator #370: Behind-The-Scenes: How I Collect Money-Making Testimonials Digital Course Academy Jill Stanton Follow Austen instagram.com/austentosone austentosone.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why a digital course is the next step in scaling your business and having more freedom. Still deciding on a topic for your digital course? Brainstorm your ideas with my FREE AI Course Topic Generator!  Transition your 1-1 client work into a digital course! Here’s how to build and launch a digital course that replaces - or works with - your 1-1 business.  You’ll learn about:   (3:03) The massive value that comes with creating a digital course (5:05) 3 ways to build a digital course that complements your 1-1 work (9:29) How to transition away from 1-1 work and fully into digital courses (15:02) A step-by-step guide for outlining, building, and launching your digital course  (24:02) Tips for pricing your digital course and staying connected to your students (26:08) Two incredible student success stories  Listen in because today is the first step towards a freedom-filled life!  Resources Mentioned in the Episode Free Tool: AI Course Topic Generator Digital Course Academy membership.io Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Time-saving strategies and productivity tips for building a digital course around your busy schedule.  Not sure what the topic of your digital course should be? Brainstorm your ideas with my FREE AI Course Topic Generator!  There is always time to build a digital course! Hear my time-management tips and practical strategies to create a course even when you’re incredibly busy.  Today, I cover:  (3:46) Strategies for creating your digital course without the time overwhelm  (6:58) Proof that you already have enough content for your digital course  (8:30) Practical ways to carve out more time in your busy routine (16:55) How my brilliant and resourceful student built his entire digital course with seemingly no time in his schedule  (22:58) My favorite tool to save you time throughout your course creation process  Listen in because your digital course can’t afford to wait any longer! The time to make your unique impact on the world is NOW. Resources Mentioned in the Episode: AI Course Topic Generator Digital Course Academy  Full Focus  Brendon Burchard ChatGPT Follow Darnell instagram.com/bulletproofhustle  darnellbrown.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Expert formulas, blueprints, and tips for writing emotional and persuasive copy that will grow your online business. You already know enough to make a digital course! Need proof? Use my Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course!  Take your copywriting to the next level! Hear Alex Cattoni’s expert formulas, blueprints, and quick tips on improving your copy and growing your business. You’ll learn:  (7:46) What makes Copy Posse so unique and why Alex started the community  (12:08) Advice for tuning out the market competitors to focus on your own path (16:49) Tips for approaching copywriting for the first time and understanding messaging vs. marketing (20:55) A major copywriting step that most entrepreneurs overlook  (22:42) Alex’s formula for emotionally connecting with your buyer  (28:16) How to show your audience that you have the solution they’ve been looking for  (35:38) Top qualities to look for when hiring a copywriter  Listen in and start to uplevel your copy TODAY by using "The Emotional Buyer’s Journey" and "The 5 P's". Resources Mentioned in the Episode: Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course Copy Posse  Influence by Robert Cialdini Ray Edwards Follow Alex instagram.com/copyposse  alexcattoni.com  Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why your small and engaged email list will sell more than a large disinterested one.  NEW: You already know enough to make a digital course! Need proof? Use my Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course!  I truly believe that email lists scale your business, sell your offer, and connect with your audience like nothing else. But can you still sell your digital courses with a small email list? Well, of course you can! If you've been holding back from launching your digital course because you think your list isn't big enough, I'm here to remind you that no email list is too small to sell. In this episode, I share my top scrappy strategies and amazing real-life student success stories that prove you can still sell with an email list under 500.  In this episode, you’ll learn:   (5:44) Why a small engaged email list is more valuable than a large disinterested one (8:54) Scrappy strategies for optimizing your small email list  (11:36) A reminder that you have to start from somewhere!  (15:12) How my incredible student generated $58,000 in revenue with only 400 people on her email list  Listen in because you'll walk away today more motivated than ever to get started right where you're at!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Digital Course Academy Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course Facebook ads Google ads  Instagram ads  Follow Dayana  instagram.com/dayana_aleksandrova_ dayanaaleksandrova.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

How to get more clicks on your offer with the help of an eye-catching email subject line. You already know enough to make a digital course! Need proof? Use my Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course! My guest today is none other than the incredible Jay Schwedelson, a true email marketing genius who is here to share his game-changing strategies that will completely uplevel your email game overnight. Jay is the president and CEO of Outcome Media and the founder of the fantastic marketing event company GURU Media Hub.  Today, we talk about:  (4:29) Why the subject line of your email is so crucial and top tips for boosting your open rate (10:56) A super easy-to-use tool for optimizing your subject line  (17:54) A behind-the-scenes look at how Jay built and collects leads for subjectline.com  (23:45) Understanding social vs. email marketing and actionable strategies to grow your email list today (28:53) The importance of your call-to-action button  (32:11) How to get FREE access to the best information about the world of email marketing  Listen in because trust me – all it takes is a few minor tweaks to make your emails stand out in a crowded inbox!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Free Guide: Surprisingly Simple Ways To Turn Your Knowledge Into A Digital Course GURU Conference  SubjectLine.com  GURU Media Hub Outcome Media Follow Jay Do This, NOT That podcast  instagram.com/jayschwedelson jayschwedelson.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Still on the fence about creating a digital course? Here are all of the reasons why it might be the best decision you could make for your business. TAKE MY QUIZ: 3 types of people are replacing their income with a digital course… Could you be one of them? Just picture this: waking up to tons of sales notifications, becoming the go-to expert in your field, and building a wonderful community around something you're passionate about. Now, picture yourself doing all of this while having the freedom and flexibility to live life on your terms. This, my friends, is the incredible power of a digital course!  Today, I discuss:   (2:33) The four types of people who can really benefit from a digital course (5:18) How digital courses generate long-term passive income  (7:56) Why digital courses scale your business and position you as an expert in your field  (11:00) The freedom and flexibility of creating an online course  (13:07) Ways digital courses can diversity your income and build your community  Listen in because the time to make your next bold move for your business is now! Your digital course is just waiting to be shared with the world. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resources Mentioned in the Episode Digital Course Academy Quiz: 3 Types Of People Are Replacing Their Income With A Digital Course Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Here are 6 proven methods for generating passive income online with or without a digital course. If you know anything about me at all, you know I'm literally the biggest advocate for creating and launching digital courses to bring in recurring revenue for your online business. But guess what? (Drum roll, please…) There are other methods, too!  Today, I talk about:   (3:33) How to generate money online through one-on-one coaching, group coaching, and consulting services (9:38) Ways to apply your skills directly to your clients through service space work  (12:47) Why a workshop course will help your business at every single stage  (18:02) The potential of digital and physical products to boost your sales  (20:35) Methods for offering monthly subscription and membership content (23:15) Tips for hosting a low-cost paid challenge  Listen in because the key to success as an online entrepreneur is combining multiple income streams for a thriving, diversified business!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resources Mentioned In The Episode Digital Course Academy Quiz: Four Types of People Replacing Their Income With A Digital Course @natasha_beauty_junky_monkey on Instagram Dr. Rori Alter  Nicky Hammond Market Your Way To Readers And Royalties with Jody Dyer Michelle Fox's Workshops Michael Hyatt’s Full Focus Planner Mastering Medical Emergencies For Moms with Shannon Tripp  Chalene Johnson’s Patreon  Stu McLaren  Rebecca Rankin Etsy  Amazon Homemade Printify Shopify Substack Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Why you need to surround yourself with a supportive entrepreneurial circle.  15 years and 24 full-time employees ago, I thought I’d be a one-woman show with a few contractors forever. Because let’s be real, entrepreneurship can be lonely and downright scary sometimes! So often, the people around you don’t believe in your dream and you feel like you’re all alone. But guess what? It doesn’t have to be that way! But you’ve got to take action and be proactive to make sure that it’s not.  Today, you’ll hear:   (2:30) The reason I deeply believe in building an entrepreneurial support system  (7:14) Why you need to be all in with entrepreneurship  (9:40) Practical strategies to start surrounding yourself with other like-minded business owners  (15:09) Proof that you have the power to find your community  Listen in and remember – spend 10 minutes journaling about these 5 questions!   What kind of support do you need?  What kind of people are you looking for?  What kind of group or accountability pod would be really valuable to you?  What do you need to feel less lonely on this journey? "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resources Mentioned In The Episode Take our quiz: Quiz: Is A Digital Course Right For You?  Digital Course Academy Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Turning your passion into a household brand that scales, inspires, and seizes opportunity. Jasmine Star and I are back with another collab episode with the incredible Candace Nelson! You might know her as the founder of the iconic Sprinkles Cupcakes and the delicious Pizzana pizza or as a shark on Shark Tank. Told you she was incredible! Today, we talk about:  (5:46) How Candace grew her initial Sprinkles brand into more opportunities  (9:27) The first 3 things Candace did when she pivoted  (12:33) Behind-the-scenes of Candace’s Shark Tank experience  (20:49) The elements of a fantastic pitch  (27:55) Tips for navigating necessary risks  (30:14) Advice for finding the courage to do something different and go against the grain  (34:35) 3 things you can do TODAY to overcome imposter syndrome, dream big, and chase those dreams "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Resource Mentioned In The Episode: How the Cupcake Queen Broke Free of Her Brand Shark Tank Sprinkles Cupcakes Pizzana Sugar Rush Oprah: The Story Behind Sprinkles Cupcakes Gently Soap Thirteen Loon Daniele Uditi Follow Candace Sweet Success newsletter instagram.com/candacenelson linkedin.com/in/candacenelson9 tiktok.com/@candacenelson  candace-nelson.com    Follow Jasmine The Jasmine Star Show podcast instagram.com/jasminestar jasminestar.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com

Why the “perks” at your 9-5 job will never beat the freedom of entrepreneurship. Feeling a bit overwhelmed by the grind lately? Wondering if being an entrepreneur is really worth it? Well, I want you to STOP right there and tune in because this episode is guaranteed to lift your spirits, remind you why you started your own business, and give you a real good laugh!  Today, you'll hear some absolutely hilarious "perks" my team members experienced at their old 9-5 jobs. Spoiler alert: You'll leave this episode so happy you left your 9-5 – or be even more motivated than ever to hand in your resignation letter. Think Top Banana awards and "flex" Fridays (but if you work 10+ hours Monday to Thursday)!  Let's be honest – being an entrepreneur is super challenging…but it's also so incredibly rewarding! My friend, there have been plenty of days when I've wanted to give up, when I felt like I was the only one who didn't have it all figured out and I was struggling to reach my goals. But you know what? Those tough days are just a natural part of the journey and are often beautiful opportunities to grow as a business owner and person.  Tune in for:   (2:31) Proof that there are ebbs and flows all throughout entrepreneurship (5:27) Understanding the illusion of security at a 9-5 job  (10:21) The “perks” of working for someone else instead of being your own boss (15:52) Advice for overcoming the fear of leaving your job  Listen in because being an entrepreneur is the best choice you could ever make, and this episode is all the proof you'll need!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why the best move for you and your business might be to sell it and how you can tackle this pivot. Have you ever thought about selling your business? No, it doesn't mean you're giving up on your entrepreneurial dream or that you no longer love what you've built! Pivoting as an entrepreneur can open the door to so many exciting new opportunities. And my amazing guest for this episode is the perfect example of how making a change could be your best move ever. I'm thrilled to welcome my dear friend and powerhouse entrepreneur, Jessica Zweig, on the show today. Jessica didn't just pivot in her career; she made a courageous leap into a whole new area of business. She's here to share her journey, from building multi-seven-figure businesses to making the bold decision to sell and reinvent her path.  Honestly – can you imagine if you were the exact same person you were as a teenager? No way! We all evolve over time, and the same goes for our businesses. I mean, if I think about the difference between my first year as an entrepreneur and my 15th year – it's massive! Change is a natural part of growth, my sweet friend.  Whether you're just starting out or have been in the game for years, this chat is filled with valuable insights on rebranding, managing burnout, and the often unspoken dream to sell your business. Today, you’ll hear about:  (11:09) When Jessica knew it was time to sell her first business  (17:26) What to do when you’re burnt out with your business but still want to be an entrepreneur  (26:44) Advice for letting go of your personal connection to your business  (29:43) Why Jessica’s new company is completely aligned with her evolved life goals  (39:24) How to give yourself the permission to dream big  (41:41) A sneak peek into Jessica’s brand new book The Light Work Listen in if you're feeling ready for the next chapter of your business and your life. I’m right here cheering you on!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Growing your business is going to be your biggest challenge. Here’s the powerful mindset shift that will get you through!   Looking back, I wish I had invested just as much, if not more, into understanding how to create a strong entrepreneurial mindset as I did in courses, strategies, and coaching. Yep, you read that right, my friend. Because, believe it or not, when times start to get tough as you build your business (and trust me—they absolutely will), managing your mindset is the thing that will get you through!   If you're going through a difficult time in your business right now, today's episode is just what you need to hear! I reveal the powerful mindset shift that helped me overcome the toughest challenges in my 15-year entrepreneurial journey. Now, this reframe isn't what you'd usually hear in the online space, but I promise it will be your secret weapon for boosting your resilience and embracing the hustle. Entrepreneurs with great mindsets who are willing to put in the work to bounce back from setbacks are the ones who will thrive the most in their businesses and in life. You, my friend, deserve to be one of those people! You'll walk away from this episode ready to take the necessary risks of being a business owner, manage the fear that comes with them, and stop that pesky habit of comparing yourself to others.  Today, I talk about:   (3:23) Understanding that running a business means you have to be willing to take massive risks  (6:03) How to stop comparing yourself to others and recognize the necessary hustle of entrepreneurship  (9:12) Why entrepreneurship is two steps forward, one step back – and advice for effectively managing the setbacks  (11:38) The importance of investing in your mindset just as much as you invest in your business  Listen in, and be sure to share this message with a fellow entrepreneur who could use a boost!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why quitting social media could be the best move you can make to scale your business with Kate Kordsmeier. I want you to take a moment to imagine what your life and business would look like if you decided to completely quit social media. No more endless scrolling on TikTok or marketing on Instagram – would you still thrive? Well, guess what? My guest today, the fabulous Kate Kordsmeier, actually quit social media in 2021 and saw her business grow by a whopping 165%. It is possible, my friend!  Now, if you know me, you know that I have a love-hate relationship with social media. There are things about it that I don't particularly like, but I also see the many benefits it brings to my business. So, today's conversation was both uncomfortable and super eye-opening for me!  Kate is an entrepreneur and the CEO of an online business called "Success With Soul," where she helps women become entrepreneurs without the burnout. And today, she's here to encourage you to reframe how you connect, market, and scale your businesses in the digital age. She opens up about why she permanently logged off socials, how you can determine if it's the right move for you, and shares strategies for growing your business, email list, and creativity without being so reliant on social media.  You became an entrepreneur because you wanted to live life on your terms. So, if you've ever felt tied down to your Instagram, questioned the ROI from Facebook, or simply don’t find joy in using social media, listen in because this episode might just be the wake-up call you never knew you needed!  In this episode, you’ll learn:  (5:17) Why Kate decided to completely quit social media  (10:27) Strategies for growing your email list without social and the importance of SEO (20:08) How to know if quitting social media is right for you and the steps you can take to start distancing yourself (28:25) The incredible creative opportunities with marketing off of social  (31:56) The common misconceptions about social media and tips for using it amongst other parts of your business Get Kate's Templates & Trainings at her Success With Soul Shop >> amyporterfield.com/successwithsoul ***Use code AMY30 for 30% off your purchase. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My top 5 tips to successfully leave your corporate job and start your dream business today. You've finally taken the courageous leap to quit your 9-5 and start building the business of your dreams? So…what's next? Well – the very first step is to listen to this episode! I’m not lying when I say that today's episode is one I wish I had when I left my corporate job and started my own business 15 years ago.  I'm lifting the curtain on the most important steps you can take as a first-time entrepreneur that I know will set you and your business up for success right from the start! And these tips aren't just for newbies. Even if you're a seasoned pro, you might find yourself listening along and reflecting back on your early days – or you could realize that you might have skipped one or two of these crucial steps! My sweet friend, you'll hear all the details about why I'm so grateful I started to build a thriving email list early on, how I've learned to use all the feedback from my audience, and exactly where I like to reinvest my profit back into my business.  Today, I talk about:  (3:43) Tips for setting a realistic revenue goal for your first year (instead of trying to make millions!)  (5:41) The best ways to connect and learn from your audience  (8:07) Why it’s so important to grow and nurture your email list  (10:17) How to connect with a community of other entrepreneurs  (13:29) Where to reinvest your profit back into your business  Listen in and get ready to have the business, freedom, and life you’ve always wanted! The time to start is NOW.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Using human behavior to tweak your sales page and take your marketing to the next level with Melina Palmer. Ever wondered why some people choose to buy and others skip your offer? Well, did you know you can use the science of human behavior to answer that question and completely uplevel your marketing? My friend, understanding how your customers think, communicate, and how they make purchasing decisions is essential for ALL online marketers, digital course creators, and entrepreneurs. Yep – that means you!  In this episode, I'm so excited to chat with applied behavioral economist Melina Palmer! She brings the science of human behavior to the world of marketing to help you truly understand your ideal customer and get them to add your offer directly into their cart!  Melina has all the answers to your burning questions and shares her simple yet brilliant, actionable strategies for connecting with your customers. Because once you do, you can adjust your sales pages, pricing, and copy to maximize your sales! From identifying exactly what your customer is searching for to reframing your message using data and statistics to make your offers irresistible, this conversation is jam-packed with pure marketing gold!  Today, you’ll learn:  (3:20) What an applied behavioral economist does  (8:26) Actionable strategies you can use to better understand your customers and actually convert (13:54) Tips for reframing and anchoring your messaging to resonate deeper with your potential customer  (19:55) Applying human behavior directly to your marketing (29:23) The truth about scarcity, “VIP” offers, and luxury branding  (34:01) Deciding whether your business is one of quality or one of value and using it to tweak your marketing and pricing  (42:49) Melina’s top advice to immediately improve how you're connecting with your audience  Listen in and apply these tips and tricks to your business right now! You literally can not afford to wait another minute.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feeling behind? Here are 3 quick ways to boost your revenue and get back on track toward your annual goals. Can you believe it? We're already halfway through the year! Time is absolutely flying my friend, and if you're feeling those Sunday Scaries about meeting your annual goals, know that you're not alone. But the good news is you can turn your anxiety into action and start to close the gap between your goals and your actual numbers TODAY! If you're feeling a bit behind in reaching your annual goals – don't worry, I've got you covered. In this episode, we're gearing up for the ultimate mid-year business reset! I'm lifting the curtain on three of my favorite tried and true "low-lift" strategies to quickly boost your revenue and get you right back on track toward your goals.  Whether you're way more behind than you had anticipated or just need a little nudge, these tips are designed to help you finish the year out strong. Plus, I reveal my secret go-to tool that keeps me super organized and incredibly focused on my goals all year long. Just imagine ringing in 2025 with a massive sense of accomplishment (and relief!), knowing you've hit your target and then some!  Today, I discuss:  (3:35) Why you need to be paying attention to your numbers  (8:33) Leveraging your pre-existing skills to craft a special low-cost offer  (10:30) How to design a simple and quick yet high-converting workshop course  (13:42) Tips for using affiliate marketing to boost your revenue  (17:21) The best way to stay organized and plan for your long-term goals Listen in and remember that whether you're behind your goal or not, it doesn't determine your worth! There is still a ton of opportunity to make 2024 your best year yet.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A behind-the-scenes look at the tools and strategies my team used for our beautiful website refresh. When you're building your online business, can you really only rely on social media to scale? The quick answer – NO! While social media is excellent for outreach, you just aren't going to get the same stability, control, and conversion rates as a website.  But, I know what you're thinking: Amy, how do I even start to build an entire website?! I totally understand how nerve-racking it can be when you’re launching your first website. Mine only had a gray header, my name in black with a shadow, and super cheesy graphics. My friend, we all have to start somewhere! But lucky for you, creating a functional and beautiful website now is actually a whole lot easier and faster than you might think.  Today, I share the practical tools, tips, and strategies my team used in our recent website remodel. That's right – you're getting a behind-the-scenes look at how we refreshed our website and a step-by-step walkthrough of the entire redesign process. Whether you're building a website for the first time or want to uplevel your current one, this episode will help you make a great first impression with your visitors and avoid the mistakes I made early on. Plus, I talk about my favorite platform for website building and how to make your website incredibly engaging and high-converting.  In this episode, you’ll learn:  (5:28) Website function vs. website beauty and designing effectively and efficiency  (10:47) The main goals I had in mind for my website redesign  (13:36) Why website expert Jen Olmstead believes website templates can completely transform your online presence (19:22) Understanding the three essential pages for your website: homepage, about page, and blog page (24:45) How a User Experience Specialist and an SEO Expert can take your website to the next level (28:40) Everything you need to know about adding images to your website  (30:23) Tips for starting small and scaling later  Listen in and get started on creating a website that not only looks amazing but also aligns with your business goals! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Prioritizing your email list to connect directly with potential buyers and scale your business. What if I told you that you’re just one email away from boosting your revenue by thousands! My friend, the moment you shift your focus towards growing and nurturing your email list instead of chasing social media followers is the moment when your business will truly take off. I know, I know – I sound like a broken record, but your email list is really THAT important! You might feel like it takes too long, you've tried everything, or you would rather focus on your social media. Well if that rings true to you, I'm here today to challenge that mindset and help you recognize the incredible value of email list marketing. In this episode, I share all the reasons why your email list should take center stage over your social media followers. While social media is great for organic marketing, having a large following doesn't always translate into revenue. Your email list is your direct line to your audience of buyers where you get to make a bigger impact on the market all while scaling your unstoppable business! Honestly – what more could you ask for?! Today, I talk about:  (5:51) Proof that email lists are more effective for scaling your business than having social media followers (10:01) The surprising difference in conversion rates between social media marketing and email marketing  (13:17) Real-life examples of when email marketing made thousands for my business (19:09) Why a revenue boost is always just one email away (20:46) Tips for staying consistent, putting in the effort, and having a direct relationship with your audience  Listen in because when you have a thriving email list, you have the power to strengthen your client relationships, provide massive value, and sell your offer like never before.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Embracing your confidence, launching your wealth, and leading your business to the top. My friend, are you ready for some real-deal inspiration as strong and delicious as Uncle Nearest whiskey? I know I am! Today, I am joined once again by the fabulous Jasmine Star to bring you another powerhouse conversation. And trust me, you'll want to listen to this one on repeat.   We have the incredible Fawn Weaver, CEO of the award-winning Uncle Nearest whiskey brand, in the room with us for this episode. She is an absolute force and one of six Black women in America to found and lead a $1 billion company! But today, we're not just talking about her whiskey – Fawn is here to share her brilliant entrepreneurial insights and show you how to apply them directly to your growing business.  Fawn's journey from homelessness to building an empire is beyond inspiring, and lucky for you, she is all about sharing her success secrets in real time! You get a front row seat to her wisdom on overcoming barriers as a Black woman in business, embracing your confidence, building extreme wealth, and being a rockstar leader for your team. I'm telling you – you're going to walk away today feeling unbelievably energized and ready to take on the world!  And if all of that isn't enough, you'll get an inside look at the brilliant marketing strategies that launched her small business to the very top.  In this episode, we discuss:  (5:42) The importance of owning your real estate – both online and physical  (23:24) Understanding the history and African influence on Tennessee whiskey and the story behind Uncle Nearest  (29:06) Practical tips to start raising serious money for your business as a woman or person of color  (34:29) How Fawn recovered when her bank account was negative $1.4 million (42:25) Advice for owning a room, embodying your confidence, and standing strong in your identity  (48:28) The most effective way to make your smaller brand stand out amongst the biggest companies  (52:46) Fawn’s top marketing strategies to drive sales and scale your business super quickly  Listen in and soak up all of the advice from a woman who has truly reshaped the business world. Cheers! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Creating an irresistible lead magnet to grow your email list and scale your business. Let me tell you – I would never have built the amazing business I have today without my incredible email list. If you're not prioritizing your email list right now, my friend, consider this your sign to do it!   Why you may ask? Well, these days, social media just isn't enough – you absolutely need a thriving email list to scale your business. And one of the best ways to build an email list is by having a powerful lead magnet! In this episode, I share (literally!) each and every tip, trick, and actionable strategy I have for creating lead magnets that your ideal customers won't be able to resist. Trust me – you’re gonna want to get out a pen and paper!  Basically, a lead magnet is a free offer or resource that you give to your audience in exchange for their email. Once you have that info, you're on your way to building an email list that practically sells for you!  Today, I walk you through every single step, from coming up with ideas to designing to promoting your lead magnet. Seriously, these have been a total game-changer for my business, and of course, I want the exact same for you!  In this episode, you’ll learn:  (5:48) A few simple questions to ask yourself to help you decide on a topic for your lead magnet  (11:39) The most common and effective types of lead magnets  (26:14) My top strategies to keep in mind when creating your lead magnet  (32:22) The best and easiest ways to design your lead magnet (no graphic design skills needed!)  (35:59) How to optimize your landing page and your thank you page  (41:22) Tips for choosing a landing page URL and integrating it into your email service provider  (44:39) Why you need to get peer reviews and feedback on your lead magnet  (46:53) Resources for promoting your lead magnet – even if you don’t have a website yet  To help you determine the topic of your lead magnet, there are a few simple questions you can ask yourself. Remember…the purpose of your lead magnet is to help your ICA solve an immediate problem or pain point! #1: What is the best place to start the conversation with your ICA? #2: What is the number one question you get asked all the time? #3: What topic do you feel like you could talk about for hours on end? #4: What should your ICA be asking you that they are not asking yet? $5: What is your ICA most afraid of? #6: What could help your ICA right this minute? #7: What is something your ICA isn’t expecting from you, yet if you offered it for free, it would knock their socks off? #8: How can you get your ICA unstuck or out of overwhelm? #9 What are your ICA’s biggest pain points and/or desires? What would help ease their pain or help fulfill a desire? #10: What does my ICA need to understand, be aware of or believe, in order to want or need my program, product, or service? Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Promoting a work environment where your team feels supported, encouraged, and motivated to grow your business. Picture this: You – leading a brilliant team that not only meets every expectation you set but exceeds them AND they do it all without feeling overwhelmed or burnt out. Sign me up! While I’m not perfect, I honestly believe that my fabulous team has cracked the code for creating and fostering a culture of growth and excellence for every single member of our team.  My friend, as business owners, our success is directly tied to the performance of our team members. That's why we need to make sure they feel extremely supported, encouraged, and motivated to put their best foot forward each and every day.  From creating incentives to giving consistent recognition and implementing a game plan to prevent burnout – my team has tried it all! So, in this episode, I share exactly how we do it so you can apply it directly to your thriving business. But what if you don't have a team?! Trust me – whether you only have one other team member, a virtual assistant, or a small team of contractors, these strategies can be applied in so many different ways.  Today, you’ll hear about:  (4:20) How we structure our annual bonuses for each team member  (7:34) Why we have a four-day work week, the holidays we take off, and the value of unlimited PTO (14:09) The importance of understanding what motivates and lights up your team  (15:25) Tips for encouraging your team to perform without pushing them too hard or creating burnout  (19:49) Advice for promoting a supportive and appreciative work environment  Listen in and take these strategies to your team today! I promise you – your team and your business will uplevel in no time!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Understanding your finances, investing like a pro, and reaching the financial freedom you’ve always wanted. As an entrepreneur, I'm sure you know how important it is to understand your finances. You're the one who's solely responsible for bringing it in every month, and it can be super stressful and confusing, right?!  I'll be honest – when I first started my entrepreneurial journey, I really struggled with my finances. I didn't know how to plan ahead, invest, or make smart financial decisions, and I made a lot of mistakes in those early days. But it doesn't have to be the same for you!  Today, you're in the best hands to learn those skills and much more with brilliant CPA and extremely successful entrepreneur Mel Abraham. He's here to share two super simple yet powerful money concepts he coaches his clients on. And if you haven't heard of his book "Building Your Money Machine," you're in for a treat! It's an incredible resource with practical and actionable steps to help you build a solid foundation for financial success.   Mel also opens up on how he managed an extremely scary cancer diagnosis. It was then that he saw the financial challenges small business owners face and decided to put his principles into his book. My friend, with Mel's wisdom, you can build wealth like never before and finally achieve the financial freedom you've always wanted.  Today, we discuss:  (7:59) How Mel’s cancer journey affected his business  (12:40) Understanding why you might have a fear of making financial decisions  (21:07) The importance of having open conversations about money and having a backup plan  (24:35) Using the “wealth priority ladder” to create a good financial foundation, have priorities, and maximize the returns of every single dollar  (32:35) Tips and tricks for investing your money for financial freedom  (38:03) How to be debt free in your retirement  (44:13) Everything you will learn from Mel’s brilliant book!  Listen in and take control of your finances today! Trust me – this is an episode you don't want to miss.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to avoid having “desperate energy”, making frantic decisions, and being in complete panic mode in your business.  If I had to guess, I would say that you've experienced moments in your entrepreneurship journey where things just didn't go as planned. You know, those launches that don't take off, promos that fail to convert, or your email list subscribers that keep going away? It's incredibly frustrating, and you may be tempted to move on to the next project or pick up the pieces immediately. But hold on! Before you do that, I need you to listen to this episode!  It's completely natural to feel a sense of desperation when things don't go your way, but I’m telling you my friend, you really don't want to get caught up in what I call "desperate energy." This energy can cause you to panic and frantically scramble to find a solution without making a second thought, and it's so not helpful for your business!  Oh, and I've been guilty of this myself, and even my brilliant CEO called me out about it a few months ago. So I know that people don't want to work with someone who has this habit! In today's episode, I share my top advice for avoiding making frantic and desperate decisions for your business when things aren’t going according to plan.  In this episode, I talk about:  3:05: What “desperate energy” really means for your business  4:05: My experience with having desperate energy when I’m stressed out  7:23: Practical strategies for closing revenue gaps in your business to avoid making frantic decisions  11:02: Why you need to stay cool, calm, and confident in your interactions and relationships  Listen in and embrace these tips! I promise you’ll stay cool, calm, and confident in all of your interactions and relationships.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mastering your media strategy so you can connect directly with your ideal audience, gain credibility, and scale your business. Imagine if you had the chance to directly connect with your target audience, share your story, your passion, your advice, and really make an impact with your incredible business. Well, what if I told you that is all possible once you know the secrets to an amazing media strategy?   Enter life coach and media strategy extraordinaire Susie Moore! Susie started life coaching as a side hustle, turned it into a full-time gig, and now has one of the most impressive resumes of media publications I've ever seen. We're talking Marie Claire, Business Insider, Forbes – you name it. In this episode, she's here to share how she perfected her media strategy so you can do it, too!  You'll learn how to nail your pitch, secure those media placements, and build the confidence to go after the biggest opportunities. Even if you're unsure if your story is compelling enough to tell, Susie reminds you that you always have value to offer! Plus, she even has a 3-minute intuition hack to help you write a publication that resonates.  Today, we talk about:  (5:37) How Susie turned her 9-5 into a full time gig (10:35) The power of context in the media and how Susie used it to uplevel her content  (14:49) What media editors and producers are they actually looking for (17:40) Key elements to include in your media pitch so it stands out from the crowd (23:47) The importance of collaborating with publications who are aligned with your message (30:44) Tips for brainstorming life topics to write about (even if you think you don’t have a “compelling” personal story to tell!)  (36:55) Susie’s perspective on the use of AI in media content (39:34) Advice for finding the confidence to put yourself out there and go after big media opportunities (45:47) How to become your own PR team Listen in and get the credibility you and your business deserves!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Turning your FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) into JOMO (Joy Of Missing Out) so you never feel burnt out again. Ever feel like you’re just stretched way too thin? Oh, I know I have! As entrepreneurs, it's so incredibly easy to become overextended. We all want to grab every opportunity that comes our way, take on every task, and say yes to every chance we can for more exposure. Trust me my sweet friend, saying yes to everything might seem like the right thing to do at first, but it's a super slippery slope.  Early in my entrepreneurial journey, I used to take every single opportunity I was given because of the fear that I might miss out on something. That's right – I was feeling the dreaded FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out). But, I would get SO burnt out SO quickly! That is, until I eventually realized that most of the things I was doing weren't actually in service of my long-term goals as a business owner.  So, in this episode, I’m here to share my biggest pieces of advice for avoiding burnout, open up about my experiences with it (so you can learn from them, of course!), and share my tips and tricks for prioritizing what's truly most important to you and your business.  Today, you’ll hear about:  2:27: The importance of setting goals for your business and how I set my quarterly and yearly goals  4:06: Advice for knowing when to say “no” to opportunities  9:36: Why you need to get super clear on the season you're in, your values, and your priorities  11:13: Questions to ask yourself that will help define exactly what you want  Listen and get ready to turn that FOMO into JOMO (Joy Of Missing Out)!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Streamline your business operations, prevent costly mistakes, and scale faster than you ever thought possible. One of my favorite compliments we get for our business is when people say, "Your business runs like a well-oiled machine!" It's such a great feeling knowing that all the hard work is paying off and my customers are noticing. The secret? My fantastic Operations Department! They have streamlined everything for the business, saved my team valuable time, prevented costly mistakes, and helped me scale quicker than ever before.  Which is why, in this episode, I'm so excited to introduce you to my brilliant Ops Department – a dynamic duo who makes everything behind the scenes flow seamlessly.  They work on everything from legal and HR to launches, budget structuring, and event management – the list goes on! They’ve shared the five key strategies they use to streamline processes, improve efficiency, and bring my mission and core values to life!  Now my friend, I know that not everyone has (or needs) an entire Ops team like I do, but don't worry – these strategies apply to every entrepreneur and every business, no matter how big or small. Whether you're working alone or with a team, these tips are guaranteed to help you work smarter, faster, and with less stress.  Today, you’ll hear about:  7:14: My team’s step-by-step process for streamlining our business operations through standard operating procedures (SOPs)  17:50: Tips and tricks for leveraging AI to improve SOPs  20:39: How to create a comprehensive spreadsheet/“Program at a Glance” (PAG) for your virtual events  27:11: Why you need a quarterly tool audit to look at value and consolidate your work  29:04: My Ops team’s simple three stage process for mastering interviews  Listen in and learn how to streamline your business operations and transform your hustle into a well-oiled machine.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How you can apply the lessons I’ve learned over 15 years of entrepreneurship to your growing business.  I'm super excited that you're here today, my friend! Why? Because I just celebrated something very special – 15 years of entrepreneurship! Can you believe it? Over the past 15 incredible years, I've learned more about myself and my business than I ever thought was possible. And I'm ready to share the biggest and most important takeaways I've learned with you right here and right now! But, I'm only lifting this curtain on one condition! I want you to take away everything I say today and apply it directly to your business so that you can grow, scale, and create the freedom-focused business you've always dreamt of. Because let's face it, even on the hardest days, entrepreneurship beats a 9-5 job every single time.  Trust me – I know firsthand just how difficult entrepreneurship is, but please know that you're not alone! You'll have the best and most challenging days of your life, and I'll be right here to cheer you on every step of the way. So, if you're deep in the trenches or have seen them before, this episode will be one you'll want to put on repeat! Today, I talk about:  3:43: How I’ve learned to have “thick skin” in entrepreneurship (even though I’m a super sensitive person!)  10:20: Practical tools for managing depression, anxiety, and self-care 16:46: Why you need to be known for and prioritize one niche as an entrepreneur  19:45: Advice for separating business relationships from true friendships 24:02: Tips for maintaining a team, hiring the right people, and having difficult conversations  26:34: Understanding that every challenge you face is happening FOR you Listen in and keep reminding yourself what you’re working towards. Keep going because freedom is just around the corner, my friend!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rewiring your brain to create new beliefs and live the life you want on your terms. If you know me, you know I’ve always said that being an entrepreneur is 80% about your mindset. The webinars, list building, and funnels can all be taught, but getting your head in the right space is what will truly set you apart as a business owner!  But did you know that as female entrepreneurs, we are actually socially programmed to have more anxiety, more stress, and more self-doubt? This makes it so incredibly challenging to embody that bold and unapologetic mindset. Lucky for you, my guest today is here to help you create brand new beliefs and lead you directly to the life you've always wanted!  In this episode, I sit down with the fabulous Kara Loewentheil, a former lawyer turned master life coach, who literally spends her days helping women rewire their brains for success. Yes, you read that right! Today, we're talking all about hacking your mindset using cognitive change strategies to unlearn those frustrating societal expectations.  Over my 15 years of entrepreneurship, I've changed my mindset around lots of things, like money, my worth, and taking up space. But, even millions of dollars later, I still have a lot to learn. And I'm telling you – I learned so much from this chat with Kara, and I know you will, too!  Today, we discuss:  5:35: What it actually means to be a feminist and how Kara teaches women to liberate themselves and achieve their dream life on their terms 12:19: Tips for releasing the daily societal pressures put on you as a woman  17:54: Why women are socialized to prioritize others' needs over their own (and how this can manifest in motherhood!)  23:03: Being bold with your money as a female entrepreneur 29:49: How to reprogram your brain to stop negative self-talk and build new beliefs  33:40: Advice for overcoming the societal conditioning that leads to guilt, anxiety, and stress in women  37:40: Changing your perspective on time management to be more present in daily life  43:37: The steps women should take to run their businesses boldly, confidently, and courageously   51:01: Why Kara wrote her life-changing book  Listen in and start showing up for yourself in a stronger and more consistent way in every aspect of your life!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Going against the grain in entrepreneurship, mastering social media marketing, and watching your online business take off with Gary Vee and Jasmine Star. If you've been putting in the work to grow your amazing online business, you've probably stumbled across the name Gary Vaynerchuk (or Gary Vee!) a time or two. And if you've been working on showing up authentically as an entrepreneur, you've absolutely heard of my dear friend, Jasmine Star.  Well, today is your lucky day because they're both here to share some game-changing wisdom on going against the grain in entrepreneurship and having the confidence to take huge risks for growth.   Gary's unbelievable new book, "Day Trading Attention: How to Actually Build Brand and Sales in the New Social Media World" is just about to hit shelves, and this episode gives you a sneak peek into its brilliance. Think of it like a roadmap for navigating the world of online marketing, content creation, and brand building. Listen, I could rave forever about this book, but in this episode, we're diving into super simple, detailed, and actionable strategies for using social media to grow your business.  Now, social media has grown a lot in recent years, and I have a bit of a love-hate relationship with it. But Gary has been a fantastic resource as I've learned to master social media platforms and become more comfortable posting authentically.  Ready to take your business to the next level? Spoiler alert: you've got to think outside the box, have complete courage, and take unconventional approaches. It's all about getting in the dirt of entrepreneurship and learning to love it, my friends!  Today, you’ll hear about:  (9:20) How going against the grain has helped Gary build his business and his advice for anyone who needs the courage to be unconventional  (16:13) Why you need to embrace and respect “the dirt" of entrepreneurship for long-term success (21:57) Understanding the three movements in social media: algorithmic, interest-based, and personalized content  (29:09) Overcoming insecurities and fear of regret so you don't miss out on opportunities  (33:14) Gary’s top three actionable strategies for launching your business with social media and ads (42:52) Mindset shifts for showing up as your full, confident, and non-judgemental self  (48:12) A sneak peak into the amazing practical tips you will find in Gary’s book  (55:06) The importance of finding your niche and creating content that is fun to resonate with your audience  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A behind the scenes look into a mastermind weekend with some of the most brilliant female entrepreneurs I know. I want you to imagine all of the entrepreneurial goodness that can happen when a group of brilliant powerhouse women come together for a whole weekend just to brainstorm and mastermind their businesses. Sounds unbelievable, right?  Well, I just got back from one of these weekends with a group of fabulous business gals, and let me tell you, it was a game-changer! Trust me my friend, being a part of a group like this will take your business to new heights and give you all the support and motivation your heart desires.  We spent the weekend in a beautiful hotel, chatting in the lobby and sharing our top tips for upleveling our companies. Now, it was strictly business, but we also had a ton of fun! Today, I reveal my top takeaways from the weekend, lift the curtain on exactly how we structured it, and give you all of the tips and tricks you need so you can create your very own mastermind group just like ours!  If you're dreaming of having your own circle of business besties, then this episode is for you.  In this episode, you’ll hear:  4:20: The difference between the way men and women talk about business  7:08: How we structured our mastermind weekend  9:49: Why everyone in the group supported each other despite being in the same niche  13:00: Tips and tricks for planning your very own mastermind weekend!  17:39: The importance of setting a positive tone and solid structure before the meeting Listen in and get involved with a group or start one of your own now. You and your business deserve to have an incredible and rock-solid support system!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Reclaiming your valuable time by efficiently and efficiently releasing high-quality content.  If you’re just starting to build your online business, want to be the go-to expert in your field, or simply looking to impress your audience with game-changing tips and tricks, releasing consistent, high-quality content is absolutely crucial!  My friend, creating content is way more than just sharing information. It’s like building a bridge that connects you directly to your audience. I'm telling you – this is such an incredibly powerful tool that holds the potential to literally change lives!  But let's face it, creating SO much content can make you feel super burnt out and extremely frustrated. Coming up with fresh ideas multiple times a week? Yeah, it’s tough stuff. That's why, in this episode, I'm so excited to share the 5 brilliant strategies my team and I have been using for years (I'm talking since the very beginning) for creating content effectively and efficiently.  Whether you're a solopreneur or you have a team, these tips will take your content game to the next level. The best part? Because the content is so streamlined, you get to reclaim your valuable time and that sweet sweet freedom! You’ll walk away feeling more confident and equipped than ever to consistently release fantastic content.  Today, I cover:  3:35: Our top strategies for mastering the art of inspiration, tapping into your creativity, and overcoming mental roadblocks  15:12: My favorite organization tools and management systems for increasing the efficiency of content creation  19:12: Tips and tricks for repurposing your existing content  22:13: How to integrate AI tools into your content process  26:41: Advice for infusing each piece of content with intention and purpose  Listen in and start creating those beautiful connections with your audience!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The motto that’s been encouraging me to be more authentic and vulnerable with my audience.  Have you ever found yourself just about to make a post on social media, but then you stopped to ask: Is this a tad too personal? Maybe a tiny bit cringey? Do I really want to risk oversharing with my loyal audience? Well, my friend, buckle up because this episode is just for you! Trust me – you're gonna want to hit replay on this one.  Let's be honest, being vulnerable and authentic online isn't exactly in my comfort zone. Give me an hour to tell you how to build an email list, embrace your entrepreneurial mindset, or craft an unstoppable digital course any day! But, sharing the details of my personal life online? Now, that's quite the battle. However, I have to say that once I started opening up to my audience on a deeper level, I really felt incredible!  At the end of the day, people want to do business with humans they connect with! Not faceless brands behind a screen. So, in this episode, I reveal how I'm stepping up my online authenticity game, share the brilliant motto that's been my guiding light, and explain why expressing your true self will make you the best leader you can possibly be for your business.  Today, you’ll hear about:  6:47: Why my motto for sharing personal content is "scars over scabs" 12:03: Advice for using your vulnerable “scabs” to connect with your audience on a deeper level  14:24: Understanding that being a great leader is directly tied to being open, sharing life lessons, and embracing imperfections  18:06: How to learn from those who are a few steps ahead of you  Listen in and start being unapologetic online today! Your audience is just waiting to get to know the real you.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mastering the art of interviewing, optimizing your online marketing, and scaling your business in record time with Nathan Chan.  Let me ask you something – have you ever listened to a podcast episode or live speech that left you so incredibly inspired and motivated that you felt like you could take on the world? Well, that's exactly how I feel every single time I listen to my guest today speak!  I'm not exaggerating when I say that today's episode is one of my absolute favorites to date! Trust me my friend, as a business owner, you're going to be absolutely obsessed with the amount of wisdom that this conversation holds.  I'm talking about the one and only Nathan Chan, the genius entrepreneur behind Foundr. Nathan started Foundr as a small digital magazine, and it quickly became one of the most valuable tools with so many fantastic resources made specifically for entrepreneurs like you and me.  In this episode, Nathan lifts the curtain on all the highs and lows he experienced while building his amazing brand. From resilience to creativity to a passionate pursuit of his vision, Nathan's journey is truly a mini-masterclass in entrepreneurship.  The best part? He's an incredible interviewer who has interviewed over 100 billionaires! And lucky for you, he also shares his tips and tricks for mastering these high-level interviews.  Today, you’ll hear about:  5:16: Why Nathan started Foundr and how he overcame his biggest challenges  14:31: How to make money, expand, and diversify with a digital magazine  21:00: All of the lessons learned from Nathan’s brilliant podcast guests  30:15: Tips and tricks for finding a perfect product-market fit  34:31: Why the most successful founders aren’t afraid of messiness or obsession 37:32: Nathan’s expert advice for crafting the perfect interview  41:03: The most needle-moving strategies for your online marketing  Listen in and then listen in again to really soak up all the juicy insights and take some notes! I promise you – it's that good. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s why your female friendships are your most valuable asset as a woman in business.  Today, I just want to drop in and share a little heart-to-heart with you. I know how often it can feel like entrepreneurship is an entirely solo journey. But I'm here to tell you this doesn't have to be the case! I truly believe that having a fabulous circle of girlfriends is the key to thriving in your business, having every resource at your fingertips, and simply maintaining your sanity. Your besties are your rock when the going gets tough, your cheer squad during your milestones, and the best asset you could ask for when you need advice. Seriously, finding your group of fellow women in business who fully understand the hustle of entrepreneurship will totally transform your perspective on the industry.  I can't even begin to express how much I cherish my friendships. From those late-night voice memo pep talks to celebrating every win, no matter how small, and having deep conversations about our challenges – these moments mean everything to me. So, of course, I want these moments for you too!  In this episode, I open up about how and why I'm prioritizing my friendships, even when it feels impossible to juggle with my busy schedule. Consider this your loving reminder to give your friendships the attention they deserve!  Today, I talk about:  4:22: The importance of open communication and active effort in your friendships 9:26: Tips for prioritizing check-ins and initiating conversations  12:29: How to separate (or combine!) business and non-business friendships  13:47: A super fun exercise for staying connected with your closest friends!  17:01: An invitation to be more intentional with your friendships  Listen in because these connections mean more than just business – they're about support, happiness, and genuine care. You and your business deserve it!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

BE SURE TO SNAG THE FREE TEMPLATE THAT GOES HAND IN HAND WITH THIS EPISODE! You can grab it here! My proven step-by-step strategy for planning out your entire promotional calendar and reaching your huge revenue goals!  Picture this: you kicking off your year with a crystal clear vision of what's possible for your business and a rock-solid plan to reach those revenue goals? It's not too good to be true, my friend! In fact, it's totally possible by simply planning your promotional calendar and mapping out your revenue goals a year in advance. I’m telling you – these are 2 business growing staples that will have you scaling year after year after year!  Now, I know it can be overwhelming to plan so far ahead, especially if numbers aren't your thing (I'm pointing to myself here). But as an entrepreneur, I can't emphasize enough how important it is to understand every aspect of your business, and revenue planning is a massive part of what will make you successful.  Want to know how my team gets so much done in a single year and why we continue to hit our big goals? It’s because we plan for them! I know it's only May, but trust me – it's never too late or too early to start planning.  So, grab a pen and paper or open that note-taking Google doc because, in this episode, I'm guiding you through a step-by-step strategy to create a fully-fledged promo calendar and revenue plan.  Today, I cover:  7:56: Questions to ask when reflecting on your last 12 months  9:20: A simple exercise for brainstorming your big ideas  10:35: How to get super intentional when designing your next year  12:45: Advice for deciding on your non-negotiables  15:49: A tangible guide for planning your revenue goals and identifying opportunities for more profit  25:55: The importance of understanding your numbers  30:58: Why you should never focus on the ‘how’ in your planning stage 33:35: Tips for taking a step back to audit, check, and prune your draft  38:15: Making informed decisions about your promotion and launch calendar 44:20: How to break down your finalized yearly revenue projections by quarters  Listen in and check out my revenue planning template freebie, pulled directly from my own business. Apply it to yours today and you’ll be thanking yourself in the future! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Avoiding distractions, comparisons, and insecurities during a launch. Ever found yourself in a situation where you put a massive amount of effort into creating an amazing digital course or webinar and have marketed it brilliantly, only to realize that everyone around you is launching a similar offer at the EXACT same time? If this has happened to you, you know just how overwhelming it is!  Well, my friend, I completely understand this feeling because it literally just happened to me when I launched my Subscribed Bootcamp! I felt like every heavy hitter in the industry was launching their own bootcamp at the same time, and honestly, I panicked. But I know now there was no reason to! Trust me – it’s a natural feeling, but you can't let your insecurities or urges to compare yourself to your peers get the best of you!  I've never talked about this topic on the podcast before, but it's an important one. In this episode, I walk you through how I've managed these feelings through more than a few of my launches! I also share some tips on avoiding distractions during a launch and using this friendly competition to your advantage.  In this episode, I cover:  4:54: Why you should always question and revisit your first thoughts  7:21: Tips for avoiding distractions and comparisons during a launch 11:09: How to use healthy competition to light your fire  12:53: My inversion problem solving exercise  15:33: Deciding on your unique abundance motto  Listen in and stay focused on YOUR goals, YOUR strategies, and YOUR audience. Remember, your biggest enemy during a launch is a pesky inner critic! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s why upleveling your love life will uplevel your business with Matthew Hussey! Do you ever dream of a reality where you're absolutely killing it in your career and your love life? Well, it's not just a dream anymore! I've got an absolutely brilliant guest joining me today with tons of expert tips and incredible guidance to help you achieve both!  Matthew Hussey is a love life genius, a New York Times bestselling author, and the mastermind behind the #1 love advice YouTube channel with over half a billion views! Trust me, you're in for a treat!  I know you might be thinking, "Why should I care if I'm not single?" Well, my sweet friend, this episode isn't just about finding love. We're diving deep into the psychology of entrepreneurship and how the same qualities that make you successful in love will make you successful in business.  Matthew opens up about his journey from shy guy to multimillion-dollar entrepreneur and how confidence and vulnerability are the keys to personal and professional growth. When you've got both love and success on your side, there's no limit to what you can do!  Plus, whether you're flying solo, feeling stuck in your relationship, or needing a confidence boost, Matthew's new book "Love Life: How to Raise Your Standards, Find Your Person, and Live Happily (No Matter What)'' has got you covered! Today, you’ll hear about:  4:22: Why Matthew was initially passionate about helping people find love  12:53: Advice for combatting imposter syndrome, embracing self-acceptance, and stepping into your confidence  22:59: The importance of being vulnerable in your personal and professional life 27:37: Matthew’s biggest lessons learned from building his multimillion dollar business  32:48: The similarities between being successful in entrepreneurship and being successful in love  39:12: Why Matthew wrote his new book  Listen in and pre-order your copy of Matthew's book now. Get ready to uplevel your love game AND your business game today! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why I believe my 2024 bookshelf will expand my knowledge, spark creativity and boost my mental health.  Want to know a super simple yet super effective secret to success as an entrepreneur? Of course, you do – it's reading as much as possible! Believe it or not, reading books isn't just a fabulous way to expand your knowledge, but it will also help unleash your creativity, uplevel your business wisdom, and boost your mental health!  Now, I'm not going to recommend the usual business or finance books that you've probably already read. Instead, my sweet friend, I have some exciting titles that are on my personal reading list for 2024, passed along to me by my brilliant friends and incredibly successful peers. I'm on a mission this year to broaden my perspectives and learn a ton of new things beyond my entrepreneurial niche. And, of course, I also love a light beach read in between!  I know that you're extremely busy building your business, and finding the time to do anything within your packed calendar can be a challenge. That's why I also share my top tips and tricks to help you make reading a daily habit, no matter how chaotic your schedule may seem.  In this episode, you’ll hear:  1:16: Tips for finding time to read within your busy schedule  5:54: A book for building your business that can thrive without you being directly involved  8:33: A book for mastering self-improvement and the ability to learn new skills  10:08: A book that highlights the importance of courage and managing expectations  12:27: A book for transforming self-sabotage into power and building your emotional intelligence  15:09: My favorite fun reads and page-turning biographies  Listen in and get ready to learn all about your next literary obsession! I’ll be there flipping pages right alongside you.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A simple strategy for remembering what you’re working toward in 2024! Have you ever heard of selecting a personal word of the year? It's like having a roadmap to steer you through your year. Maybe you've even tried it yourself, with words like fitness, peace, or relationships. But, my friend, have you ever considered choosing a word of the year for your business?  Last year, I did this exercise with my team, and it completely transformed the way I see my business. I'm telling you – this word became our guiding light and played a massive role in helping us achieve one of our best years ever! And since every year is unique, we took the opportunity to choose a different word that aligns with our specific goals for this year.  But enough about my business! In this episode, I'm here for YOU. I reveal my top tips, tricks, and strategies to help you dial in on your goals for 2024 and choose a word of the year that aligns with your big dreams. It's time to push the boundaries of what you thought was possible for your business and get crystal clear on what's in store for you!  Today, you’ll hear all about:   3:10: Why ‘unreasonable’ was my company’s word of the year in 2023 7:15: How my team chose our word for 2024 9:54: Three tips for deciding on the word of the year for YOUR business  12:45: A fun and tangible strategy for always remembering who you are and what you’re working towards Listen and pick your word of the year now! And don't forget to drop me a line on Instagram to make it official.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How my exclusive Momentum membership has scaled my business and upleveled my community.  Today's episode is very close to my heart because I’m sharing something with you that has had a massive impact on scaling my business: my exclusive membership program called Momentum. I'm super excited to give you a sneak peek into this fantastic community! If you didn't know about my membership program before, don't worry! It's probably because it's reserved for students of Digital Course Academy. So, in this episode, I want to lift the curtain and share the details about this incredible membership with ALL of you. Since its launch in 2019, we've been working so hard to fine-tune and perfect the program, ensuring our members receive the best possible content and support. Now, some of you might be thinking that memberships sound too complicated or too advanced for your community, but trust me, they will work wonders for your business no matter where you are in your entrepreneurial journey. And even if you're not quite ready to start your own membership program, keep this information in mind for later – it will come in handy sooner than you think! To give you a complete picture of what makes Momentum so special, I've enlisted the help of my fabulous team. You'll hear insights on everything from cultivating our friendly community to our content delivery methods and how we’ve overcome every challenge.  Today, I cover: 5:50: Front end memberships vs. back end memberships 9:40: Behind-the-scenes of my Momentum membership community   13:20: How Momentum is organized within our membership hub 16:28: The 4 deliverables we roll out every month without overwhelming our members 23:29: Why it's possible to create and sell a memberships even with a small team or no team at all  28:07: Strategies for creating a supportive community with empowered members  32:44: Tips and tricks for keeping your retention rate high  37:15: The most common challenges we’ve faced and how my team overcame them Listen in if you're curious about how memberships work or thinking about starting your own! This episode is packed with value that you won't want to miss.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mastering the art of public speaking, crafting irresistible lead magnets, and building a six-figure business with Mike Pacchione. My friend, my guest today has built an amazing six-figure business working just four days a week with no ads or staff outside of a virtual assistant. I know, it sounds too good to be true! But lucky for you he's here to share all the secrets of how you can do the same.  I’m thrilled to welcome my long-time friend, brilliant speaker, and speech coach extraordinaire, Mike Pacchione! Mike helps executives, athletes, and entrepreneurs just like you deliver top-notch presentations that leave audiences wanting more. Trust me – this guy knows his stuff!  Mike is so good that I hired him two years in a row for some of my biggest presentations. Not only were they extremely successful, but he helped me so feel confident in front of all of those people!  In this episode, Mike shares his expert wisdom on public speaking that will translate perfectly into your online webinars, courses, masterclasses, and even on stage! Plus, he opens up about his transition from a 9-5 employee to a successful entrepreneur. If you've been questioning taking the leap into full-time entrepreneurship, Mike's story will have you ready to jump! Check out his website for some awesome freebies! Today, we discuss:  5:48: Mike’s fascinating transition from his corporate job into entrepreneurship  16:33: How Mike overcame his entrepreneurial imposter syndrome and overwhelm 23:33: Brilliant strategies for avoiding burnout or overwork while still meeting client expectations  30:31: Tips for crafting irresistible lead magnets and freebies to grow (and keep!) your email list 36:15: Expert advice for speaking on stage  Listen in, get ready to take some notes, and learn from the best of the best. Believe me, this episode is jam-packed with entrepreneurial gold!   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Standing out in the online marketing world by adapting to the trends and innovating your launch process! I have some super exciting news to share with you today (drum roll please)! I'm thrilled to announce that I've created a brand new department at my company! I genuinely believe this department will be a total game-changer for my students, the collaboration within my teams, and streamlining content creation.  Now, you may be wondering why YOU should care about the inner workings of MY business. Here's the thing – I always find so much value in learning how other people have built and structured their businesses, especially as online business owners with remote teams.  That's why, in this episode, I pull back the curtain on the structure of my teams and departments so that you can apply what I've learned to your own business. My friend, I want you to have teams that not only help you scale but are also an incredibly valuable asset to your students!  Even if you're just starting your entrepreneurship journey or running a one-person show, I still want you to tune into this episode! It's always a brilliant idea to look ahead and visualize what's possible for you. Trust me – building out your teams is not as far away as it may seem! And if you're looking to restructure your teams, this will be just what you need to hear.  Today, I share:   4:00 A behind the scenes of my teams and departments  6:12 Why I decided to combine my content and community departments  11:53 Advice for building a team that will best support your students  13:58 How to be more intentional and mindful with your team structures Listen in and start to apply these tips and tricks to your company and community. I’ll be cheering you on as your business takes to greater heights!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s how Harley Jordan gained over 30,000 new email list subscribers with just three Instagram reels. My friend, buckle up because today's episode is completely impromptu and a bit out of the box! When I heard there was a woman who managed to gain over 30,000 email list subscribers with just THREE Instagram reels (seriously…can you believe it?!) – I couldn't wait one more minute to pick her brain!  In this episode, I chat with my new friend and incredible social media strategist, Harley Jordan, as she shares all the juicy details about how she came up with this genius idea and the steps she took to make it happen.  But that's not all! Harley also highlights her top social media strategies for growing your business online, how she deals with negative comments, and the secrets of staying motivated and resilient towards your goals. Harley is a true inspiration and a refreshing rule-breaker, so trust me – you won't want to miss our unbelievably valuable conversation!  Today, you’ll hear about:  6:33: Harley’s background as a social media strategist  8:15: Why Harley decided to make her quiz and how she launched it 15:24: Exactly how Harley’s Instagram reels went insanely viral  21:30: Advice for managing negative comments and misunderstandings 24:46: How to leverage a quiz to sell your offer and build your email list 33:04: Tips for optimizing and embracing your social media presence  35:16: Simple strategies for crafting the perfect Instagram reel and staying ahead of trends 39:49: Why quizzes are so effective for scaling your business  Listen in and head over to Harley’s quiz now!  Harley's Website Harley's Instagram Harley's 🦊🐈‍⬛🐰🦌♥️ Insta Reels (DM "Quiz") Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Standing out in the online marketing world by adapting to the trends and innovating your launch process! My friend, I totally understand how hard you’re working to stand out in the marketing world – it has become an incredibly challenging task! I'm lucky enough to have a fabulous marketing team behind me that constantly encourages me to experiment with new strategies and trends when it comes time to launch my programs.  Now, I know you're asking yourself, "Amy, what if I don't have an entire marketing team?" Don't worry! Today, I'm lifting the curtain on how my team and I navigate the ever-evolving marketing trends without feeling overwhelmed or distracted. We've found that staying up-to-date with trends is all about finding a balance between being flexible enough to adapt and innovate, yet staying grounded in those core strategies that always work.  So, in this episode, I share the top four strategies my marketing team uses to continue to test and improve our methods in alignment with what's happening in the industry. The best part? These strategies are (as always) tried, proven successful, and completely applicable to small businesses and solopreneurs. Believe me – this episode is jam packed with value no matter where you are in your journey!  Today, you’ll hear about  4:31: Why mastering data driven refinement will increase your creativity 10:11: Strategies for gathering data as a small business or solopreneur  11:48: Our secret to success “rinse and repeat” method  15:33: How to use a high converting webinar as a sales vehicle  21:02: Tools to simplify your launch process 25:08: Breaking down our 360 marketing mindset  28:53: Tips and tricks for optimizing your off-season  Listen in, pick a strategy (or all four!), and put it into action TODAY. Your business is just waiting to thrive, and I promise this is your golden ticket to success. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Success stories from “Two Weeks Notice” readers who took the leap into entrepreneurship! My friend, can you believe it's been an entire year since my book “Two Weeks Notice” was released?! I'm deeply grateful for all of your support and the opportunity to share this journey with you. Watching how my readers have taken massive strides towards their dreams has been so incredibly rewarding.  Now, I didn't write this book for myself – I wrote it just for YOU. I wanted to provide the guidance and strategies I wish I had when I was getting started. And in this episode, I'm sharing some inspiring success stories from my readers that will absolutely light you up!  If you're feeling undervalued in your 9-5, lacking the joy you felt 10 years ago at your job, dreaming of making a career pivot, or know you’re meant for something greater, this episode is perfect for you. Believe me – if these readers can take the leap, I know you can do the same!  If you have yet to start your journey towards personal and financial freedom, I totally understand. Changes like these are scary! But, with "Two Weeks Notice," you have all the tools you need at your fingertips, and I'm here to guide you every step of the way.  In this episode,  4:40: How to DSD (Do Something Different) your way into a whole new life and realize your incredible value  11:03: Why you need to choose your specific exit date from your 9-5  13:38: Actionable advice for finding your unique passion and purpose 18:40: Tips for making the next step in your journey no matter your circumstances  Are you ready to take control of your life? Listen in and get ready to make your biggest dreams a reality – I’m cheering you on!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This copywriting strategy will completely transform your business with Donald Miller. Happy April Fool's Day, my friends! Donald Miller has taken over the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast to share his brilliant insights on the power of story structure that will absolutely transform your business. Donald has built a multi-seven-figure business, and he's done it by creating compelling stories that connect with his audience and drive conversions.  With practical advice and real-world examples, Donald shares his expert tips on everything from copywriting formulas to common messaging mistakes and optimizing tools like ChatGPT. He even reveals his secrets on making the most "boring" topics way more captivating with super effective copy. Be sure to listen in and learn from the best! Follow Donald Business Made Simple with Donald Miller Podcast Coach Builder by Donald Miller Book instagram.com/businessmadesimple businessmadesimple.com Follow Amy Online Marketing Made Easy Podcast instagram.com/amyporterfield amyporterfield.com Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Leveraging AI tools to build scalable course memberships with Stu McLaren. I'm sure you know that AI has become a massive part of our world over the past few years, and it's become so integrated into our daily lives and businesses. For my business, it has been absolutely mindblowing to see just how much it has streamlined processes, increased efficiency, and grown our numbers in so many areas.  My sweet friend, if you want to grow your online business beyond your digital courses, you might want to start thinking about memberships! So, it's good that I brought Stu McLaren back to the podcast to talk all about leveraging AI to build some incredible course memberships.  Stu is truly THE membership genius, and he's my go-to guy when it comes to learning how to create and launch scalable memberships. He has helped countless experts, authors, speakers, and business owners just like you translate their skills into recurring revenue through memberships. Believe me – you literally can’t afford to miss his expert strategies, tips, and advice for crafting your membership!  So, if you're curious about AI, if you've been thinking about creating a membership, or if you already have a membership and want it to continue to thrive, this is the episode for you! Today, we discuss:  4:28: The ways AI has streamled Q&A processes and content personalization for Stu’s business  12:15: Strategies to make your knowledge stand out from AI tools  16:22: Navigating AI’s impact on course memberships  24:13: How to use AI to free up more of your valuable time  26:23: Why you need to create a course membership for your online business  31:18: The keys to highly successful memberships  39:45 Everything you will learn in Stu's FREE Live Workshop Listen in and get ready to connect deeper with your beautiful community, scale your business, and free up way more time to spend doing the things you love!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My checklist to help you evaluate your progress, stay on track, and reach. Hey there, my friend! I'm so excited to share with you Part 2 of The Multi-Millionaire Mindset: Five Things to Do for Dramatic Growth. But if you still need to check out Part 1, make sure to do that first, and then come back here for the next step!  In this part, I give you a super simple and incredibly helpful checklist that you can use every quarter to evaluate your progress in those five areas. It doesn't matter whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or a newbie – this checklist will be your secret weapon for achieving your goals. I've personally used this strategy and checklist in quarterly meetings with my team so I can guarantee it's been proven successful.  But let me tell you, it's not just about checking off boxes on a list. It's all about taking action and making moves towards your goals. That's why I also share some tips and tricks for staying right on schedule and avoiding any distractions.  In this episode, I cover:  2:19: A refresher of the 5 things that you should focus on each quarter for growth 3:22: How my team uses quarterly check-ins to help us reach our goals 6:19: Tips and tools for staying on track  9:12: A checklist for evaluating your progress in personal and business growth  11:57: How to get your hands on my special freebie!  Listen in, and if you know someone who's working hard to build their business and could use this checklist, please don't hesitate to send them my way! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Building a business free of overwhelm with an efficient customer experience department. Today, I'm feeling grateful for running my business for the past 15 years! I've had the pleasure of building incredible teams along the way, including my customer experience department. I'm so proud of the crucial role they've played in supporting both our company and our students. In this episode, I share my CX team’s strategies for managing time, avoiding overwhelm, and handling all responsibilities effectively. Trust me, customer service is not just about responding to emails and questions – it's about using every interaction as an opportunity to showcase your company values and turn one-time buyers into lifelong brand supporters! Even if you're just starting out, you'll eventually need to build a team as your business grows, and having a CX department that takes care of all the details so you can focus on creating amazing courses, memberships, and masterminds can make all the difference. You’ll hear all about:  4:07: Hiring people who are cultural fits with a willingness to help in other departments  9:05: How my CX team protects their time, sets daily goals, and avoids email overwhelm  15:47: Tools for automating repetitive tasks  19:37: Tips for using guided responses to increase efficiency and accuracy when replying to customers  24:32: Three customizable AI prompts for crafting thoughtful guided responses  27:52: The importance of having a quality control checklist  Make these strategies your own so that you can build a business free from overwhelm!  Customizable ChatGPT prompts for crafting effective guided responses:  Prompt #1 for if you often see students having issues finding your trainings:   My students occasionally encounter difficulties accessing a weekly live video I host. Can you create a helpful and empathetic response explaining the common steps to troubleshoot this? Please include guidance on finding the video pinned to the Facebook Group… and tell them to make sure they’re connected to WIFI rather than data on their phone if the video is not streaming well. Also, add a note offering further assistance if these steps don't resolve the issue. Prompt #2 for students who feel behind in your course:  Write a compassionate and constructive response for students who have not been able to start my course and feel behind due to their life circumstances. The response should acknowledge their concerns, and provide suggestions on how to make the most of the course materials. Include the reminder students can go at their own pace because they have lifetime access to the course. Add in advice to download the step-by-step PDFs, and take advantage of personalized support options like the weekly Q&As I host. End the response inviting them to reach out with specific areas they’re struggling with, and tell them I am happy to help further.  Prompt #3 for ensuring students can easily log into your course: I need a guided response for technical support questions related to my students not being able to log into their course that’s hosted on Kajabi. The response should be easy to understand for non-technical users. Include this login link and steps to check their spam folder for the email containing their password details. Provide an option for them to reply if the problem persists. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This is the only goal-setting and productivity strategy you will need for 2024!  Can you believe we're almost through the first quarter of 2024?! Time is flying by so quickly, and you might be feeling like you're falling behind on reaching those big goals you set for yourself in January. But don't worry, my friend! I'm here to help you out with the ultimate strategy for goal setting and productivity that will make you achieve more and stress less in 2024!  We all have big dreams at the start of the year, but sometimes, they can fade away quicker than expected. But with the mindset shift I talk about in this episode, your big goals will become more manageable, you'll make business decisions with confidence, and you'll feel like the best version of yourself and the entrepreneur you've always wanted to be in no time!   Plus, I'm going to break down this strategy into two podcast episodes. In this first part, I'll share what the strategy is all about and how I apply it in my own life and business. And in the second part, I'll give you practical tips on implementing it into YOUR own life and business. So be sure to mark your calendar for March 26th!  Today, you’ll hear about:  2:44: A small mindset shift for making your big goals less overwhelming 5:31: Why you need to prioritize internal self-awareness and external self-care 9:44: Strategies for taking inventory of your current experience and the desires for your future self 14:54: A reminder that expansion and massive results don’t happen overnight but you can still enjoy the ride!  Listen in and get going on the journey to achieve your goals TODAY! Trust me, my friend, you'll be looking back at them way quicker than you think!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My friend, today's episode is truly a treat! My fantastic guest and I go way back (I'm talking 15 incredible years) and she is a real-deal copywriting genius who had her first million-dollar year just as she turned 50. She's here to share all of her proven copywriting tips and tricks and empower you to follow your dreams, no matter your age!  I'm so excited to welcome Laura Belgray back to the show! You might know her as the brilliant mind behind "Talking Shrimp," the co-creator of "The Copy Cure," and the author of the hilariously titled book "Tough Titties" – yes, you read that right!  Now, Laura's not your average award-winning copywriter; she's on a mission to help entrepreneurs just like you find their unique voice and then monetize it. From writing for massive clients to teaching business owners to craft their own game-changing copy, her insights are like a breath of fresh air!  Today, we discuss:  6:28: How to get paid just for being yourself in the online space 14:37: Why it’s never too late to chase your dreams 21:31: Laura’s “relaxed timeline” approach to business  31:52: The wonderful ways Laura’s lifestyle differs from mine 34:10: Advice for finding your version of success on your own terms  38:19: Tips and tricks for writing a killer email subject line 44:50: Copywriting trends, newsletter hacks, and the importance of sounding human in the rise of AI 49:11: Behind-the-scenes of Laura’s book, “Tough Titties” Listen in because embracing your authentic self doesn’t just feel amazing – it's an absolute gift for your business!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why embracing the uncomfortable moments will always get you closer to what you want. I have a feeling that this episode is going to be exactly what you need to hear right now – especially if you're having one of those days where nothing seems to be going right, and you're questioning why you even started your entrepreneurial journey in the first place. Don't worry, my friend, we've all been there!  Before I go on stage to talk to a large audience or have to analyze the numbers for my business, I get super nervous and uncomfortable, too. But, I've learned to lean into and really love these moments of discomfort because they always push me towards taking action, allow me to have life-changing financial freedom, and get me one step closer to my goals!  In this episode, I deep dive into the brilliant idea of “learning to love what it takes to get what you want." I truly believe that this mindset shift has been crucial to my success as an entrepreneur. As you already know, entrepreneurship is a rollercoaster ride with both high highs and low lows. This is all just part of the journey – why not learn to love it?! Today, you’ll hear about:  3:01: Why you need to shift your mindset about the hard work you’ve been doing 5:56: Tips for prioritizing your focus, passion, and drive in the pursuit of your goals 7:29: Real-life examples of how I’ve learned to love being uncomfortable to get what I want for my business  12:15: A reminder that every day does NOT need to be a great day as an entrepreneur  Listen in and embrace the discomfort because, trust me, that's where all the magic happens!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s how webinars will take your marketing, sales, and audience connections to the next level. Get my FREE Webinar Blueprint here! I know how hard you work to create fabulous digital courses, memberships, coaching modules, and masterminds. So, I also know it's incredibly discouraging when you're struggling to sell these products online. My friend, selling products online is one of the most challenging aspects of owning an online business! And if you’re relying solely on your website's sales page, it can be even more difficult.  Although sales pages are great (I use them too!), they don't always get the job done. The missing piece is often a face-to-face personal touch. And that's where webinars come in! Webinars are one of my favorite tools for combining your marketing with actual valuable content for your audience. Webinars are also perfect for sparking conversations, increasing your sales, building trust, and even growing your email list.  I know – it almost sounds too good to be true! But believe me, the secret success of webinars is backed by real data from my business and from thousands of my students who have created digital courses and sold them through webinars. So, today, I'm lifting the curtain on preparing and perfecting your webinar!  In this episode, I cover:  9:54: Tips for understanding your ideal customer avatars (ICAs)  13:38: My webinar promise from my previous launch of Digital Course Academy 16:20: A step-by-step guide for structuring your webinar  22:21: How to craft exciting and fast-paced slides  27:35: Advice for an efficient Q&A session  31:59: Transforming your webinars from one-time events to lasting resources  40:22: 3 tasks and action items to give to a VA when preparing for a webinar  42:41: What is your pre-webinar ritual?  Listen in and remember that webinars aren't just about selling. They're about connecting, inspiring, and empowering your audience. Trust me, you won't regret giving them a try!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Every lesson, tip, and strategy I’ve learned from my first year with my CEO. As an entrepreneur, I completely understand that your business is your baby, and you've put in a ton of hard work to build it from scratch. So, the thought of handing over some of your responsibilities and bringing in a CEO can be pretty nerve-racking. But trust me, if you want to make a big impact on the world (which I know you do), you have to let others in and delegate those larger leadership roles!  That's why I want to share with you all the lessons, tips, and strategies I've learned from my first-year with Jaws, my fabulous CEO. Now, before you think hiring a CEO is years away from where you are now, think again! Whether you're just starting out or want to make the leap to the next level, this conversation is for you. I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again – hiring is one of the best decisions you can make for your business!  I don't believe there's any special prize for doing everything by yourself – it’s okay to ask for help. I promise you'll get to where you want to go so much faster with the right support! Just imagine the possibilities when you're free to shine in your zone of genius while your CEO handles the nitty-gritty.  Today, you’ll hear about:  3:43: What is an integrator?  4:48: Being mindful of codependency to avoid emotional distractions 9:08: How to get super clear on the roles and responsibilities for you and your CEO 13:22: Why you have to take a backseat, be a mentor, and let go of your ego  16:11: Tips for developing a healthy relationship with your CEO 21:03: The importance of regular and positive communication  Listen in for all you need to know about making that big hire. Then, stand back and watch your business take off!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why Pinterest is the most low-risk way to direct tons of traffic, leads, and sales to your business. Imagine spending just one hour a week, or even less, to unlock unbelievable amounts of traffic, leads, and sales. My friend, it's all possible when you start to step up your Pinterest game! Pinterest is not your average social media platform, actually, it's not even social media at all (more on that later!) – it's a pure ROI goldmine that's just waiting to be explored.  To help guide us through everything Pinterest has to offer, I'm joined by the amazing Jenna Kutcher. Jenna is a multimillion-dollar business owner, New York Times best-selling author, and truly fabulous Pinterest expert.  Today, she shares her proven strategies to help you effortlessly generate engagement toward your website, blog, sales page, or wherever your heart desires. And the best part? No constant posting, no social media fatigue, and no more fighting a difficult algorithm.  If you're just getting started in entrepreneurship, feel nervous about showing your face on social media to grow your email list, or you're still in the side hustle phase of your business, this episode is for you! With Pinterest, you can organically direct a ton of traffic to your company in the most low-risk way possible.  You’ll hear all about:  4:18: How Pinterest completely shifted Jenna’s business strategy  6:15: The ways Pinterest is different than social media  10:44: Why you should focus on monthly views on Pinterest, not followers 13:00: The anatomy of a perfect pin and the science behind the algorithm  20:41: Tips for reviving an old Pinterest account  23:09: The importance of the captions on your pins 30:20: Understanding the trends on Pinterest  34:18: Everything to know about optimizing your pins for traffic and engagement  Listen in and see for yourself how easy, doable, and economical it is to grow your email list and your business on Pinterest. Trust me, you'll love it! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Confronting the root of your fears and making unapologetic business decisions. Recently, one of my consultants gave me a massive wake-up call by telling me that I'm making all my decisions from a place of fear. Well, no one wants to hear that! At first, this was really hard for me to take in, and to be honest, I felt a lot of shame. But then I realized he gave me this feedback so I could work through it and be the best version of myself possible! Which is, of course, exactly what I want for you!  Now, my sweet friend, fear is one of the most challenging emotions to overcome, especially when you're faced with making big decisions for your business. Will this hurt someone's feelings? Is this going to affect my revenue? Am I going to look foolish in front of my team? But I want you to remember that it's always better to make a million wrong decisions and learn from them than to sit on the sidelines and never take action!   Trust me – I'm right there with you in my journey towards having complete confidence in my business decisions. So, in this episode, I share some strategies that have helped me understand the root of my fear, adjust my mindset, and make those brave unapologetic decisions.  Today, you’ll hear about:  2:02: A key question to ask yourself when you get self-critical or feel shame  5:26: Advice for unlearning the negative stories we tell ourselves  7:33: How to identify and get to the root of your fear-based decision-making 9:19: Why every emotion you feel is completely normal and can be worked on  13:16: Tips for embracing the discomfort and seeing your best results yet! Listen in if you've been making decisions based on fear, and give yourself permission to move forward, even if you don't have all the answers!   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Tuning into your intuition, trusting yourself, and taking your business to new heights with Jamie Kern Lima Today, we're not talking about your typical marketing strategies, growing your email lists, or crafting digital courses. No, my friend, today we're talking about something even more important for you and your business – your self-worth! I know, I know, this topic is a little different, but trust me, upleveling your self-worth will create that rock-solid foundation for taking your business to new heights. If you feel like you've hit a ceiling in your business despite all of your hard work, a low self-worth might be acting as an invisible barrier. But don’t worry! I’ve invited the best of the best to help you out. My fabulous guest today, Jamie Kern Lima, believes that doubling your self-worth can actually double your net worth. I like those numbers!  Jamie is the same incredible woman who created IT Cosmetics from her living room and later struck a billion-dollar deal with L'Oreal. So, she knows what she's talking about! And let me tell you, when I realized that self-worth was THIS important, it was a total game-changer for me and my business.  We also touch on Jamie's new unbelievable book, "Worthy," which is full of so many juicy tips and tricks that will truly change the way you walk through life.  In this episode, we discuss:  10:55: The difference between self-confidence and self-worth 21:14: Strategies Jamie used to overcome her lowest self-worth moments  30:09: How to know if you’re in “survival mode” and the impact it has on your business  34:21: Advice for tuning into your intuition, trusting it, and embracing your most authentic self 36:37: Everything you can expect when you dive into “Worthy”  Listen in because everything becomes possible when you believe you're enough. Your dreams, ambitions, and goals all align with your self-worth! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Lessons I’ve learned from 5 incredible businesswomen who happen to be very different from me.    One of the most beautiful parts of entrepreneurship is the opportunity to connect with so many amazing people from all walks of life with all kinds of perspectives. You might come across someone completely different from you and you don't necessarily agree with everything they say – but the way they show up in their life and for their business is somehow intriguing and inspiring.      My friend, these are the types of people that you can truly learn the MOST from! That's why, in this episode, I'm doing something a little different – I'm sharing 5 incredible female entrepreneurs and influencers who have made me feel uncomfortable in the best way possible. Because I believe that the most significant growth comes from moments when you're uncomfortable.     Each of these fabulous women are so different from me personality-wise, but they've all pushed me to make bolder decisions, take risks, and be an all-around badass entrepreneur. Honestly, what more could you want?     In this episode, I highlight:     5:36: How Leila Hormozi embraces vulnerability, boldness, and inspires confidence in others  9:32: Lauryn Bosstick's unapologetic and authentic approach to building a brand, despite being in an industry that can be superficial   13:29: The way Codie Sanchez shares business strategies and real-world examples to help others build businesses   17:21: Reese Witherspoon's ability to transform her acting career into a successful business model   19:43: The teachings of Dr. Anita Phillips on the importance of embracing and nurturing emotions rather than suppressing them with the help of your community     So, listen in and get ready to push yourself to be the best version of yourself you can be!     Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts   "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!    Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

An urgent message for anyone who markets their business online – which includes you! I'm here today with a super important bonus episode you literally can't afford to miss! My friend, if you're listening to this podcast, I know you're working incredibly hard to market your business online, so listen up.  The email deliverability systems of Gmail and Yahoo are undergoing some major changes. This means your beautifully crafted marketing emails might not be hitting your customer's inbox! But don't worry, I've called in an expert to help us all stay ahead of the game.  My guest, Alyssa Dulin, is the head of deliverability at Convertkit and sends over 2 billion emails a month! So, you can rest assured that we're in the best hands possible!  In this episode, she covers everything you need to know about email deliverability: from what it is and why it's so crucial to fully understanding the latest changes with Gmail and Yahoo, and most importantly, how you can navigate through all of this without getting sent to "Gmail jail". (But even if you do, Alyssa has tips for getting out right away!)  Today, we discuss:  5:24: Why email deliverability is so important  7:19: Breaking down the major authentication changes happening with Gmail and Yahoo 12:46: Tips for reducing the amount of clicks on the new “one-click unsubscribe button”  15:41: How to avoid email spam complaints and tools for “list bombing” prevention  27:43: Steps to take if you get put in “Gmail jail”  Listen in, and be sure to implement everything you learn today right now! Your inbox and your business depend on it.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Your step-by-step guide for hosting virtual live events and making millions with Darnyelle Jervey Harmon. As an entrepreneur, you've probably attended a couple of live events, and sometimes, you might even feel the itch to host one yourself. But planning the entire thing can feel like a lot of work, right? Well, what if I told you that you could host your very own live event, plan it with ease, and make millions in sales, all without leaving the comfort of your home? The secret? Virtual live events! I'm so excited to introduce you to Darnyelle Jervey Harmon, who is the best of the best when it comes to hosting million-dollar live events. She started out just like many of you, working a 9-5 and turning her side hustle into a million-dollar business. And she did it all primarily through hosting these virtual live events. With virtual live events, you can turn a few clicks into big sales, have your offer flying off the digital shelves, and bring together an incredible community. Darnyelle shares her step-by-step strategy for onboarding tons of new students without breaking the bank or your sanity.  And to my solopreneur friends, it's not about the number of attendees; it's about the quality of your engagement. So, even with a smaller audience, your impact can be life-changing!  In this episode, you’ll hear all about:  5:04: What exactly does a virtual live event showcase? 10:33: Breaking down the “run of show” for your virtual event 17:59: Key factors to consider before you start planning your event 22:05: Strategies for encouraging meaningful audience interaction  24:45: How to get your ideal customer to sign up and attend your event 33:20: Designing a system to ensure everything runs smoothly from start to finish  37:26: The metrics you should be tracking outside of sales  40:49: Tips for effectively following up with attendees after the event  So, listen in and start envisioning your virtual live event today! Put your plan together, choose a date, and just watch your sales soar.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How my time at couples therapy inspired me to improve my business.  I bet you didn't think a couples therapy retreat could provide some super valuable insights on improving your online business? I know it sounds crazy, but hear me out. Hobi and I recently attended a 4 day, totally unplugged couples therapy retreat and it was absolutely incredible!  Now, you might be thinking, "Amy…you and Hobi have a great relationship – why therapy?" Well, we wanted to take our already good relationship to the next level! And, my sweet friend, striving for greatness in both your personal and professional life is always a wonderful idea.  But let's be honest, it takes a ton of effort, vulnerability, and hard work! So, in this episode, I share some practical tips, tricks, and takeaways from our couples therapy retreat that you can apply directly to your business to take it from good to great.  Today, I discuss:   3:43: What happened during our time at the retreat  7:37: Practical strategies for playing full out in your life and your business 10:40: Why you should always be looking for improvement  14:29: How to get a complete buy-in from your partner  18:24: My biggest takeaway from couples therapy  Listen in and start putting in some of that extra TLC for yourself and for your business! Because, there’s no better time than NOW to uplevel your life.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Building a supportive and thriving community for you and your small business with Natalie Franke.  My friend, you and I both know that entrepreneurship can get pretty lonely at times. But, lucky for us, having a community can be as small as two people who connect and support each other. And, let's face it, the pandemic taught us all about the importance of connection, both online and in-person.  Being a part of a community is so much more important for small business owners than you might think! Community helps us keep going even when things get tough and allows us the opportunity to learn from an array of wonderful people. Plus, science has literally shown that we thrive the most when we have supportive people around us! That's why I'm excited to introduce you to my guest today, Natalie Franke. She's a community-building mastermind and the Head of Community at Flodesk. Natalie has helped thousands of small business owners cultivate communities, and today, she's here to share her expertise with you.  But, we acknowledge that stepping into a community can be a bit intimidating, which is why we also chat about Natalie's fabulous book, Gutsy. It's your guidebook to uncovering the unapologetic courage within you and building up the confidence to make your unique impact on this world.  In this episode, we discuss:  10:11: Why community is an entrepreneur's secret to success  16:05: The inspiring story behind Rising Tide Society  22:38: Tips for tapping into a community to fuel your small business and your emotional wellbeing 28:37: The first steps for getting involved in a community  32:17: How to conquer any anxiety or negativity around online communities  41:27: Advice on taking a leap toward your dreams, shaking off fear, and making the change you desire  Listen in because a big, beautiful community is out there just waiting for you to find them. And I'm here to cheer you on every step of the way!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grow your email list through strong leads, automation, and mastering the art of building clientele. Have you ever read a book and felt like you just had to share everything you learned with everyone you know?! Well, that's exactly how I felt while reading Alex Hormozi's new book that everyone in the business world is raving about $100 Million Leads. If you haven't heard of Alex before, let me tell you, he's the real deal - a hugely successful entrepreneur, investor, and author of 3 best-selling books!  So, why am I recommending this book to you? Because, my friend, I know you're working super hard on growing your email lists, and what better way to learn than from the best in the game? This book is all about how Alex has mastered the art of building clientele and gathering leads, ultimately turning his standard fitness business into the incredible life he has today.  Whether you're just starting out, working on your side hustle, or aiming to finally hit that million-dollar mark, these tips are guaranteed to help you out. That's why, in this episode, I'm sharing some of my favorite takeaways from Alex's book about automating and scaling your business through solid leads.  Today, you’ll hear about:  2:15: Every reason why if Alex can do it, you can too! 5:24: Alex's Core Four lead generation strategies 10:14: Tips for maximizing online content creation and nurturing leads  12:43: Examples, tricks, and processes to keep up your content creation momentum 18:07: Alex's golden give-to-ask ratio rule  Listen in and dream big, my sweet friend! Because Alex's insights can get you to your goals, no matter where you're starting from. And trust me – I’m only scratching the surface of this game-changing book, so be sure to get yourself a copy and dive in deeper! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Three practical strategies I’m implementing into my email marketing strategy for 2024. I don't know about you, but I feel like now is the perfect time to freshen up my email marketing strategies. I've been doing this for a while now, and I know that what has always worked for me won't necessarily work forever. My friends, change and evolution are wonderful things!  Last year was my most successful year yet, and you know what made the difference? I stepped out of my comfort zone and tried new things, even if they scared me a bit. That's why, in 2024, I'm fully adopting this mindset and trying out three brand new strategies to grow my email list. Usually, I like to have all the details sorted out before sharing them with you. But this time, I'm inviting you to join me in real-time for this exciting marketing experiment! In this episode, I'm lifting the curtain on how I'm implementing these tactics into my marketing strategy to take my engagement, email list numbers, and sales to the next level. Today, you’ll hear about:  5:04: Why I’m such a strong believer of consultants and coaches  8:14: The ways I’m optimizing my podcast and website to prioritize their growth  14:27: My plans to revamp my newsletter and create a more personalized experience  23:18: 5 strategies I’m using to boost my email list engagement  31:03: The importance of data-driven experiments and keeping your audience in mind when testing  Listen in and make this year your year of evolution and shaking things up! It's time to grow those email list numbers and reach your most profitable year yet.  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s why it’s never too late to kickstart your side hustle and build your dream life. I hear way too many of my older Digital Course Academy students worry that they're too late to the game, are discouraged by their age, or think they're too far behind to ever catch up.  Well, here's the truth, my sweet friend – age is just a number, and you're never too old to start! In fact, some of the most successful entrepreneurs start a little later because, let's face it, life experience is a total game-changer.  Take it from me – on my 47th birthday, I woke up feeling so lucky and appreciative of my maturity, the wisdom I've gained, and my capacity to care for myself and my business. As I get older, I'm also getting smarter, stronger, and I feel the best I have in years.  So, if you're thinking of starting a new career, you're an empty nester, or looking for a new passion project in your retirement, I have some great news for you: you can make that leap today!   In this episode, I dive into:  4:30: Real life proof that age is just a number 9:38: How to avoid comparing yourself to younger generations  13:33: Why you need to prioritize feeling your very best  17:06: Reframing your negative thoughts as positive mantras and mottos  20:18: The true value of an older voice in high level rooms  Listen in and get ready to keep learning new things and facing new adventures, no matter how old you are!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to get ahead with your small business finances to maximize your business success. If I could give you one piece of advice based on my past regrets, it's to get financially educated early on in your business. Trust me, my friend, understanding how to play the game of business finances will make things so much easier for you further down the line!  But, I know how scary and overwhelming talking about money can be, so I've brought in an expert to make things a whole lot easier – Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche. Not only is she a fabulous financial educator, she's also a New York Times bestselling author, star of Netflix's "Get Smart with Money," and co-host of the incredible podcast “Brown Ambition”. She's here to share her step-by-step guide on building wealth unapologetically for you and your small business. Tiffany knows that your money is the backbone of your business, and if your financial flow is even a little bit off, you might be setting yourself up for trouble. That's why in this episode, we're talking about everything (and I mean EVERYTHING) from budgeting to saving to investing for your small business!  Today, we dig into:  4:30: The difference between financial fullness and financial freedom  5:55: Simple tips for beginners in business budgeting  10:01: Why you need to save money just like squirrels save acorns 14:00: The importance of your personal and business credit score  19:01: Advice for getting started in investments  28:17: Everything you need to know before making your side hustle a full time gig  32:31: How to separate your business and personal bank accounts  Listen in and start prioritizing your business finances TODAY. Your business deserves it!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A step-by-step guide for leaving your 9-5 and starting your thriving online business. Have you been dreaming of ditching the 9-5 grind and turning your side hustle into a full-time gig? Or maybe you're finally ready to go all-in with entrepreneurship? If that sounds like you, you're in the right place!  I totally get it, my friend – taking that first step can be super intimidating, but don't worry, I'm here to help. Today, I'm sharing my tips and strategies to give you the courage and the strength to make your transition.  These are the exact steps I took when I left my job to start my online business, and trust me, there's nothing more rewarding than being your own boss and living life on your terms.  This step-by-step guide is pulled straight from my book, Two Weeks Notice, and is all about putting in your notice, preparing the launch of your business, and 'unbossing' yourself. The best part? You don't need any experience or resources to get started!  Tune in for:  5:01: Why you need to schedule your exit/start date  8:27: A checklist of actions to take during the "runway" phase of starting your online business 11:52: Tips for putting yourself out there online through social media, a podcast, a blog, etc.  16:53: The best way to hold yourself accountable when getting started  20:10: How to give your notice without burning bridges  Listen in and start the first day of the rest of your life as a successful and thriving entrepreneur. You deserve it, my friend! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out.

Simple strategies for writing irresistible copy that helps sell your product instantly.  My friend, I know your goal as an online business owner is to attract as many people as you can to your life-changing product. And believe me, you can't do that without some killer copywriting skills – or the text and words that sell your product and inspire action. Having an incredible offer is fantastic, but selling it can be tricky if your audience isn’t drawn to your sales page.  I've successfully launched Digital Course Academy so many times, but I continue to tweak my copy frameworks to get even better results than before! So, even if your product has been in the market for years, there's always room for adjustments to align with industry trends or the evolving needs of your audience.  Today, I'm sharing some super easy strategies I've tried and tested to boost your messaging game and talk to your audience on a human level – without any of that fancy language and jargon no one understands.  Whether you're writing emails, social media posts, or copy for your website and sales page, these tips will help you create content that people will love!  In this episode, I share:  4:29: How to clearly define the problem your offer solves  6:21: Simple tips for writing personalized, intimate, and effective sales copy 12:12: A real life example of how to use a statistic in your messaging  16:46: The two frameworks my team uses to write copy in the right place at the right time  26:58: Why you should be testing and updating sales copy in real-time during launches 29:57: Tips and strategies for writing for social media and email  Listen in and get ready to sell your product instantly with these impactful copywriting tips. Soon enough, you'll be a pro at writing content that your audience can't resist! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s why there’s always enough room for you in a saturated market. As an entrepreneur, I bet you've heard about market saturation a million times. Well, we’re talking about it some more today, BUT we’re focusing on reframing your emotions and feelings around it. Because trust me sweet friend, with the right mindset, you can succeed in any market, no matter how saturated it may seem! So, why am I talking about this? I see many hopeful students in Digital Course Academy who hit the brakes because they feel like the market is just too crowded for them. But, let me tell you, that's simply not true – and I have proof!  When I started as a social media manager nearly 15 years ago, it felt like every other person I talked to was doing the exact same thing as me. But, I didn't let the noise of oversaturation get to me, and I was able to grow the business I have today. And I know you can do it too! In this episode, I’m diving into:  3:44: Questions to ask yourself that challenge the idea that the market is too saturated  5:24: Math that proves making sales is all about honing your marketing skills  12:20: Tips for embracing what makes you unique and attracting your ideal audience  15:23: How I focus on my niche rather than worry about a saturated market  19:14: Reminders to help you break free from this false narrative Listen in and kick off your dream business. Remember, the market may be saturated, but your uniqueness and what you bring to the table are just waiting to shine through! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the freebie for this episode by heading here! Tips, tools, and strategies for building the most engaged online community. When you're building your online business, you have such a special opportunity to connect with your community on a personal level. I truly can't tell you how much joy and pride I feel in building my own community. It's so gratifying and I hold it very close to my heart, so of course, I want you to have the same experience!  If you've been dreaming of transforming your audience into a thriving community, this episode is perfect for getting started! In my business, I have an entire team dedicated to my community. Sylvia, Brittani, and Megan are simply amazing, and they have so kindly shared their top 5 strategies for keeping up with and using community engagement to grow and improve your business. And don't worry if you're a team of one or just starting out in entrepreneurship! These behind-the-scenes strategies are super versatile and adaptable, so they'll work for you no matter where you are in your business journey. In this episode, I discuss:  4:45: The art of calendar creation and batching to foster a more engaged community 13:01: Strategies for optimizing your live interactions with students  18:08: The importance of developing deep relationships with students and how we keep track of their success stories  22:09: Advice for implementing an advisor program to provide diverse perspectives and support during launches 24:38: Tips and tools for collecting and analyzing student feedback  31:25: How to track data and metrics to make informed business decisions  Remember, my dear friend, your community is truly the heart and soul of your business. So listen in and start getting the most out of the fantastic people and community you've built with your incredible gifts! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Optimize your future launches by getting intentional about your profit margins. Buckle up, my friend, because today we're diving into all things numbers and how to increase your profit margins! I know, I know, it's definitely a bit daunting when you’re first getting started, but it’s one of the most important things you can do!  With a bit of practice and dedication, you'll be on track to use your profit margins to better understand and scale your business. After all, it's your profit margin that allows you to pay yourself more, reward your team, and invest back into your business. In this episode, I share the four key things my team focuses on to maintain our profit margin (if we're happy with it) or increase it. I want you to steal these techniques and tools for yourself so you can make the most intentional decisions and plan for future launches!  Today, I cover:  2:48: What exactly your profit margin is and how to choose your benchmark  8:49: Tips for budgeting and planning for future launches to maintain a healthy profit margin  14:25: Advice for making intentional expense decisions that align with your business goals  16:05: Why you need to be reviewing your recurring expenses  20:14: The importance of being transparent with your team about numbers  Listen in and remember, if your profit margins aren't where you want them to be, it's absolutely okay! We're all constantly learning and growing, and you're already on the path to bettering yourself and your business.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How LinkedIn can elevate your podcast and your business with Hala Taha. If you're listening to the Online Marketing Made Easy show, I'm guessing you're a fan of podcasts, right? If you've ever thought about starting a podcast or wanted to leverage LinkedIn to grow your podcast and business, this is the perfect episode to get started. And I'm telling you – this conversation is not just for all of you; I also found it incredibly valuable for me and my podcast!  Enter Hala Taha, the fabulous founder YAP Media, the host of the Young and Profiting podcast, and massive LinkedIn influencer. I've recently been working with Hala and her podcast network, and it's been such a blast!  Hala's a natural go-getter who left her corporate job to follow her entrepreneurial dreams. Now, she's constantly topping the Apple Podcast charts and working with the biggest and brightest in the online space.  We talk about the LinkedIn strategies she uses to grow her business and her podcast. She's absolutely mastered the LinkedIn algorithm and is sharing all of her publishing and engagement hacks with you!  In this episode, you’ll hear about:  4:09: When Hala knew it was time leave the corporate world and dive into entrepreneurship  7:40: Advice for starting a side-hustle podcast 11:08: Strategies for consistently ranking as a top podcast  13:44: Common mistakes for both newbies and seasoned podcasters  18:58: How and when to start monetizing your podcast  24:10: Creating a podcast network  26:06: The biggest challenges Hala faced when scaling her business  30:18: Tips for boosting your LinkedIn audience and engagement  33:52: Why it’s never too late to start your podcast!  Listen in, my friend, because the opportunities are endless. LinkedIn's organic reach is a goldmine just waiting to be tapped, and Hala is spilling all the secrets! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Everything you need to know about manifesting your big goals with Gabby Bernstein. Sweet friend, I'm so excited to have you here for the first episode of 2024! Today is so much fun, and I guarantee it'll help you start your new year off with a bang! We're diving head first into manifestation – a topic often overlooked on the podcast amid all the marketing, digital courses, and list-building talk. But trust me, it's super important and it all relates back to your business!  Honestly, I’m right there with you and fairly new to the manifestation game. But, lucky for us, we have the incredible Gabby Bernstein here to guide us through it all. Gabby is a bestselling author, spiritual leader, manifestation expert, and the host of the mega-popular podcast Dear Gabby. She even manifested meeting Oprah, so you know she's the real deal!  So, whether you dream of being your own boss, doubling your revenue, or shifting your mindset to abundance mode in 2024, this episode is the perfect launching pad for massive success in the new year.  In this episode, you’ll hear all about:  5:38: How manifestation relates to your business, funnels, list building, and taking action  9:51: A step-by-step framework for manifesting beginners  16:38: Tips for managing resistance or “faking” manifestation  18:27: The most common mistakes people make when getting started  23:45: Why you have to release all control to manifest successfully  30:41: The ways gratitude factors into the manifestation  Listen in, and get ready to manifest your biggest dreams. It's a new year, new opportunity, and we're ready to kick off right! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to stay on top of your team’s well-being by measuring happiness levels. Believe me – the success of your business is SO dependent on how passionate your team is about their work. But it's not just about being productive; it's about staying motivated, prioritizing your well-being, and preventing burnout. And I want you to catch any signs of unhappiness in your company before it's too late!  We recently rolled out a wellness tracker for our entire team. It's been a bit of a challenge to figure out how to measure abstract things like happiness and stress, but I'm so excited to share how it's been playing out! My friends, this wellness tracker is like a dashboard for the heartbeat of your company. By comparing your team's stress/happiness metrics to your goals, you can physically see the trajectory of your company culture. (And it’s not as complicated as it sounds, I promise!)  It's amazing how much easier it is to tweak things when you can actually look at why stress levels are creeping up or how much happiness is starting to dip.  In this episode, I break down:  7:38: The importance of prioritizing intentional margin to offset potential errors or overwhelming moments  13:38: My core value of nurturing a loyal, happy, and positive work environment  17:25: Our first indicator that reflects the team stress and happiness averages  23:34: Why we track shout-outs and celebrations  27:11: The power of listening and implementing team ideas  30:09: Project management tools we use to organize and track our goals   32:57: How to keep your wellness tracker simple and tailored to your needs  Listen in and get ready to transform your work culture – no matter the size of your team. Because, my friend, your success starts with feeling great and passionate about what you do!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Everything I learned in 2023 and how I’m applying those lessons to my plans for 2024. Can you believe there are only four days left in 2023?! My sweet friend, I'm so excited about what the new year will bring for your business! So today, I’m sharing my plans for my company going into 2024 so you can get inspired to dream up new strategies and implement game-changing tools into your business.  2023 was an incredible year for us, with more Digital Course Academy students than ever (I'm talking record-breaking), and some of my goals for 2024 might surprise you!   It's so important to reflect on the past so you can get super specific, clear, and realistic about your goals for the future. Because, I want you to be prepared for 2024 and surround yourself with the right people, tools, and opportunities no matter the challenges that may come up.  Plus, I share the most valuable lessons I learned in 2023 so you can take them and apply them to your business! From turning to mentors to hiring a CEO, I learned so much about myself and the structure of my business.  In this episode, I talk about:  3:25: Reflections on 2023 – the most successful in my 14 years of business  5:17: Why growth won't be our primary focus in 2024  9:17: Embracing my motto "less is more" without sacrificing excellence  10:07: The departmental changes we’re applying next year  13:01: The top lessons I learned this past year 21:20: How to prepare yourself for your dream business  As you gear up for 2024, listen in and take a cue from my playbook. Cheers to the exciting new adventures that await us on our entrepreneurial journey! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Encouraging your loyal customers to continue purchasing from you after your digital course.  So you've hit your revenue goal by selling your digital courses, and you've got some amazing loyal customers, woohoo! But what's next? Once your customers complete your course, you need to find a way to keep them engaged and craving more. Don't worry, my friend, I've got your back! Today, I'm sharing some game-changing strategies to turn your customers into long-term digital best friends. I use these tactics in my business, so you know they've been tested and proven successful! Keeping your loyal customers happy is a massive component of your business success. I talk about how to make your affiliate marketing and membership programs top-notch so you can keep the momentum going and hit your goals every year of your business!  In this episode, I talk about:  8:26: An in-depth look at my affiliate program's recipe for success 13:53: Why I'd never launch an affiliate program without being an affiliate myself 21:03: Tips for adding an exclusive membership program for your digital course customers 24:34: Understanding that running a membership program takes effort, time, and consistency  26:25: How I keep my Momentum Membership students engaged with live trainings, Q&A sessions, and community building Listen in, because you've got some homework to do! I’m telling you – encouraging your loyal customers to engage and purchase from you is the key to creating those powerful, long-lasting relationships.  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Conquer your financial fears and step into your financial freedom with Farnoosh Torabi. My friend, I want you to feel smart about how you spend your money, how you make your money, and how you look at your money. I want you to feel super competent, which means you should gather as much knowledge about your finances as physically possible!  As entrepreneurs, I truly believe we should be more open about talking about money! We all go through good, bad, and ugly phases of finances, so why not share our experiences to help each other out?  Here to tell all and ease any of your money worries is the brilliant Farnoosh Torabi, a former CNBC host, a multi-bestselling financial author, and host of the So Money podcast.  Her mission is to help you conquer your financial fears. And we have a shared passion for guiding others towards their richest, happiest lives, so trust me, you're in the best hands!  You’ll hear about:  6:27: Farnoosh’s various income streams  8:42: Why Farnoosh’s parents shaped her view on personal finance  11:35: Advice on standing out in a saturated industry 14:10: How to define what financial freedom means to you 17:53: Habits to build a rock-solid financial foundation  25:53: Tips for facing your fears  43:03: Overcoming unhealthy narratives about money  46:54: What you can expect from Farnoosh’s new book, "A Healthy State of Panic”  This isn't just about personal finances. It's about feeling fantastic about your relationship with money. So, listen in and take control of your financial future! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Embrace your “Year of Yes” and watch your business, personal development, and connections thrive.  If you know me, you know that deep down, I'm a huge introvert. To be honest, the idea of promoting my book, Two Weeks Notice, and doing interviews, speaking on stages, and going to networking events was terrifying!  But, I decided that 2023 would be my year of saying YES! I had a strong desire to share my book with the world and get it into the hands of those who needed it. So, every tear, every uncomfortable moment – it was all worth it.  Today, I share my tips on stepping out of your comfort zone, embracing the unknown, and making 2024 your most successful year yet.  During my “Year of Yes, I took risks, faced rejection, and welcomed vulnerability. And guess what? My business skyrocketed, my personal growth was massive, and my book launch was epic! Now, my sweet friend – it's your turn.  Tune in for:  7:00: The key to getting super clear on your goals  10:23: How to appreciate your growth and the lessons learned no matter the outcome 15:22: A reminder that difficult moments are only in seasons – not forever  17:31: Tips for embracing discomfort and saying yes to every opportunity  18:23: Understanding the power of in-person connections (especially for an online business!)  So, listen in because I learned so much from my “Year of Yes”, and I want the exact same results for you!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s how four Digital Course Academy students made over one million dollars in sales. I used to feel super nervous about sharing my big wins or the details of my finances, but now I know that sharing our successes can inspire and encourage others to pursue their own dreams. And you know that's what I'm all about!  Today, I'm so excited for you to hear from four of my amazing students, who have each made over a million (that's right - A MILLION!) dollars selling their digital courses. They all started off just like you, with a passion and desire to share their talents, have more freedom, and be their own boss.  They share their ups and downs, their triumphs and hurdles, tips for success, and so so much more. If they can achieve these massive accomplishments, so can you!  You’ll hear how to turn your dreams into dollars by:   7:56: Nurturing valuable relationships with your students  17:16: Reshaping your biggest challenges into your biggest opportunities  29:58: Strategically pricing your digital course offerings  36:48: Sharing your story and desires to create a business that's uniquely you Listen in dear friend, because trust me, you don't want to miss out on some incredible stories! You’ll be the next member of the Million Dollar Course Creators Club in no time!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Debunking the myth that you can make a “wrong decision”.  When building your business, do ever worry if you're making the right decisions or if you're on the right path? Well, my dear friend, let me tell you something: every decision you make, every twist and turn or bump in the road, is taking you to exactly where you're meant to be. You just can't make a wrong turn!  Believe me, I know from experience. When I made my very first digital course, the number sold was a massive disappointment. But because I didn't give up and took action anyway, the universe steered me in the right direction, and just look where I am now!  So, here's some tough love for you – if you're not in the game at all, you're missing out on huge opportunities. As an entrepreneur, it's natural to fear making mistakes. But even those imperfect decisions move you forward.  In this episode, I share:  3:23: Why every choice gets you one step closer to where you're meant to be  5:32: Advice for embracing your mistakes  7:47: Why this concept is deeply personal to me  9:09: How to step off of the sidelines and into action 13:34: The beauty of serendipitous redirects So, when things don't always go as planned, embrace the detour, my friend. Listen in and get inspired to come out on the other side even stronger!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Head here for the free resource >>> Your Ultimate Guide to Crafting the Perfect Modules for Student Success Keep your students’ motivated and engaged by crafting seamless modules for your digital course. While I typically talk about marketing on this podcast, today, I’m taking a beat to focus on the heart of your thriving online business – your exceptional product. In my case, of course, this is digital courses. But even more than that, it’s my seamless digital course modules.  Trust me, you can’t just throw content together and hope it sticks. Designing the best digital course is all about organizing it in a way that delivers a transformation so smoothly that your students soak it up like a sponge!  Oh, and I’m not just scratching the surface, my friends. I’m deep-diving into the art and science behind designing the perfect modules that are sure to leave a lasting impression on your students.  In this episode, I cover:  3:08: Why you need to design course modules in the first place 7:30: How to get your students into action throughout every step of your course  13:32: Top frameworks for upleveling the course value  18:53: Simple strategies for supercharging engagement  28:51: The easiest way to keep your students motivated and help them make progress through the course  31:24: Tips for incorporating content for every learning style Listen in and consider this episode your golden ticket to creating top-notch digital course modules. Your students and your business will thank you!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Using collaboration and competition to push yourself and your business to new heights.  I'm sure you've heard the phrase "collaboration over competition" a million times. But, my friend, I'm here to tell you that it's not always true. As business owners, it's so important to use collaboration AND competition to thrive – let me explain!  Competition keeps us motivated and driven, and I truly believe that the most useful competition is actually with ourselves. For me, it's all about setting and achieving my goals and constantly pushing myself to be the best entrepreneur I can be.  At the same time, collaboration is also key! Sharing ideas and strategies with like-minded people in my network is incredibly valuable. For example, I love connecting with other course creators to share insights and tips on creating and launching the best courses.  In this episode, you’ll hear about:  4:13: Why I stick to self-competition 7:55: How to be intentional with industry analysis  12:18: Questions to ask when reflecting on your motivations  13:54: Healthy vs. unhealthy collaboration  18:49: Examples of viewing competition through the lens of collaboration  You all know it’s my mission to help as many entrepreneurs as possible, so listen in to hear why leveraging collaboration AND competition is essential in fueling that goal! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to turn your next big idea into a household brand with Alli Webb. Ever wished you had a personal stylist to give you a fabulous blowout before recording your next live video or digital course? Just imagine that confidence boost!  Now, you might be wondering what a blowout has to do with marketing. Well, let me tell you about Alli Webb, the queen of blowouts and the brilliant mind behind Drybar, the most iconic blowout business ever!  Alli's here to share her journey, from her days as a hairstylist to starting a family to selling Drybar and all the lessons learned in between. Her new book, The Messy Truth (don't you love that title?) is a must-read if you're looking for an authentic picture of what entrepreneurship actually looks like – the good, the bad, and the ugly!  With over 150 locations, a successful line of products, and a multi-million dollar household brand, Alli's story is a prime example of turning your dreams into reality. She reminds you that perfection is overrated and that you don't have to have everything figured out to build something incredible.  In this episode, Alli tells you all about:  4:06: The highs and lows of building Drybar’s successful brand  11:57: How Drybar grew in an already saturated industry  20:00: Tips for delegating and letting go of control with confidence  26:13: Drybar’s bright yellow brand and memorable marketing  30:30: The importance of learning as you go  33:22: Advice for being present in your personal life while building your business  37:24: Why The Messy Truth is for both new and seasoned entrepreneurs  Remember my friend – it's never too late to start, and there are no wrong turns in your entrepreneurial journey. So, listen to the episode, stay persistent, and make your dreams a reality, just like Alli did! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Tips to prepare your business for a restful holiday season and exciting new year. How was your Thanksgiving feast? I hope it was fantastic, and you're all set to dive into your end-of-year planning! I know the holiday season can be overwhelming with family gatherings, business goals, and a seemingly never-ending to-do list, but I'm here to help make things a whole lot easier for you. Picture this: You, waking up on January 1, 2024, feeling excited and ready for the new year all because you've set up your business for success this holiday season. It's such a great feeling to have everything in order and fully enjoy the holiday festivities without worrying about work (that's what entrepreneurship is all about, right?). I don't claim to have all the answers, but I do have some tips that are sure to give you some relief! So, let's make this holiday season stress-free and the most enjoyable yet.  In this episode, you’ll hear about:  6:02: Two initiatives I focus on for October-November to ready the biz for December 8:23: Questions to ask yourself to make clear year-end intentions 11:42: A checklist to prepare your company to take off the final week of 2023   16:15: A fun way to set the stage for an exciting new year with your team 17:41: Tips for fine-tuning your ideal week and reviewing your scheduling  Happy holidays, my sweet friends! Listen in and put on your planning hat because you deserve to take time for yourselves and your loved ones during this special time of the year. Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How I doubled my business revenue in just one year.  It might seem impossible to double your revenue in just one year, but if I can do it, so can you! In this episode, I share seven key strategies to achieve your six-figure vision.  What if I told you that you can make a bigger impact and establish yourself as an expert by doing less? I’m here to help you do just that by getting clear on your core offer and mapping out your revenue goals.    I’m taking you through how I set up my calendar for the year and break it down into content creation, promotion, and vacation (trust me on that last one!). Plus, I can’t talk about my journey to my first $100,000 without mentioning the team that helped me get there. I share all about how to get started with a virtual assistant and what a game-changer that’s going to be for your business.  I cover: 3:31: How to create a map of your revenue goals  7:24: The three questions I want you to ask yourself about your core offer  11:54: Examples of supplemental offers that can elevate your launch  15:20: Why it’s so important to establish your content (and personal) calendar at the start of the year  18:42: Ideas for developing weekly original content for your audience  22:17: How to prepare for your your first hire  Curious to learn how I went from $50k to $100k in one year? I get into all the details in this episode!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Taking a moment to be thankful for every step of your entrepreneurship journey.  Friends – this is not just any episode. This is a beautiful celebration of the entrepreneurial journey, and honestly, I was left in tears. With Thanksgiving just around the corner, I thought it was the perfect time to spread some gratitude and share real-life, heartwarming success stories from hard-working entrepreneurs just like you.  I am so so grateful for entrepreneurship and all it brings. From impacting my student's lives to building a wonderful team to living life on my own terms – I could go on and on! But today, I’m passing the mic off to my incredible students.  They share their unique entrepreneurial adventures and what aspects they're most thankful for. If you're going through a rough patch, know that they have each walked in your shoes, and their stories today might just be the spark you need to ignite your gratitude flame and light up your path.  My students are grateful to entrepreneurship for:  10:16: Their personal evolution, bigger community, an expanded perspective  13:16: Flexibility in their schedule for more precious family time  17:41: The journey with all of its challenges and rewards 22:04: Reduced stress and getting to enjoy life on their terms  24:19: Doing what they love in alignment with their values 26:39: The opportunity to tap into and master their inner gifts and talents  So tune in, listen up, and take a moment for yourself. Reflect on your journey, the support you have, and the leaps you've made for your life and your business!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Every reason why finding a virtual assistant is one of the best hires you’ll make. Want to know a secret? It's NEVER too early to hire a virtual assistant! In fact, you’ll be stunned by how much they can change and supercharge anything and everything for your business. Before hiring a VA, there were so many tasks that I needed help with, and now I only focus on building my brand, attracting my audience, and making more money. Here's why I'm telling you this – by hiring a VA, you, the brilliant entrepreneur, get to focus on what you do best while delegating the rest to a committed assistant. Can you feel the weight lifting off your shoulders?  And lucky for you, here to walk you through finding, hiring, and managing the perfect VA is Tricia Sciortino, the fabulous CEO at BELAY, one of the fastest-growing virtual staffing companies in the US.  Personally, I found my current VA four years ago on BELAY, and it was the perfect resource for getting started. I was so nervous about hiring someone full-time and didn't know if I was ready. Plus, I didn't want to spend hours searching and vetting candidates online. Thankfully, BELAY took care of all of that for me!  In the episode, Tricia tells you all about:  10:51: How a virtual assistant can take your business to the next level  15:03: The qualities to look for in a VA, and key questions to ask when hiring 20:50: The ways a VA can help you in areas like social media, podcasting, and launching digital courses  26:14: Why VA’s will ignite creativity and ideation in your marketing processes 29:40: Tips for effectively training your VA to execute tasks seamlessly  32:53: How a VA contributes to your scalability  Listen in and remember to ask these questions in the interview process for your new VA:  - Your client has not delegated anything to you this week – what are you going to do? - What steps would you take to make this relationship successful?  - What strategic questions would you ask to serve your client best?  - What excites you about being a virtual assistant?  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

You have two choices: Get up or stay down.  Sometimes, all you need is an honest, tough love pep talk to get yourself back in the game. If you find yourself playing small or getting caught in a cycle of comparison, this episode is for you, my friend.  I’m sharing a version of the pep talk that my mentor Marie Forleo gave to me 14 years ago when she recognized I needed to get back into action. Her advice about celebrating every win made such a profound impact on me.  I’m challenging you to measure yourself against your previous self, not what anyone else is doing. There’s nothing wrong with peeking over the fence, but if it starts to bring you down, I want you to stop right there. Every step you take on the journey to your big, audacious goal is an accomplishment worth celebrating – never forget that.  I also share:  3:44: What happened when I l​​eaned into my feelings of insecurity and unworthiness after my second launch  5:23: What Marie said to me that transformed my definition of success  8:15: My pep talk for anyone who’s taking themselves out of the game  11:05: What Dan Sullivan’s The Gap and The Gain taught me about measuring progress  As an entrepreneur, it’s inevitable to go through a funk every now and then. When that happens, I want you to press play on this pep talk and get yourself back out there. Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A potential customer just told you your course isn’t in their budget…now what?  Price objections are by far the most common roadblocks in sales, regardless of the industry you're in or the product you're selling. Luckily, I’ve got eight tried-and-tested strategies to help your potential customers make confident decisions when it comes to investing in your digital course.  I believe that if somebody really wants to be in your course, over time, they'll find a way to make it happen. It’s your job to understand and speak directly to what’s keeping them on the fence.  Between hosting live Q&A sessions, working with a concierge team, and laying the foundation for what potential buyers can expect, it all comes down to one thing: Trust.  If you’re ready to mitigate price objections from the start, you’re in the right place, my friend!  You'll hear all about:  4:58: What to do in the four-to-six week period before opening enrollment 8:18: Why I think everyone should have a refund policy, especially for your first digital course launch  11:10: When (and when not) to offer a payment plan  13:54: Why I prefer to go live with my audience instead of relying on an FAQ page  16:33: My invaluable experience working with a concierge team  19:31: How to address money objections in your marketing efforts 22:09: A creative way to help your audience pay for your digital course So, when you hear potential students share their hesitation about paying for your course, despite how badly they want to join, turn on this episode and create an action plan.  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Supercharge your focus, say goodbye to procrastination, and crush your to-do list.  Let's face it - procrastination is an entrepreneur's arch-nemesis. Sometimes, staying on track feels impossible, especially when some tasks just don't light you up inside.  Sure, not every day will be exciting when running a business. But that's the beauty of entrepreneurship – you get to call the shots and build your dream career on your terms. Here's a little secret – I struggle with procrastination, too. But I've learned some tricks along the way that have helped me stay focused and productive. Today, I’m passing those tips on to you!  I invited my incredible social media manager Stacey Moran to join me on this episode and together, we’re sharing everything you need to know so you can crush your to-do list and feel fantastic about your work.  My friends, if you're ready to conquer procrastination, effectively manage your valuable time, and dive headfirst into your zone of genius, look no further.  You'll hear all about:  4:15: Auditing your day to figure out when you're the most productive  7:07: Why late-night creativity is a real thing and how to make it work for you 8:33: Recognizing the leading causes of procrastination so you can get ahead of them  11:24: What to do when a task feels way too daunting 14:06: Tackling difficult (but super important!) tasks that require hours of your full focus  18:04: How to channel your zone of genius, get support, delegate, and automate So, the next time you want to move that due date or feel stuck, I want you to hear my voice saying, "You've got this!" Tune in to say goodbye to procrastination and hello to productivity.  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mastering personal branding, networking, and media relationships to become the go-to person in your field with Jen Gottlieb. You've got a killer product, streamlined processes, and top-notch marketing, but there's one thing missing: that real-deal genuine connection with your clients. Without an authenticity factor, there's no way that your brand can reach its fullest potential. But don't worry, I’ve got you!  In this episode, you're getting all the expert advice you need to shine your brightest and become the go-to person in your field.  The fabulous Jen Gottlieb joins me today to share her invaluable wisdom on showing up authentically and making a lasting impression on your clients. You’re in the BEST hands with the queen of personal branding and a true powerhouse connector!   Showing up in your business isn't just about being on camera or using social media. That's why Jen dives into some tactical strategies from her new book, "Be Seen."  We're talking in-person AND online networking, building relationships with media contacts, overcoming rejection, and creating a thriving community. Get ready because you're going to be making a mark in your industry in no time!  We dig into:  7:46: Mindset shifts to increase your visibility  11:56: Tips for tapping into your creativity and the uniqueness of your business  17:29: Effective strategies for networking in physical and online environments  22:18: A super simple and tactical exercise for fostering relationships with media contacts 28:36: Taking action on the thing you’re most afraid to do  31:32: The first steps of creating and sustaining an engaged community  43:27: A real-life case study that proves anyone can make a difference  This conversation is an absolute goldmine of insider insights that will give your business that edge you’ve been craving. Tune in now to make sure your gifts never go unnoticed!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Maximizing every minute of your day with these essential time management strategies. As a business owner, your time is literally as valuable as pure gold. When you use it wisely, it's like a revenue-generating machine. But if you're not, you could be missing out on some serious cash. Today, I'm here to share all of my favorite time-saving tips and habits so you can take control of your day and focus on the stuff that actually moves the needle in your business.  Believe me friend, you'll get to sit back and watch your entire life transform the minute you start to apply these simple yet effective streamlining hacks into your day. More free time to do the things you love, a happier team (if you have one), AND a thriving business… what more could you ask for?! I dive into work management programs you can implement TODAY, share actionable strategies for up-leveling your efficiency, and offer mindset shifts to supercharge your productivity. I’m talking: 1:37: The top ways to automate and delegate your busy day 5:10: How to review and trim your offerings  7:25: Streamlining your internal operations by creating SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures)  9:50: The beauty of the zero inbox rule for email management  11:35: Why you need to empower your employees  13:24: Allotting yourself less time to complete your tasks 14:13: Advice for limiting negative content consumption  14:56: The mutually beneficial 4-day workweek 16:01: Tips for evaluating your performance on the daily  17:23: The One-Minute Rule Tune in and start smooth sailing through your workday – you deserve it!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts  "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed, and if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Master your marketing funnels to build lasting customer connections while making millions. If you've ever been unsure about funnels or think they're just another "bro-marketing" tactic, I'm here to change your mind! Funnels are actually a fantastic way to build meaningful customer relationships and revolutionize your business.  Funnels have generated millions for my business because I view them as more than just a tool to make a sale – they're an opportunity to connect with potential clients, prove your value, and showcase why your offer is the perfect fit for them. In fact, starting small and refining as you go is a wonderful strategy – my team and I do it all the time.  Today, you’re getting a behind-the-scenes look at the three primary types of funnels I swear by in my own business and step-by-step advice on how to use them. Get excited my friend, because you're about to reach your dream of consistent success and financial freedom that got you into entrepreneurship in the first place!  By the end of this episode, you'll know all about navigating the ToFu, MoFu, and BoFu (yes, those are the technical terms) and why split testing is crucial for optimizing your client flow and refining your landing pages. Click here to snag that free resource! I cover:  4:00: Validating your offer and understanding your client's needs 6:51: How to use split testing to optimize conversion rates and measure the success of your landing pages  10:42: The framework for an effective list-building funnel 20:12: A peek into the simple inner workings of my multimillion-dollar essential sales funnel  28:05: The newest funnel I use to build trust with potential customers Tune in for a complete guide to understanding and incorporating funnels into your marketing strategy!  Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Leave behind your 9 to 5 and live the life you’ve always dreamed of with Craig Siegel. If you're ready to leave your current 9 to 5, but you've been dancing on the sidelines, thinking you're not good enough, or just waiting for the right moment, consider this episode your ultimate wake-up call! It's NEVER too late to hit that reset button, redefine your path, and create the life you've always dreamed of.  I know what you might be thinking – "Can I really do that? What will people say? Am I even ready for this?" Trust me my friend, every entrepreneur has asked those questions. But the truth is – with a positive mindset, supportive community, and real determination, you can reach true freedom and fulfillment.  When it comes to reinvention, Craig Siegel has seen it all. He left Wall Street just three years ago to pursue a completely different life path. Today, he has a successful podcast, a best-selling book, and an incredible career. Craig is walking proof that there is always time to pivot and reinvent yourself. Just imagine where you could be in three short years if you start today.  We cover:  8:28: Overcoming any hesitation in the pursuit of your purpose  11:32: Strategies for stepping out of your comfort zone  13:41: Why you don't need to have all (or any!) of the answers to get started 17:41: Cultivating a positive mindset and supportive community 27:21: The top non-negotiables for reinvention  25:30: Getting total clarity on your passions and strengths  29:25: Breaking free from limiting beliefs and choosing the “second thought” Craig said, “Staying comfortable is a death sentence.” This hit me hard! Your journey to greatness only starts when you step out of your cozy bubble and embrace the unknown. What if it goes right? What if you fly? So, hit play and get ready to rewrite your life story! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Move your goals without sacrificing your revenue or breaking promises. As a business owner, I always set goals for each year and quarter depending on the project or offering we have going on. But the truth is – goals don't always pan out as we hope. Life throws curveballs, and suddenly, that ambitious plan feels like a stretch. Not to fear! This is where the concept of "Move the Goal" comes in handy.  When it's clear you aren't going to meet a goal, you need to sit down, reevaluate, and decide how to pivot. And let me tell you, moving a goal does NOT feel good! As someone who values commitment, changing a plan can feel like a broken promise.  But, dear friend – please don’t be too hard on yourself if you’re in this position. It’s perfectly okay to do if you're smart about it. In this episode, I share all of my tips for effectively moving your goals so you can avoid losing significant revenue. It's not always an easy process, but with the right approach, you can do it in a way that won't let yourself or your team down. I cover what to expect when you move your goals, things you need to know before changing them, and how to adapt so it’s not a setback.  You'll hear about:  3:41: The reasons you might want to move a goal  6:12: Why I hate changing plans and would much rather reach the goals I set  8:30: Everything you need to know before changing your goal  12:18: Questions you should ask yourself to make sure you’re doing it for the right reasons  14:12: Finding that balance between sticking with the plan and being flexible  Sometimes, you set safe goals to avoid feeling disappointed. But you know what they say – growth only happens when you step out of your comfort zone, and your goals should always motivate you to be the best version of yourself. Tune in because I promise this advice will save you lots of sleepless nights! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Avoid burnout, boost your energy, and watch your business take off with Dr. Gabrielle Lyon.   You're growing your business and dialing in on list growth, digital courses, and marketing strategies, but what if I told you there's something even more important than any of that? Your health.    That's right, prioritizing your wellness is the game-changer that is going to revolutionize your business and life.    If you’re an entrepreneur, you're working long hours, crashing from time to time, and putting your health at the bottom of your priority list. But guess what? The most successful entrepreneurs know that their health is the key to a sustainable business.   Now you may be thinking, “Amy, where in the world do you find time to focus on your nutrition?”    Story of my life, my friend! I've always struggled with maintaining my weight while balancing a packed schedule.    But I’m telling you – my business and my body were thanking me the second I started incorporating more protein into my diet, sticking to a workout routine, and living a healthier lifestyle.   That’s why I'm so excited to introduce you to my guest, Dr. Gabrielle Lyon, a mastermind in functional medicine. In this episode, she shares her simple approach to health that will integrate seamlessly into your busy entrepreneurial life.    We dive into:    11:10: Tips for avoiding burnout, ensuring vitality, and changing the trajectory of your life (& your business)  15:05: The power of building and maintaining muscle  21:05: How to design a no-nonsense diet for your busy schedule  28:23: Strategies you can implement TODAY to boost your energy  31:37: Advice for breaking free from shame and showing up fully for your business   Your business will only ever be as successful and sustainable as your health. Listen in because your business, wellness, and future are about to get a complete makeover.   Click here to listen! Visit our show notes page!   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts   "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!   Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The inside scoop on every feeling and thought I had before AND after my most successful launch yet.   Buckle up, because I've got something super exciting to share with you today. I'm taking you behind the scenes of my biggest Digital Course Academy launch to date! That's right – you’re getting an inside look into my mind before AND after the launch, including the good, the nerve-wracking, and the oh-so-rewarding moments. There are no secrets here!    Now, why am I telling you this? Well, dear friend, I want you to know that it's perfectly normal to feel doubt, excitement, and nervousness when launching a new offering.    Even after 14 years in the game, I still experience that same wide range of emotions. The good news is, I now know how to manage them. The stress is real, no doubt about it. But once that cart closes, it's the most incredible feeling in the world.    I open up about all my thoughts and emotions during the lead-up to the launch, how I prepared myself for the anxieties, and offer some tips on coping with the post-launch blues.    Plus, I highlight strategies for leading your team to provide the best customer support possible and share every tool we used to make this launch a huge success!    You’ll hear all about:  4:10: How my customer service, operations, and marketing teams prepared for the launch 8:26: Tips for shifting your mindset and keeping your worries at bay  18:02: Why every challenge you’ll face during the launch is completely worth it 23:17: The power of real-time connections and customer feedback  28:18: Perfecting your email lists, messaging, and social media ads  34:55: How we conquered every tech issue and improved our systems   No matter how your launch turns out, whether you hit your goal or face challenges, it's always worth it knowing you’ve made a positive impact on a client’s life. So listen in and get ready to take off in your next launch!    Click here to listen! Visit our show notes page!   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts   "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!   Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

EXCLUSIVE: My fireside chat with HubSpot’s Director of New Media, Kyle Denhoff HubSpot’s INBOUND Marketing & Sales Conference is an absolute treasure trove of knowledge that’s jam-packed with insights on marketing, sales, business, and all the latest trends that are shaping our world. And guess what? I had the incredible opportunity to take the stage at the 2023 event for a fireside chat with Kyle Denhoff, HubSpot's very own Director of New Media. We dove deep into the tried and true strategies of cultivating a thriving online community and forging a path to entrepreneurial success. In this episode, you’ll hear me spill the tea on everything that’s helped me create a highly profitable digital course business that I love, including:  Why creating an email list is crucial for online businesses (plus growth strategies that have worked for me) What I do to build authenticity and connection on social media Why focusing on your core competencies is the key to long standing success My biggest takeaways from growing an audience through podcasting The dos and don’ts of building a highly engaged and happy team  … Plus much, much more!  Tune in right now to hear an insightful conversation about all-things audience building, content creation, and strategic planning in the world of digital courses and online businesses. Enjoy!    Visit the show notes!   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Supercharge your teaching game with the magic of visual frameworks with Rory Vaden If you have a digital course and are an expert in what you teach (but struggle with actually teaching it), then one of the biggest pieces of advice I can give you is to take your content and put it into a framework.  What’s a framework, you ask? Think of a framework like a roadmap or a well-constructed skeleton for your thoughts. It allows you to break down intricate concepts into manageable, comprehensible pieces for your audience. If you’ve been listening for a while, you’ve probably even heard me say something like “I have a framework for that”! because I’ve found that using them has made me a much more effective teacher.  Most importantly, teaching in frameworks has helped my students understand and apply my content better. Like anything, there’s an art and science to creating frameworks. Enter: My guest for this episode, Rory Vaden. Rory is an expert when it comes to helping entrepreneurs find their uniqueness, create captivating content, and a world-class presentation craft -- and in this episode, he shares the A to Z playbook on creating content frameworks. You’ll learn: Why teaching in frameworks is so crucial to being an effective educator  An A to Z process on how to create effective content frameworks 7 questions you can ask yourself to help you generate ideas for frameworks  How to become “unstuck” on framework ideas and them quickly He’s even going to break down one of his own teaching frameworks that you can use as a reference.  Ready to dive in? Pull out your notepad and press play on this episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Curious to know how my team and I are leveraging the incredible power of AI to supercharge our strategies?  From community engagement to content creation, marketing, and operations, you better believe that we are leveraging this powerhouse technology to the max.  You’re going to hear:  The exact AI-powered tasks that are doing wonders in my company Specific ways different departments within my company are using AI  Effective prompts that you can plug into ChatGPT … And much, much more!  To make things easy, I've put together a resource that's packed with all the prompts I'll be revealing today. You can snag it here so you don’t have to worry about writing everything down while you listen to the episode.  And before you dive in, I’ll leave you with a powerful statement from my dear friend, online marketer, AI enthusiast, Emily Hirsh:  “Those who ignore AI are waving goodbye to incredible opportunities.”So, sweet friend, let's ensure you're not missing out on anything groundbreaking.Tune in now to unravel the exciting ways AI is transforming businesses – and yours might just be next. Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:11] My content team uses AI whenever they need to come up with inspiration or encounter roadblocks. AI can generate outlines and help refine content further. [11:27] The community team uses AI to name and describe our community meetups and discussion events. It's great for titles and social media. [14:40] The operations team uses AI to conduct research, organize data, draft emails, messages, and tasks. It helps save time and is more efficient. [16:59] My ops team uses AI to process, brainstorm, and summarize meeting notes. They can organize it into a table and prompt for next steps and ideas. [19:06] We use SOPs for everything in every department. We're still working out the right prompt to get AI to create and improve on SOPs.  [19:24] The marketing team uses AI to generate themes, story ideas, and captivating social media captions. It's like having a writing partner. [21:26] My senior marketing content manager uses AI across the board for podcast asset generation. It also helps to enhance SEO of these assets. [23:37] She's also used it for brainstorming marketing initiatives and re-engagement campaigns. This creates a huge jump start for our copywriter. [24:50] Our graphic designer uses AI features in Canva to enhance designs and create captivating visuals that elevate our brand presence. [26:14] My copywriter has been using AI to brainstorm a lot. It's like an idea thesaurus that can supply a better way to explain a concept. [27:20] AI is an essential part of the toolkit, but keep in mind that it complements human expertise. Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Making your DCA investment back is easy -- here’s how Lisa Nunamaker did it in her first launch Have you ever thought to yourself, “I’d love to create a digital course, but it costs too much money?” Maybe you think it’s too expensive, or that you’d have to quit your full time job, or you’re concerned you won’t get any return on your upfront investments. I get it!  Whatever it is for you, you’re feeling hesitant about starting a digital course because you have financial concerns -- and my sweet friend, you’re not alone. In fact, “creating and launching a digital course costs too much money” is one of the most common objections people have around diving into creating and launching a digital course business. But here’s the thing. It’s a total myth, and I want to show you why this should not be a barrier to creating a successful digital course. And to do that, I’m going to share the inspiring story of my Digital Course Academy student, Lisa Nunamaker.  Lisa had a head full of ideas for her digital course -- but was concerned about the cost of taking DCA. So she sat down and crunched the numbers, and realized that she would only need to sign up 10 students in order to make her money back! And guess what? In the first launch of her course, Garden Graphics Tool Kit, she enrolled 66 students and made a whopping $44,000 in sales! Not to mention, she went on to launch her course a second time and raked in an additional $20,000! Lisa’s example is proof that it is possible to make your initial digital course investment back very quickly, and set you on the right path for future entrepreneurial success. Tune in to hear more about Lisa’s story, and this myth be totally debunked! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:19] I'm sharing a story of one of my students that might inspire you if you feel like funds are preventing you from starting your digital course. [05:53] Lisa Nunamaker is a teacher who has a business that teaches garden design and landscape graphics to budding designers around the world. [06:30] When she heard about DCA, her head was swimming with ideas, but she was concerned with the cost.  [07:00] After crunching the numbers, she realized that if she could sign up 10 students the investment would be worth it. [07:16] She enrolled in DCA in February of 2021. She launched her first course. Garden Graphics Toolkit, even though it wasn't totally finished. [08:15] She enrolled 67 students and made $44,000. Her second launch generated $20,000. She then started a membership and generated $8,800. [09:41] Taking the plunge was worth it. Lisa loved creating the course while she was in the class. [11:15] DCA helped give her the tools that she needed to build a business on the side and be propelled forward. [13:21] To uncover your course potential, think about how much you want to make. Then decide on a price and how many people need to sign up.  [14:32] DCA is about helping you create your course in the simplest way possible. Visit our show notes here!

I had the incredible opportunity to speak at the renowned Powerhouse Women event, and let me tell you, it was an absolute game-changer. Picture this: A gathering of fierce and fabulous female entrepreneurs, all on a mission to skyrocket their success. This event is the brainchild of my wonderful friend and founder of Powerhouse Women, Lindsey Schwartz, and let me tell you, she knows how to put on a show!  Lindsey invited me, Ronne Brown of GirlCEO, and the ever-inspiring Lori Harder of H2GLO, to join her on stage for a live podcast panel.  We fielded burning questions straight from the audience about building businesses from the ground up, navigating the shifting landscapes of digital courses, memberships, and masterminds, and of course, the behind-the-scenes magic that fuels our own entrepreneurial journeys.  The beauty of it all? Each of us brings our unique flair, perspectives and ideas to the table -- and in this episode, you’re getting access to all of it.   You’ll hear:  The 3 most essential things you should do to create momentum in your new business How a personal brand can help you grow your business Ways to keep your offer fresh and exciting over a long period of time What’s next for the membership and digital course industry Plus much, much more! I've got a strong hunch that you're going to savor every single second of this podcast. So press play on this episode and get ready to have your entrepreneurial spirit ignited.   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Spoiler alert: You don’t need a ton of content to launch a digital course If you’re like a lot of people, you might have thought “I’d love to create a digital course, but I don’t have enough content!” And if that’s you, friend, you’re not alone! This is a really common roadblock when it comes to digital course creation. But here’s the thing. Needing a lot of content to launch a digital course is a total myth, and I want to show you why this shouldn’t be a barrier to getting started. To do that, I’m going to share the inspiring story of two of my DCA students (and podcasters turned digital course creators), Alissa Jenkins & Katy Caldwell.  Alissa and Katy launched their evergreen digital course without having a lot of content created -- and went on to sell over a million dollars in just two years. Amazing! Their example is proof that it is possible to launch a highly successful digital course by using what you already have. Tune in to hear more about Alissa and Katy’s story, and the myth of “not having enough content” be totally debunked! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A deep dive into Accountability Pods (& how they’ve helped my digital course students succeed) Agree or disagree: As a digital course creator, you want your students to thrive in your course and go on to accomplish whatever goals they set out to achieve using the information that you’ve taught them. I’d hedge a bet that you agree.  That’s why it’s so important as the captain of your digital course ship to foster an environment of accountability within your community. It’s been a crucial part of what’s made my courses so successful. In fact, what drives the remarkable transformations my students undergo during Digital Course Academy’s intensive nine-week journey is thanks to what I lovingly call “Accountability Pods.”  And after helping thousands of students launch digital courses over the years, I've fine tuned an effective system that will guide you in creating your own accountability program for your course. Not only will this system make your students’ course experience better, but it will also streamline the facilitation process for you.  Throughout this episode, I'll unveil the five core strategies I use to lay the foundation for an Accountability Pod program in my courses.  You’ll also hear real life stories of how my students have leveraged their Accountability Pods not only to craft profitable digital courses, but also to forge lasting friendships. So if your digital course needs a little boost in the accountability department, then tune in and pay close attention! And if you’ve yet to launch your course, this episode is sure to spark ideas for your future course development and offerings for your audience. So, grab your notepad, roll up your sleeves, and let's dive right in! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Concerned about credibility? Hear why “I’m not credible enough” to launch a course is a total myth Have you ever thought to yourself, “I’d love to create a digital course, but I don’t have the credibility to teach it?” Maybe you have a lot of knowledge in a certain area, but you don’t have a formal education in it… Or maybe you’re an expert in something, but you’ve never taught it before… Whatever it is for you, you’re feeling hesitant about starting a digital course because you don’t think you’re credible enough -- and my sweet friend, you’re not alone. In fact, “I’m not credible enough” is one of the most common objections people have around diving into creating and launching a digital course business. But here’s the thing. It’s a total myth, and I want to show you why this should not be a barrier to creating a successful digital course. And to do that, I’m going to share the inspiring story of my Digital Course Academy student, Radhika Lucas.  Even though Radhika didn’t have a formal education in her area of focus, she created a highly successful course and made back her DCA investment in just one launch. Radhika’s example is proof that with dedication, passion, and the right guidance from DCA, success is within reach for anyone, even if you don’t consider yourself to be an expert. Tune in to hear more about Radhika’s story, and the myth of “not having enough credibility” be totally debunked! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A foolproof way to validate your digital course idea BEFORE launching Did you know that I only made $267 in my first digital course launch? I spent so much time, money, and energy into it, for just a couple hundred dollars.  One of the biggest mistakes leading to this low revenue launch was that I didn’t check if my course was something my audience would actually purchase. It was a lesson learned the hard way, sweet friend, but a valuable one. And since then, I’ve come up with a framework to ensure that my course idea is something people will happily enroll in before I even create the first lesson. I don’t want you to make the same mistake that I did all those years ago, so that’s why I’m sharing my “First Ten” strategy with you in this episode.  It’s something I teach in Module Two of Digital Course Academy, and I’ve found that it really sets my students up for success.  As a bonus, you’ll also hear directly from some of my star students who used this strategy when they created and launched their digital courses. So if you have an incredible course idea but are unsure if it'll resonate with your Ideal Customer Avatar, then pop in your earpods and get ready to take some notes! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How a busy toddler parent created a remarkable digital course with limited time Have you ever thought to yourself, “I’d love to create a digital course, but I don’t have enough time?” Maybe you have a 9 to 5 job…  Maybe you’re a full-time parent… Maybe you are so busy with your current business that you can’t fathom taking anything else on.  Whatever it is for you, you’re feeling hesitant about starting a digital course because you’re busy -- and my sweet friend, you’re not alone. In fact, “I don’t have enough time” is one of the most common objections people have around diving into creating and launching a digital course business. But here’s the thing. It’s a total myth, and I want to show you why time shouldn't be a barrier to creating a successful digital course. And to do that, I’m going to share the inspiring story of my Digital Course Academy student, Mallory Rose, who proved that even with a 14-month-old son, she could create and launch her digital course with incredible results. Mallory's example is proof that with focus, determination, and a bit of support, you can achieve your entrepreneurial dreams even if you don’t have a lot of time.  Are you ready for this myth to be busted? Tune in! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Pull out your smartphone: Easy ways to boost digital course sales with video (with Nicole Burke) Ever wonder what the big deal is about using video in your business?  In this episode, I delve into the incredible success story of Nicole Burke, one of my standout Digital Course Academy students.  Nicole, the brilliant mind behind Gardenary, has taken her business to new heights by harnessing the power of video in her marketing strategy. I understand the hesitation that comes with video -- it used to intimidate me too! But let me assure you, it's a game-changer that can transform your business, just as it did for Nicole. And here's the kicker: You don't need a pro videographer or a hefty budget to create engaging, converting videos for your audience.  In this episode, Nicole spills all her video secrets, sharing the insights and strategies that have propelled her on platforms like Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, and Pinterest. Even if you're a one-person operation armed only with a smartphone, Nicole's tips will empower you to step confidently into the world of video content. You’ll learn:  How Nicole generates captivating content ideas The ‘nuts and bolts of posting including the ideal frequency and video length  Advice on user-friendly and affordable video equipment and software  Tried and true strategies to go viral How to move past feeling uncomfortable on camera So if you're eager to unlock the potential of video and supercharge your digital course sales, pop in your earbuds and give this episode your full attention! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Small list, big Revenue: Jan Ditchfield's path to digital course success Ever found yourself thinking you don't have enough time, money, credibility, or a large enough audience to create a successful digital course? Well, you're not alone.  Over the years I’ve found that many of my Digital Course Academy students started off feeling this way -- but still go on to create wildly successful digital courses.  One of these students is Jan Ditchfield, a former award-winning fundraiser and revenue generation strategist. Burnt out from being told what to do at her 9 to 5, she took a leap of faith and ventured into the world of entrepreneurship and digital courses. What I love about her story is that Jen had a small email list and small social media following – yet she managed to rake in an impressive $18,425 from 29 enrollments -- completely ad-free – in her very first launch.  Since joining Digital Course Academy, Jan's journey has led her to over $145,000 in revenue, and she's well on her way to a multiple 6-figure business. How incredible is that? In this episode, you’re going to hear more about Jan’s story, and how she blew the idea that you need a massive email list to achieve substantial revenue completely out of the water.  Jan’s journey is sure to leave you inspired! As you listen, I hope you start dreaming big, and consider the immense potential your small email list holds. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

These are the 5 biggest mistakes I see course creators make (plus ways you can avoid making them) I’ve been in digital marketing for a while now, and over the years I’ve noticed that there are five errors that digital course creators commonly make when they’re first getting started.  Now, making mistakes is a part of the entrepreneurial game. I’ve made plenty, and I know that I’ll keep making more. And what’s great is that every time you make a mistake, you can learn from it.  But here’s the thing. The mistakes that I talk about in this episode are things that can seriously impact your ability to create a digital course that not only makes you a lot of money but also makes an impact on people’s lives.  Now here’s the really good news. I’m also going to give you strategies to sidestep these mistakes so you don’t have to deal with the headache and stress that all-too-many people have made, including myself. These are strategies that I cover in my signature course, Digital Course Academy, so you will be getting some of my paid content for absolutely free.  And just a word to the wise, this is a jam-packed episode, so if you haven’t already, be sure to bust out your notebook or a Google Doc so you can take some notes.  It’s my hope that by being aware of these pitfalls and taking the steps to avoid them, you’ll feel confident as you move forward in your own digital course creation journey.  Enjoy! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Unsure about switching your business niche? Here’s what you need to know There’s a five-letter word that gets thrown around all the time in the entrepreneurial world, and for good reason. The word I’m referring to is N-I-C-H-E, and the reason that it’s talked about so much is that having a niche -- or a thing that you’re known for in business -- is incredibly important if you want to stand out from the pack and serve your audience at the highest level. But what if you feel like your digital course niche simply isn’t working for you? Maybe you’re not selling very much, or something just feels off about it. The question becomes whether you should keep on keepin’ on with your current niche, or move on to something different.  And that’s what today’s episode is all about. The decision to change your niche can be a tough one, sweet friend, so I’m going to walk you through some things that might make the process a little bit easier for you.  You’ll hear:  4 questions to ask yourself before you switch your niche  My experience with switching niches early on my business How to carry the momentum of your current niche into your new one What you can expect if you switch to a niche that’s entirely different I promise, this episode might just be the gut check that you need if you’re thinking about going in a different direction. So pop in your earbuds, and give it a listen!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to prompt ChatGPT to brainstorm topic ideas for your digital course In this episode, I’m diving deep into one of the most common questions I get from you all - how to pick that *perfect* topic for your digital course. Don't worry; it's totally normal to feel a bit overwhelmed but trust me, it's not as scary as it seems! So, get ready to unleash the power of the "Sweet Spot Test"! It's a proven process that'll help you nail down the best course ideas that your audience will love. But wait, there's more! We've got an exciting twist for you. Ever heard of ChatGPT? It's the AI everyone's buzzing about! And here's the kicker - you can use it to expand your course ideas even further! I know, super cool, right? 🤖💡 Now, here's the thing - ChatGPT is fantastic, but it can be a little intimidating if you've never used it before. No worries, though! In this episode, we'll hold your hand and show you how to get started, making it a breeze. So, what can you expect in this episode? Well, grab your favorite beverage and get comfy, because we've got a treat for you. We'll not only reveal the four magical questions to help you find your Sweet Spot, but we'll also show you how to make ChatGPT your new brainstorming buddy. Together, we'll brew up some fantastic ideas for your dream course topic! ☕💡 And if you've been struggling to figure out your niche, fret not! With the Sweet Spot Test and ChatGPT by your side, you'll be amazed at how we'll help you zero in on a course topic that's just *perfect* for you. So, join me in this exciting episode as we take a laid-back approach to demystify the world of digital course topics. Trust me, after this, you'll be brimming with confidence to tackle your course creation journey like a pro! Ready to dive in? Hit that play button now and let's get this AI-powered party started! 🎉🎧 Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Say bye-bye to business burnout with these 4 strategies Burnout. It’s the dreaded B word that most entrepreneurs experience at one point in their business journey or another, and it’s not a fun place to be.  Not only do you feel like the weight of the world is on your shoulders, but the passion you once had for your business -- and that drive to move forward -- seems to totally dissipate because you’re so overwhelmed. I don’t know about you, but the reason that I left the corporate world in the first place was because I wanted to love what I do, not to be totally exhausted by it. I want to wake up in the morning feeling energized and excited, not fearful and frustrated. Can you relate? If so, pay close attention to this episode -- because over the years, I’ve discovered the ‘secret sauce’ to having a successful business, sans the burnout.  I only wish I would have discovered what these four things are sooner! So if you’re on the brink of a business burnout, and want to banish it from your business for good, then grab a beverage of your choice, pop in your earpods, and get ready to take some notes. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:57] Burnout is common in the entrepreneurial world. I've experienced it firsthand, and I've heard stories from my students. [06:49] I got burned out working one-on-one with clients about two years into my business. I decided to fire all of my paying clients and do something different. [08:07] My most recent burnout was after I launched Two Weeks Notice. But this time I had the tools and knew what I needed to do to protect myself. [09:37] Creating a digital course has been a game-changer for my mental health. It’s helped many of my students avoid burnout too. [11:11] Digital courses could be the best asset in your business to protect you. It provides consistency and lessens the amount of hustle you have to do.  [12:13] Total burnout comes from constantly having to start from scratch and create something new.  [14:16] A digital course can increase revenue. You can also put a course on Evergreen, meaning that it’s automated and for sale every day. [15:52] Time blocking can help avoid burnout. It helps you get really clear on the action items you'll be doing during the day. It also helps avoid context switching.   [19:14] A four-day workweek can also help you avoid burnout. I’ve invited my team to have a four-day workweek and it’s transformed our mental health.  [21:46] 1. Create a digital course. 2. Eventually, put a course on evergreen. 3. Time blocking. 4. Explore incorporating a four-day workweek.  [22:58] What are you doing to protect yourself from burnout? Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

I get these questions alllll the time... Do courses work in my industry? Is a digital course right for my business? Or is my teaching better suited to a membership? Or coaching? Would my 1-1 service translate into a course? How the heck do I move from 1-1 to a course when I’m already working 70-hour weeks? If any of those Q’s feel familiar, this episode is a “How I Created This” style exposé on real businesses that went from not quite sure a course would fit… To regretting not creating one sooner. I’m dropping ALL the deets on their industry and how they created a digital course that works for their business model, from 1-1 service to non-profit work to a business that didn’t even exist yet.

What 2 of my students have done to create profitable, sustainable businesses by creating a digital course If you’re anything like me, you like to have all of your facts straight before making any big business decisions.  In fact, a big part of my decision-making process is learning about other business owners who’ve done something similar, and what their experience was like.  I always find that hearing stories from those who’ve gone before me helps ease my mind about doing something new. So if you’ve been considering creating a digital course, but aren’t 100% sure whether it’s the right decision-- or if your business will translate well into this type of model -- then pay close attention to what you hear in this episode.  I sit down with two of my DCA graduates who started their digital course journeys with very different backgrounds. My student Jaren was a real estate investor, while my student Teresa sold art journals at festivals. Apples and oranges, I tell ya!  We dive into the reasons they decided to create a digital course in the first place, the nuts and bolts of their course launches, the challenges they faced along the way -- and here’s the fun part -- how a digital course has changed their lives and businesses for the better.  I hope that if you’re struggling with the decision of whether to create a digital course, then these interviews will give you an honest look at what life could be like for you.  Happy listening!  Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:50] Jaren Sustar is a real estate investor and founder of Finance Cowboy. His digital course helps people find and manage rental properties or flips. [05:02] Teresa Merriman created a course about travel art journaling. She even filmed her course in Croatia.  [07:09] Jaren began his career as a truck driver. He transitioned into sales and also started buying real estate. Finance Cowboy was born in 2021.  [12:21] Jaren joined List Builders Society and grew his list from 700 to 14,000 people. [13:02] After taking DCA, Jaron added a course to his business. The course allowed him to go really deep and take his students to the next level. [16:14] Jaren’s course is called The Rental Academy. He charged $3,000 and built a waiting list of 1200 people for his first launch. He made over $200,000. [23:56] Having a course has allowed Jaren to hire four full-time employees and coaches.  [29:56] Teresa has been an exhibiting artist since 2005. She makes beautiful ornate leather-bound journals. [31:03] During the pandemic, Teresa began offering a limited series online. She had an audience. [33:45] Teresa heard about digital courses and decided to niche down by focusing on travel journaling.  [38:28] Teresa's course launch consisted of social media and emails. It was $497 and she sold 32 in her first launch.  [42:42] She's now prepared to better describe and talk about her course when she does her second launch. [47:10] Teresa created a membership and has an in-person art retreat coming up this fall. Today she has more freedom with her time and makes a greater impact. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Predict your digital course profit potential in 4 easy steps Have you ever wondered how much money you could actually make from creating a digital course?  You already know that a digital course can help free up more of your time, allow you to work from anywhere, and scale your business -- but by how much? If you wonder, then pay close attention to this episode, sweet friend – because I’m going to show you exactly how to calculate your digital course profit potential in four easy steps.  Including how to calculate exactly how many students you’d need to enroll in your course to meet a series of three goals you’ll set – a good goal, a great goal, and a big, scary goal.  I think you’re going to be pleasantly surprised to see how enrolling even just a small number of students can absolutely change your life! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Scale your impact without maxing out your calendar Imagine this scenario. You’re a business owner who works one-on-one with clients. You love what you do, you have a lot of knowledge to share, and you’re making money. Most of all, you love the feeling you get from helping your clients achieve their goals.  But the thing is, you’re starting to get the feeling that one-on-one work is holding back your growth potential.  I’m sure you’ve heard the phrase ‘time is money’ -- and in a lot of business models, this old saying rings true because your ability to change more lives and make more money is totally dependent upon the number of hours in the day. But the thing is, it doesn’t have to be like this -- and creating a digital course is one way that you can significantly scale your impact and your income without maxing out your calendar. Take it from me. When I first started my business, I worked one-on-one with clients as a social media consultant. Not only was I stressed beyond belief, but there was a cap on my income potential and how many people I could help. Transitioning my business from client work to selling digital courses has allowed me to make more money, create more impact, and live a life that’s completely on my terms.  So if you’ve ever been curious whether this type of business model is limiting your growth potential, then pay close attention to this episode. In it, I share four telltale signs that one-on-one work is holding you back, along with true stories of how some of my DCA Students have scaled their businesses with a digital course.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The 3 types of people that make the best digital course creators Have you ever wondered if a digital course is right for you?  Maybe you’re working a 9 to 5 job, and although you love what you do, you feel like a cog in the wheel -- and know you’re cut out for much more.  Or maybe you’ve already started your own business, but feel so overwhelmed by your day-to-day workload that you question whether going off on your own was even worth it in the first place. Or maybe you’ve thought about starting a digital course because you have knowledge to share, and you know that this type of business model allows you to maximize your impact and your income… But even if it sounds like a good move, you’re still not 100% sure whether creating a digital course is right for your situation.  And if that’s you, you’re in luck -- because in this episode, I share the three different types of people who pivot extremely well into digital course creation.  You’re also going to hear real-life examples of how digital courses have helped my DCA students create sustainable, profitable businesses that have allowed them to create a life on their own terms.  So grab a cold bevy, pop in your earbuds and press play on this enlightening episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

From flipping cars to fitness empire & beyond: How Chalene Johnson continues to build multi-million dollar businesses Today I have a guest on the show who truly knocks my socks off (in the best way possible). Chalene Johnson has been building businesses since she was a college student at Michigan State University, where she launched an auto swap meet in order to pay for her tuition.  Now I don’t know about you, but when I was in college, I definitely wasn’t thinking like an entrepreneur. Since her college days, Chalene has built and sold multiple multi-million dollar businesses that have stood the test of time.  Today, she’s a multiple 8-figure CEO, fitness leader, marketing expert, social media rockstar, and is the host of two podcasts, The Chalene Show and Build Your Tribe.  She even holds the Guinness Book of World Records title for the most fitness videos filmed by an individual. I mean, how cool is that?  And what I love most about Chalene is that she’s multi-passionate. She’s launched and scaled businesses in multiple industries, and has found success in each.  In this episode, Chalene and I chat about how she’s built a diverse and thriving entrepreneurial career that’s stood the test of time. You’ll hear:  The biggest lesson Chalene has learned when it comes to developing business ideas  A step-by-step process you can use to figure out what your ‘thing’ is (or what your ‘things’ are) How to know when it’s the right time to add a new income stream to your business Tips on how to build an audience that sticks with you for the long haul Chalene’s secret for how she built two highly successful podcasts How Chalene has reframed her ADHD as one of her superpowers There is never a dull moment with Chalene -- so get ready for a fun, action-packed and incredibly informative episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to deal with imposter syndrome when you’re teaching other people Have you ever questioned whether you’re qualified enough to teach a digital course? Or worried that your students might already know all the good stuff. As an online educator, I’ve felt this way many times -- and it’s something that I still have to consciously work on, even 14 years into my business. The truth is, I know I don’t need to be years ahead of my audience to make an impact -- I just need what I call a 10% edge. In other words, I only need to know a little bit more than them, and be a little bit further along in my journey. And because not too long ago, I was exactly where many of my students are today, I remember what it was like. I’m able to empathize with their struggles even better and recall experiences in more detail.  In this episode, I’m diving into what having a 10% edge really means, and how I deal with imposter syndrome when I start to doubt myself. You’ll hear:  How to embrace your 10% edge and feel confident sharing it with the world Different ways you can reframe your imposter syndrome when it shows up Why it’s actually ok to struggle for answers (& how it helps in the long run) Real-life stories of how I’ve overcome feeling like I don’t know enough  This is a great listen for anyone that’s ever dealt with imposter syndrome -- so pop in those earpods and press play on this insightful episode.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

>>> HEAD HERE TO GRAB THE FREEBIE FOR THIS EPISODE: Your Course Update Bundle! Need a content update? Here’s my simple 5-phase process for updating course content The thought of updating your course content can be daunting. I know that because I’ve felt this way many times before.  Sometimes the thought of giving your course content a refresh can feel so overwhelming that you start to question whether you should even update it in the first place.  But let me tell you sweet friend, making sure your course content is fresh, current, and packed full of value is incredibly important as a digital course creator -- and getting down in the trenches to make those updates is simply a part of the job.  I’ve done more than my fair share of course content updates, and I’ve learned a lot over the years. In fact, I think it’s safe to say that I have my process boiled down to a fine science. Now here’s the good news. In this episode, I’m sharing the exact 5-phase process I use to stay organized, execute efficiently, and ensure that no detail is missed when I make my course content updates.  And here’s the icing on the cake. I have some really great tools and resources to go along with this episode that you can download and use to stay on track. Stick around to the end to hear how to snag them.  So if you’re ready to update your course content without all the stress, then grab something to take notes with and pay close attention to this episode.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The lessons my new CEO & I have learned as we’ve both transitioned into new roles I have exciting news to share -- and it’s that I have a brand new CEO! Her name is Jenn, but we call her Jawesy, and she’s my former content director.  If you’ve been listening for a while, you probably know that I have been serving as the acting CEO, taking on the day-to-day operations of running the business.  I’ll be honest -- it’s been a lot for me to work in this capacity and be the visionary of the company at the same time, so I’m excited to pass the reins over to Jawesy.  Not to mention, she’s incredibly smart, experienced, and knows my business inside and out, so it’s a win-win!  In this episode, Jawesy and I have a candid conversation about the lessons we’ve learned as we work through the transition of me stepping fully into Visionary, and her stepping into the role of CEO. You’ll hear:  Why we intentionally took an entire year to transition into our new roles The fears we both had about stepping into our new positions The challenges we’ve had and what we’ve learned from them How we prepped the larger team for the changes I hope you walk away with some new insight – whether you see yourself bringing on a CEO long term, or you’re hiring your first employee. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Curious about making the switch? Here’s what you need to know about transitioning from a personal brand to a company brand (with Clint Salter) Have you ever wondered what it would look like to make the switch from having a personal brand to a company brand? I’m right there with you. There are so many great things about being the face of my business, but I’ll be honest -- I don’t really see myself doing TikTok and Instagram reels when I’m 90 years old.  It would be so nice (at some point way down the line) to transition from the personal brand I have today, to one where my name, face, and likeness are not associated with it.  But how do you do that gracefully? And what does that look like in real life? That’s the topic I’m exploring today with my guest Clint Salter.  Clint is an award-winning entrepreneur and best-selling author who’s on a mission to revolutionize the dance industry. Over the past 21 years, he’s created and sold five companies, from the dance studio he started at age 16 to the largest coaching membership for dance studio owners globally. He’s a brilliant business owner and also has firsthand experience going from a personal brand to a company brand.  In this episode, Clint shares:  The 5 specific steps he took to switch from a personal to a company brand The biggest challenges he’s faced from the transition, plus lessons he learned How he seamlessly integrated coaching into his company brand The mindset he embraced that allowed him to build businesses bigger than him This was such an insightful conversation, so if you’ve ever considered what it would be like to make the switch in your business like I have, be sure to tune in!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If you have two ears and a scrolling thumb… Odds are you’ve heard of Meta launching its Twitter-competitor “Threads.” 🤳 Well, my favorite social media maven, Jasmine Star, and I jumped in front of the mics for an impromptu conversation about what we’re making of the platform so far. Click here to listen to this week’s bonus episode! Spoiler alert: Jasmine and I are not claiming to be Threads experts. Maybe one day, but for now, we’re just chatting about it and sharing things like… 🧵 How we’ve seen it perform 🧵What people seem to be thinking about it 🧵 Whether or not we think Threads is a new “shiny object” 🧵How to get your hands on a free resource with 5 accounts I’m loving And more! If you’ve tried Threads or want a little more insight before you dive in, check out this short and sweet review with Jasmine and I!

How to slow down in your business (& feel totally ok with it) When I launched Two Weeks Notice, I took advantage of every opportunity that I could to promote the book, and get it into the hands of women who need it.  That meant doing over 100 podcast interviews, flying all over the country for media promotions, and sacrificing a lot of things in my personal life so I could do more in my business. I was very much in a season of yes. Everything I committed to, I showed up for in full force -- and I’ll tell ya, it was well worth it. Two Weeks Notice made the NYT bestseller list and even topped the list in the Wall Street Journal, too.  But I’ll be honest with you. Now that my book launch is over with, I’ve got to slow down. I need to move into the next season -- a season of rest -- and prioritize myself, my family and friends, and my health.  Because guess what? As important as my business is, everything outside of it is important, too.  This doesn’t come naturally, sweet friend, and it’s going to take an intentional effort for me to pull off. But I know it’s what I need to do, and I am 100% committed to doing it.  In this episode, I share what it’s like to go from a level 100 (where you’re doing all of the things, all of the time), to taking an intentional pause -- and why that’s important to do from time to time Enjoy!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

>>> HEAD HERE TO GRAB THE FREEBIE FOR THIS EPISODE: Your Marketing Metrics Checklist! The marketing metric breakdown: What’s important to track (& why) I’ll be honest -- I am a total data nerd, and I absolutely love tracking my business’ performance and evaluating the metrics with my team.  Not only is it great to have a pulse on what’s working and what’s not, but the insights I’ve gleaned from knowing my marketing metrics have helped me make some big decisions in my business.  The thing is, whether you’re just starting out or you’re an established entrepreneur, you should pay attention to your numbers -- and the sooner you get started, the more insights you’ll be able to glean over time.  Now, I get it. Looking at data isn’t everyone’s thing, and it’s hard to figure out what metrics you should really be looking at because there are so many!  That’s why I recorded this episode for you. In it, I share the specific marketing metrics I track, why I track them, and how I’m using them to inform my marketing strategy.  And here’s the really great news. Because there’s so much information packed into this episode, I’m sharing a really great marketing metric cheat sheet with you that you can keep as a reference, so tune in to the very end of the episode to hear how you can snag it.  Happy listening!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What being an LGBTQ+ ally really means & how it can help your business’ long-term growth One of the most important things you can do as an entrepreneur is to ensure you are running an inclusive business. Not only is it the right thing to do as a human, but it can also help your business’ long-term growth.  This has been a big initiative of mine over the past several years, and something that I’ve committed to daily.  But here’s the thing. Many of the conversations about LGBTQ+ inclusion didn’t start happening until pretty recently, so you still might have a lot of questions about the whole topic in general.  Heck, you might even feel intimidated about what it actually means to become an ally, and what an inclusive business looks like in real life – and guess what? That’s OK! The fact that you’re interested in learning how to create a world where everyone is valued and respected is a great place to start -- and here to answer all of your questions on how to run an inclusive business is my student, Hank Paul.  Hank is an award-winning wedding photographer, writer, Queer inclusion strategist, and creator of Authentic Allyship Academy, where they teach students how to inclusify their businesses and become confident and knowledgeable allies.  In this episode, they share:  Specific ways you can be more LGBTQ+ inclusive in your business How being LGBTQ+ inclusive help facilitate long-term business growth The biggest misconceptions that businesses have about LGBTQ+ allyship How to avoid being a performative ally, and become an authentic ally Plus much, much more! I promise, sweet friend, if you’ve wanted to become more inclusive in your business but have been unsure of where to start, then this episode is for you.  So pop in your earpods, grab a tasty beverage, and give this episode your full attention.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

You can’t do it all: How to work inside your zone of genius and let go of everything else Do you feel like you’re in a constant juggling act in your business? When you’re an entrepreneur, things are bound to be busy – and sure, feeling overwhelmed at times is something to be expected.  But if you feel like you always have a million plates spinning in the air, then it’s high time you start focusing on the things inside your zone of genius, and let go of all the other tasks that someone else can do for you. Passing the torch to an employee, a contractor or a VA can be really difficult, and I know this from personal experience. For ten full years, I insisted on editing my own videos. I thought that because I knew exactly what edits I wanted to make, I could do it quicker than anyone else could. Sure, I was ok at editing videos -- but it sure as heck was not the best use of my time.  And when I finally hired someone to do this for me, I found that with a little training and investment on the front end, they were able to do it much more efficiently than I could – leaving me time to work on the things in my business that not only turn the needle, but light me up. In this episode, I share what it means to work inside your zone of genius, why that’s important, and how to get back to it if you get lost.  This is a great listen for any business owner who feels like they are literally doing it all -- so pop in your earpods and tune in. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:33] If you've ever felt overwhelmed in your business, I would suggest making a conscious effort to work more in your zone of genius. [05:11] Working in your zone of genius is doing the things that you are most proficient in. The work is fulfilling, because it makes you feel good. [06:02] An example of this for me is being on stage. I'm nervous at first, but at the end I feel energized and grounded.  [07:34] If there are things that make you feel low energy or have a really low vibe, these may be the things that you might need to find some help with. You should also hire someone if they can do the same thing in half the time. [08:29] An example of this is when I used to edit all of my own course videos. Editing videos isn't in my zone of genius. I was making excuses, because I was scared. [11:35] Prioritizing your zone of genius comes down to getting clear on what the important areas of your business are. For me, it's launching my digital courses, my membership, and my podcast. [13:50] When you plan for the next year, sit down and journal and really discover where your zone of genius is. Check in every season and ask where my zone of genius is now. [15:19] Superwoman syndrome is where you feel like you need to do everything and don't want to slow down and take the time to teach. [15:49] A good leader refuses to spend time on tasks that aren't in their zone of genius. They find the right people to support them and take the time to onboard and teach them. [16:23] Take out your journal and jot down some areas where you're operating in your zone of genius and where you're operating outside of your zone of genius. DM me @AmyPorterfield. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

>>> HEAD HERE TO GRAB THE FREEBIE FOR THIS EPISODE: The Ultimate Podcast Topic Meeting Template! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Is Your Business Keeping Up? The Top 7 Digital Marketing Updates & Trends To Be Aware Of The State Of The Digital Course Industry & What You Can Expect In The Next Year Holy smokes, things in the digital marketing world are moving fast. From chatbots to ChatGPT, it seems like there’s some new technology popping up on the market every single day.  With so much changing, it’s hard to know what technology is going to benefit your business the most, and what you should invest both your time and money into. Not to mention, it can be really intimidating to try something new when you know nothing about it. I’ll be honest -- I’ve definitely been pushed out of my comfort zone as I’ve implemented some of these new marketing trends in my own business.  Doing something new is always a little bit scary, but I’ve found that when you’re open to it, and are willing to spend a little time learning, then it’s more than worth it in the long run.  And here’s the good news, sweet friend. I’ve done a roundup of the seven biggest marketing industry technologies that you can take advantage of right now, and I’ve tested out each and every one of them for you.  I’ve done all of the research, all of the homework, and have tons of insight on all of the trends and updates that I’m sure you’re curious about – and I’m sharing it all in this episode.  So if you are ready to level up your marketing plan and serve your audience at an even higher level, then grab something to take notes with and press play on this episode.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A 3-step process for living more, working less, and lightening your mental load with Rebecca Blackburn We’ve all been there before….  Maybe you’ve got what feels like a hundred plates spinning in the air, and one of them is about to come crashing down. Or maybe your business is going really well, but it’s taking over your entire life -- and you’re struggling to find time for what’s most important.  Whatever the situation may be for you, feeling like you’re underwater isn’t a good place to be. If you let that feeling go unaddressed for too long, it could potentially lead to burnout and resentment towards your business -- and we definitely don’t want that! So when you’re completely maxed out, it’s crucially important that you take a pause, assess what’s happening, and get back into alignment. Here to help you in doing that is Rebecca Blackburn. She’s a highly sought-after life coach who helps overwhelmed female entrepreneurs restructure their lives so they can work less, live more, and still achieve success at the highest level.   Rebecca’s going to share a simple 3-step process that will help you regain ownership of your life, and take intentional action on how it’s going to look moving forward.  Tune in to hear:  How to identify what’s most important in your life, and prioritize it The bad habits you might not realize you’re doing that are only wasting your time  Tips on how to lighten the ‘mental load’ that many women bear How to get rid of the guilt you feel when you don’t get to everything on your to-do list Plus much, much more! I absolutely loved this conversation with Rebecca, and it’s my hope that you take away just as much from it as I did. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The rejection that rocked my world, and what I learned about the way that I cope If you know me, you know that I’m a sensitive person. I take things that people say about me to heart, and when I feel the slightest bit rejected, it takes an emotional toll. So when I was turned down for a huge media opportunity during my book launch, you can imagine just how hurt I was.  If I could go back and do it all over I would, because the disappointment and sadness that I felt as a result of this rejection really brought me down during what should have been a really exciting time for me.  But here’s the good news. This experience has made me take a long, hard look at how my own expectations play a role in how I handle things when they don’t go my way -- and moving forward, I’ll have an entirely new perspective.  I’ve also recommitted to some simple mindset shifts that I know will help me in the future when things don’t go as I thought they would.  In this episode, you’ll hear about this entire experience -- how I handled it, what went wrong, and what I’m committed to doing moving forward.  This is a very honest and vulnerable conversation, and a topic that’s so important to talk about as entrepreneurs -- because allowing something that’s completely out of your control to get the very best of you is simply not worth it, sweet friend. So if you feel rejection as deeply as I do, I hope this episode helps you reframe your thoughts so you can keep moving forward as the very best version of yourself.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Your willingness to start from scratch as a business owner is crucial to finding long-term success -- here’s why If you’re considering starting a business, one of the things that you absolutely need to be prepared for is to start from the very bottom.  I don’t say that to be negative -- I say it because all-too often, people go into entrepreneurship with rose colored glasses, and then get discouraged when they realize that they don’t have any social media followers or an email list that tumbleweeds could blow through. When you’re first starting out in business, you’ve got to be OK with starting from scratch. And because you’re likely doing something that’s brand new to you, you’ve also got to be OK with not having the same clout that you might have had in your career.  Sure, you might have a ton of experience on your resume and an excellent track record -- but you’ve probably never owned and operated a business before. And it’s a whole different ball game!  So that’s why it’s so important that as an entrepreneur you have a strong capacity for zero. You’ve got to be willing to start with nothing, get in the trenches, and do the hard work. Now here’s the good news, sweet friend. You won’t be in this place forever! With time, effort, and the right strategies, your business is sure to grow. But when you start in the right frame of mind, and know in your heart that things don’t happen overnight, you’ll be much better equipped to handle all of the ups and downs that come along with the wildly exciting ride of entrepreneurship.  In this episode, I’m diving into what it means to have a strong capacity for zero, and how you can strengthen yours. So pop in your earbuds, grab a beverage of your choice and enjoy! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The step-by-step process I use to create and launch lead magnets – and yours to take! I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again -- one of the very first things you need to have in your online business is a lead magnet.  A lead magnet is essential to growing your email list, and can be anything from a checklist, a video series, a quiz, or another valuable resource that you offer up to your Ideal Customer Avatar in exchange for their email address.  I can’t even tell you how crucial lead magnets have been for me in growing my business -- and needless to say, I’ve created my fair share of them over the past fourteen years of being an entrepreneur. And because lead magnets are such a big part of my growth strategy, you guessed it -- I’ve come up with a documented system on how to create and promote them.  In fact, I’ve boiled my process down to a checklist that you’re going to hear all about in this episode. I cover every single step you need to take in order to effectively create and launch your lead magnet -- from how to establish your pre-launch approvals, to creating content, optimizing your landing pages, tracking your conversions, and so much more!  So whether you’ve a lead magnet newbie or you have one that’s simply not performing, this is a great episode to listen to, and to bookmark for future reference.  Enjoy!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Your perceived weakness can actually be your superpower -- here’s why If you know me, you know that I can be a very sensitive person. I take what people say to heart, and when I feel any sort of negativity, or rejection, I internalize it. Being sensitive has always been something I’ve looked at as a weakness, especially as a business owner -- and it certainly doesn’t help that our culture places a lot of emphasis on entrepreneurs being ‘tough.’  But through the help of my dear friend and mentor, Michael Hyatt, I’ve come to realize that being sensitive as a business owner isn’t actually a bad thing at all. In fact, my sensitivity allows me to be a better leader for my students, especially those who are just starting out. So how did I unwind years of social conditioning and turn what I’ve perceived as a weakness my whole life into a strength? In this episode, you’ll find out. You’ll also hear:  How to be more aware of negative self-talk, and stop it in its tracks Why the language you use to describe yourself is so important Real life examples of how my team members turned their weaknesses into superpowers An exercise you can do NOW to rewire the negative thoughts you have about yourself After listening to this episode, you might have an entirely new perspective on how you think about yourself, and feel that much more confident as an entrepreneur.  So if that sounds good to you, pop in your earbuds and press play on this episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The 3 questions I ask myself every time failure comes knocking at my door It’s no secret that failure can be one of your greatest teachers in business. In fact, some of the world’s most brilliant entrepreneurs, people like Sara Blakely of Spanx, attribute their incredible success to failing over and over again.  But here’s the thing. Even though we all know that failing helps you become a better, stronger entrepreneur -- why are we still so afraid of it?  I’ll be honest, coming to terms with failure has been a big struggle for me as a business owner. I was brought up in an environment where failing at anything, whether it be school or sports, was just not acceptable. Because of the way I was conditioned to avoid failure as a kid, I’ve had to take a real close look at my relationship with failure as an adult -- both personally and professionally.  And for me, that means making a conscious effort to use failure to my advantage instead of letting it drag me down.  In fact, there are three questions that I ask myself every time I fail – and although I’m very much a work in progress, I’ve found them to be incredibly helpful. In this episode, I’m sharing those three questions with you, and it’s my hope that if you’ve also struggled with embracing failure, they’ll help you too. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Pat Flynn shares his top strategies on how to generate a significant income through affiliate marketing Have you ever been strapped for cash in your business? If you’re like most new business owners, the answer is probably HECK YES!  I know I’ve been in a pinch before, and one of the greatest ways you can earn some extra money -- without having to create a new product -- is through affiliate marketing.  I’ll be honest, affiliate marketing has been a big part of my business strategy. Not only has it helped me get through some of those months when cash was tight, but it’s also allowed me the ability to invest money back into my business.  And one of the people that I’ve looked to over the years when it comes to all things affiliate marketing is Pat Flynn. He’s a bestselling author, the creator of The Smart Passive Income Blog, and the host of the highly rated Smart Passive Income Podcast -- where he shares weekly interviews, strategies, and advice for building an online business through affiliate revenue. In a nutshell, he’s the best of the best when it comes to affiliate marketing, and in this episode, he’s going to share the affiliate marketing campaigns that have really turned the needle for him over the years.  These are strategies that go well beyond including links in a blog post, so if you’ve dabbled with affiliate marketing and are ready to take a deeper dive, then hit the play button on this episode and get ready to start earning some extra money. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Sharing something you used to find embarrassing is now the norm -- here’s how it can benefit you in business There’s an image that’s been circulating the internet that shows a picture of a cow with the caption “I am cringe but I am free.” Have you seen it? While at first glance this appears to be your silly run-of-the-mill internet meme, its message is actually much deeper than that -- and I’ll be honest, I’m here for it. This meme is all about embracing the things about yourself that make you want to cringe, all of the experiences you’ve been too embarrassed to share, and all of those little quirks and idiosyncrasies that have traditionally been looked at as ‘uncool.’ Yes, sweet friend. There’s been a huge cultural shift towards letting go of what other people think of you and learning to love those weird parts of yourself that you’ve been taught to shun by society.  I can tell you from experience that there’s a huge sense of relief and freedom that comes from letting go of caring about what others think, especially when you’re the face of your business like I am.  In this episode, I explore this idea of living alongside the cringe -- what it means, and the many ways that it can help you thrive in life, and in business.  So if you’ve ever been afraid to show up as yourself and do what makes you happy, then this episode is for you, sweet friend. Happy listening!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the freebie for this episode here! >>> The Perfect Email Template To Land Your Next Affiliate Partnership Pitch A step-by-step breakdown on how to get started with affiliate marketing Would you believe me if I told you that I make over one million dollars in affiliate revenue each year?  It’s true – and believe me, I’m not telling you this to brag. I’m telling you this because you, too, can make substantial income through affiliate marketing. Affiliate marketing is when content creators earn a commission by promoting a product or service from another company using an affiliate link. When someone clicks on your affiliate link and makes a purchase, you’ll receive a payout.  So if you’ve ever heard the phrase “make money while you sleep,” this is it, my friend. It’s one of the best ways out there to make passive income – but like anything in business, you’ve got to go into it with a plan. Over the years, I’ve fine tuned my affiliate marketing strategy and I’m so excited to break it all down for you in this episode.  You’ll hear:  How to identify the best brands for you to partner with What to say in your pitch email to potential affiliate partners Why relationships are key when it comes to affiliate marketing The best places to promote your affiliate links A breakdown of all the spreadsheets I use to stay organized So grab your beverage of choice, something to take notes with, and press play on this incredibly informative episode. P.S. To help you absolutely nail your pitch emails to potential affiliate partners, I’m giving you a FREE pitch email template -- click here to snag it!  Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:17] Affiliate marketing is a way to earn commissions by promoting affiliate programs or offers. [05:15] Identify the brands and companies that you could potentially partner with. Make a list of all of the software and tools that you use in your business. [07:09] Put everything into a spreadsheet and lean into the products and services that you use and that might benefit your audience.  [09:15] Go to each website and look for an affiliate link. You can also look for a contact and send them a pitch email.  [10:26] Attach a media kit or a one sheet that states what you do, who you serve, and compelling stats about your business. Get on a call. [12:00] Relationships are really important when it comes to affiliate marketing. Think about courses you've taken, and people who you've worked with.  [15:18] Look for opportunities where you can add great value for your students and readers, and where you can benefit in your business monetarily. [21:59] Ask: Is this something I actually use? Is it something that my audience might use? Does the price point fit my audience? Do I have the space to promote this? [27:56] Documents to stay organized: Tab 1 - Affiliate Master Spreadsheet; Tab 2 - List of companies you've established a partnership with; Tab 3 - Incoming requests. [30:01] The Affiliate Revenue Spreadsheet tracks money coming in from your partnerships. Set a goal for each quarter or year.  [34:43] Action steps: Brainstorm a list of tools and resources that you've used to grow your business or to enhance your personal life. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Let go of your employee mindset and start thinking like the entrepreneur that you are Congrats! You’re officially a business owner. You have the LLC, you’re making money, you’re setting your schedule, and the icing on the cake is that you can work from wherever in the world that you want. You’ve ditched the golden handcuffs and have set out to create a life of your own design -- and on paper, it’s everything you’ve always wanted.  The thing is, even though you’re technically your own boss, you still feel like you’re working for someone else because you feel obligated to answer those late-night text messages from your clients or ask for approval to take some time off.  I get it, sweet friend, because I’ve been in this awkward “in between” stage of entrepreneurship, too -- where you have your own business, but feel like you have to be available for your clients at any given time.  In fact, for a couple of years after I started my own business, I still felt like I was working for someone else because my clients had such a strong grip on me. Even though I was a business owner, I was operating with an employee mindset.  Eventually, I hit a breaking point -- and it was then that I discovered a new way of thinking that helped me fully step into entrepreneurship. In this episode, I share my experience of shifting from being self-employed with an employee mindset, to thinking like an entrepreneur -- and how it helped me grow my business while enjoying all the freedoms that entrepreneurship can bring.  You’ll learn: The difference between being self-employed and an entrepreneur How to determine if you’re still thinking like an employee  What you can do to start thinking like an entrepreneur The difference between a scarcity mindset and an abundance mindset (& why it’s important) This is a great listen for anyone in business, whether you’re just getting started or have been in the game for a while (and have yet to experience what it means to be a true entrepreneur).  Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:25] So many entrepreneurs feel like they still work for someone else even when they are working for themselves.  [04:37] It takes work to shift from being self-employed with an employee mindset to becoming a true entrepreneur. [05:43] When I first started as a business owner, it was difficult because my clients had extremely high expectations and unmanageable deadlines. [08:30] I realized I was done with client work when I was on a tarmac being screamed at by a client.  [09:23] Operating with a scarcity mindset is the quickest way to play small as an entrepreneur. Yousee limitations as opposed to opportunities. [12:43] After the tarmac incident, I started to unboss myself and make the mental shift from an employee to being an entrepreneur. [15:33] To live in abundance, start operating with the belief that there's enough money and enough success to go around.  [17:23] When you shift your thinking, you'll start to run your business and your life exactly how you want, and fully step into your own as an entrepreneur. [17:38] Homework: Open up your notebook and write down all the ways you are operating with an employee mindset.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Stu McClaren shares how AI is changing the face of digital marketing (& what you can do to keep up) Whether you’re apprehensive about AI or you’re all about it, one thing is for sure – it’s taking the digital marketing world by storm. I won’t lie – there have been a lot of changes in online marketing over the past fourteen years that I’ve been an entrepreneur, from the rise of SEO to social media. But this, sweet friend, is a really big one — and I want to talk about it! Here to discuss all-things futuristic is Stu McLaren, my work husband who also happens to be the ‘go-to-guy’ for all things memberships.  He’s worked with tens of thousands of authors, speakers, coaches, consultants, and business owners to transform what they know, love, and do into recurring revenue. And in this episode, he’s going to share insights on how the learning industry, specifically, is changing as AI continues to transform the marketing landscape, and how you can make sure your business doesn’t get left in the dust. You’ll also hear: A tried and true framework that you can use to future-proof your online business Different ways you can take advantage of AI as a content creator How you can prevent your students from getting the dreaded “content complex”  The ‘secret sauce’ Peloton has used to maintain a 92% membership retention rate This is a great listen for any business owner, whether you’re just getting started or you’re a seasoned entrepreneur. So press play right now and enjoy this fun and informative conversation with Stu McLaren. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What it means to be outcome-oriented (and how it can help you be more efficient with your time) – a strategy featured in Fast Company If you know me, then you know that I’m all about time management. In fact, being an effective manager of my time is what’s allowed me to only work four days a week, and grow my business like gangbusters. So when I came across an article in Fast Company called “How (and why) you should practice ‘anti-time management,’” it caught me way off-guard. Anti-time management? What does that even mean? And why on Earth would you not want to manage your time? Turns out, this article has way more than a catchy headline – because as I dug into it, I found that there’s a whole different approach to time management that I’d never heard of before.  It’s all about focusing on your final outcome, or what success looks like after you’ve achieved your goal – and by doing that, you end up saving a lot of time that you would have otherwise wasted spinning your wheels.  If that has your head spinning, don’t worry – because in this episode, I’m going to break it all down for you.  You’ll hear:  Why focusing on outcomes helps you achieve more (while doing less) Ways to become more outcome-oriented as a business owner   How I almost made a huge mistake in my business but got back on track by focusing on the outcome So if you’ve ever struggled with managing your time (or you’re a huge time management nerd like me), then tune into this episode to learn about this refreshing new approach. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to let your heart guide you through the most difficult parts of entrepreneurship As a business owner, there’s so much focus on what your mind tells you to do.  Case and point: When you’re facing a challenge in your business, what do you do? You research. You look at the data. You strategize. You think from your head.  Even as a total data nerd myself, I’ve realized over the years that it’s just as important to tap into your heart as it is your mind. In fact, your heart is the most neglected form of intelligence that you have -- and according to my guest on this episode, Danielle LaPorte, you can actually use it to navigate your journey as an entrepreneur.  Danielle is one of the most acclaimed spiritual thought leaders of our time, who in Oprah Winfrey’s words, “is uniquely connecting the world together with a spiritual energy that matters.”  I love this conversation with her, because I’ll be honest -- letting my heart play a role in some of the bigger decisions that I make in business hasn’t always been the easiest thing for me. Like everything, it’s been something I’ve had to practice. In this episode, you’ll hear: What a heart-centered business is, and how you can create one How to overcome the low-level feelings of not “being enough” A new way to face challenging moments by choosing higher quality thoughts … Plus so much more! I promise, you’ll get tons out of this episode – so go someplace comfy, pop in your Airpods and enjoy!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why do entrepreneurs like Brendon Burchard, Jenna Kutcher & Jamie Kern Lima say “No” more than “Yes” One of the most important skills for a business owner is their ability to say “No” to ideas, opportunities, and offers that are out of alignment with their mission. Now, I’ll be honest -- this is much harder than it sounds, and it’s something that I’ve really struggled with over the years.  As a notorious people-pleaser, I’ve said “yes” to doing things that I don’t want to do because I feel guilty saying no. Not to mention, when you’re a new entrepreneur (and you don’t have a ton of opportunities coming your way to begin with), it can be even harder to turn things down. There’s a quote I love by author Alain de Botton that says, "What kills us isn't one big thing, but thousands of tiny obligations we can't turn down for fear of disappointing others." This, sweet friend, could not be more true. And the good news is, I have a really simple exercise that you can do to determine which opportunities are a “Heck yes!” and those you can politely decline -- and it all comes down to asking yourself a single question.  It’s the same question that some of the most brilliant entrepreneurs out there – like Brendon Burchard, Jenna Kutcher, and Jamie Kern Lima – have used to evaluate what opportunities to embrace, and which ones to pass on.  In this episode, you’ll hear what that question is, along with:   How you can get crystal clear on your mission (and stay aligned with it) What to do when you feel guilty for saying “No” to things Why NOT returning a favor is 100% OK Whether you’re just getting started in business or are a seasoned entrepreneur, this is a great listen – so get comfy and press play on this episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Simple strategies to build long-term wealth, save on taxes, and recession-proof your small business Did you know that 73% of Americans say that their finances are the number one stressor in their life?  It’s true, sweet friend. Money (and lack thereof) is top of mind for the large majority of people -- more than family, or even work. I don’t know about you, but I think that statistic is quite concerning!  And I’ll be honest, if you’re worried about your finances -- and you want to make a change -- it’s really hard to know where to even begin.  It seems like there’s so many ‘financial gurus’ out there touting a “think and grow rich” mentality that, quite honestly, is just a bunch of fluff. That’s what I love about my guest on today’s episode, business and finance expert Candy Valentino. She’ll be the first to admit that building long term wealth takes much more than positive thinking – it takes good old fashioned hard work.  She’s able to break down wealth creation with practical, actionable strategies that anyone can use. And the proof’s in the pudding, because it’s these exact strategies that she used to escape poverty, create a multi-million dollar empire, and become financially free by the age of 40. I’m super excited to share this episode with you. Not only will you take away Candy’s essential wealth building strategies, but you’ll also hear: The many tax benefits of having your own business (even if it’s a side hustle) Tax strategies that can help you give as little to the IRS as possible Whether or not starting a business during a recession is a good idea Ways to recession-proof your small business  Just a heads up – you’ll probably want to take notes on this! So get comfy, open up that Google Doc and get ready for an incredibly informative conversation. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why so many entrepreneurs get stuck trying to build a passion-based business Have you ever been told that in order to be successful, you need to build a business that’s based on your passion? I’ve heard it time and time again, and I’ll be honest – this “advice” couldn’t be further from the truth.  When I first started my business, I wasn’t passionate about what I was doing. And [spoiler alert!] even these days I don’t wake up and think, “I’m so excited to help someone create a digital course today.”  Don’t get me wrong – I absolutely love serving my audience. But instead of starting a business that was solely based on my passion, I started a business based on what I was good at. And by doing this, over the years I’ve built something that’s wildly successful, gives me freedom, and fulfills me. So if you’re on the fence about whether or not to start a business because you’re not passionate about one specific thing, don’t let it stop you from moving forward.  And if you do have a passion for something – and are unsure if it should stay a hobby or become a business – there are definitely some things to consider, which you’ll hear in this episode.  You’ll also learn: The questions you should ask yourself when you want to start a business Why entrepreneurs with passion-based businesses often get stuck How to define value you bring to the world with my Sweet Spot framework This is a topic that I am, in fact, very *passionate* about – so I hope you enjoy it! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The small-but-mighty promo strategy that gave my business a quick revenue boost If you’re looking to get a quick revenue boost in your business -- but don’t have the time to run a full-on digital course promotion -- then you should consider doing what I like to call a Mini-Promo.  A Mini-Promo is – you guessed it – a simplified version of your regular promotion strategy. And while there’s only a few elements to it, it can still pack a pretty big punch if you do it right.  In this episode, I’m going to tell you all the juicy details about the success of my most recent Mini Promo – what it included, and the specific strategies my team and I used to keep it simple while still making it worth our ROI.  You’ll hear: How to get crystal clear on your Mini-Promo offer The two primary ways I market my Mini-Promos Ways to segment your email list for maximum return The social media ad hack that will get you more buyers How to get your communities to help you promote our offer … Plus much, much more! So if you’re ready for a strategy-filled episode that you’ll come back to time and time again, then press play right now! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Work travel isn’t always glamorous – learn what I do to show up as the best version of myself If you’ve ever traveled for work before, you know that even though it might seem glamorous, it isn’t always. Sure, there are a lot of great things about business travel -- you often get to experience a new place, meet new people, and let’s not forget about those fancy airport lounges.  But what people don’t always see is how frustrated you are from the countless airport delays, how exhausted you are from being out of your routine, and how overwhelmed you feel because even though you’re “working,” you haven’t kept up with your day-to-day tasks.  I can definitely relate. Even before I started hitting the road to promote Two Weeks Notice, I used to travel a lot when I worked for Tony Robbins.  And because I’ve traveled so much professionally, I’ve not only racked up my fair share of frequent flier miles – but also my fair share of travel tips that keep me on top of my game.  In this episode, I’m sharing the three specific things I do to set myself up for success when I’m on the road -- and it’s my hope that the next time you have a work trip, they’ll help you show up as the very best version of yourself. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the freebie for this episode here! >>> The Brand Voice Guide Outline You Wish You Had Sooner If you want to develop your brand voice, here’s where you should start  When people think of a brand, they often think of what they look like visually – from its logo to its color palette.  But one often overlooked (and equally important) aspect to a business’s brand is its voice. Your brand voice is your brand’s unique personality -- what you sound like to the rest of the world -- and it’s oh-so important when it comes to standing out from the crowd. One way to figure out if you have a well-established brand voice is by asking yourself, “If my logo or visual branding didn’t appear alongside my content, would people even know it's me or my company?” Be honest! If the answer is no, then you might need to spend some time developing your brand voice. Once you’ve really honed in on how you want to sound to your audience, you can create a brand voice guide – which will serve as your guiding star when it comes to all things content creation.  In fact, my brand voice guide has been a crucial part of how I’ve been able to have my team, and various contractors, write content that sounds like I could have written it myself. In this episode, I’m diving into what I include in my own brand voice guide, along with exercises you can do to hone in and perfect your own. You’ll learn:  Why your voice is such an important piece of your brand What I include in my brand voice guide, plus a few examples Exercises to help you develop your own brand voice Examples of companies that have a well-developed brand voice Plus much, much more! I promise this episode is a great listen for any business owner looking to polish their branding, whether you’re just getting started or have been in the game for a while.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [01:39] Your brand voice should be consistent throughout all of your communication.  [08:35] Get an NDA signed before sharing your brand voice guide with employees or contractors.  [09:46] The first section should be an introduction to your business and the value you offer. This is also known as a mission or brand statement.  [11:37] The next section is an overview of your audience, or ideal customer Avatar. Include 5 to 10 bullet points from demographics to desires and fears. [13:16] The next section is your brand values. Brand values help you frame your brand story in a way that resonates with your target audience. [15:53] The next section is your biography. It's important that you determine how you want people to talk about you. [18:09] The next section is your brand personality. This is how you want to sound to your audience.  [25:52] You can also include a section on your tone, or the overall attitude and mood that you create in your communication.  [30:07] You can use the “this but never that” formula to describe your tone. [33:14] The final section is essential content. Grab some A+ examples of your own content that can be used as a reference. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How I’ve completely ignored these 4 pieces of popular business advice and still found success Have you ever been given a piece of business advice that makes you roll your eyes?  I know I have. In fact, there are four pieces of advice that I’ve heard on repeat over the years that I believe can be more detrimental than helpful -- especially if you’re first getting started in business.  The thing is, this is really popular business advice. You see it all over Facebook and Instagram, it’s published in business media outlets, and I can’t even tell you how many times I’ve heard a successful entrepreneur say it Live from stage, or while presenting a webinar.  Sure, I’ll bet it’s been helpful for some people. But for me, it’s been more discouraging than motivating.  And because this advice is so mainstream (cough cough, played out), it’s made me feel like following it is the only way to be successful in business – and I’m here to tell you that it’s not. So, sweet friend, in this episode, I’m flipping the script -- and it’s my hope that if this advice has left a salty taste in your mouth, like it has mine, you might be able to gain a new perspective.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:18] As entrepreneurs, we receive a lot of advice. I'm going to talk about advice that I'm sick and tired of hearing.  [06:45] #1: Follow your passion. This does more harm than good. For most of us, following your passion isn't reality.  [09:10] #2: If you want to be successful, you have to constantly be learning. Consuming a ton of content without taking dedicated action isn't going to get you anywhere.  [10:40] #3: In order to succeed you have to hustle. Sacrificing everything that’s important to you is a recipe for burnout.  [14:02] #4: You've got to be fearless. We should listen to rational fears that are wired into our brains to protect us. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The 6-step framework that grew Donald Miller’s small business to a 15 million dollar operation Have you ever thought about growing your business, but then stopped dead in your tracks because you have absolutely no idea where to start? I get it, sweet friend – the thought of accelerating your business growth sure does sound nice, but it’s hard to take that first step, especially when you don’t have a proven framework to follow.  But here’s the good news. There are proven frameworks out there that can help you optimize your small business for revenue and profit. And that’s why I invited Donald Miller to the show. Don is a business educator and author (among many other things) who scaled his four person business to a 15 million dollar operation by following a simple six-step plan.  Talk about some serious growth!  He’s going to break down his six-step framework (that anyone can use, no matter where you are in your entrepreneurial journey) -- along with the biggest lessons he learned along the way.  Don is no stranger to the show, and it’s because I have the utmost respect and admiration for him as a person, and a business owner.  I hope you enjoy this conversation and learn as much as I did! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

99% of entrepreneurship is having to ‘figure things out’ – here’s the process I use when I don’t know where to start I don’t know if anyone has ever told you this, but 99% of entrepreneurship is figuring things out when you have no idea what to do.  That’s not an exact statistic, but you get the point.  I can’t tell you how many times I've set a goal without having the slightest clue on the first step to take. And I’m talking about big goals – like writing a book, and adding an entire sales department to my team. For me, having to get a little scrappy in order to figure something out is one of the most exciting parts of being an entrepreneur. I like being resourceful, I like learning new things, and I also get a ton of satisfaction out of creating something from nothing. But the thing is, the fact that ‘figuring it out’ is exciting and not overwhelming to me is because I have a very specific mindset I adopt when I’m facing a new challenge.  And in this episode, I’m going to share what that mindset is. You’ll also hear: Why being resourceful is the key to figuring anything out How to create an identity around the fact that you’re a resourceful person The specific steps I take when I’m clueless on how to accomplish my goals The mantra I tell myself when I start to feel overwhelmed If you’ve ever not done something because you don’t know how to do it, then this episode is for you, sweet friend. So pop in those earpods and give this episode your full attention! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:38] The first thing to do when you don't know what to do is to create an identity around being a resourceful person.  [08:18] Break your goal into small segments or phases. Take small steps and as you complete them move on to the next one.  [09:55] If you're not sure how to do something, reach out to someone who has already done it. Then put together a plan and get into action.  [13:18] Clarity comes with each step and action creates momentum.  [14:24] When you embrace mistakes, that’s when the magic happens.  [16:22] Homework: List five things that you've always wanted to do in your business but haven't because you don't know how.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn to communicate in a way that converts with one of the top virtual selling experts I’ll be honest – I don’t think selling, or pitching, comes easily to anyone.  Even if you’re a super confident and likable person, communicating in a way that converts is a skill that most people really need to dedicate time to learning, especially when you’re selling virtually. Long ago, when I first started hosting webinars, I dreaded the time that I had to start pitching. The last thing I wanted to do was come off as pushy, so I would get a lot of anxiety around promoting my products.  It’s gotten easier with time, but man-oh-man do I wish this learning curve is something I could have fast-tracked!  That’s why I invited Colin Boyd to the show. He advises some of the biggest names in the world to confidently offer value and create webinars that convert, and in this episode, he’s spilling his strategies!    In this episode, Colin shares: Why selling is all about helping your audience make a decision Tangible ways to become more confident when you sell How to successfully pitch without sounding pushy or salesy  What a conversion story is and how you can identify yours … Plus so much more! So if the thought of pitching during your webinar has your stomach in knots, be sure to tune into this episode because it’s packed full of strategies that will help you sell like a pro. Here’s a glance at this episode... [09:42] Colin shares how he got his start.  [12:45] Colin discovered that marketing and speaking are fundamental to business. [15:02] A webinar that sells is about helping people make a decision as opposed to just gathering more information. [19:08] The offer opens the door for your potential customers to enter a transformational space. [22:01] There are three levels of certainty within an offer.. [24:20] Stories are a big part of a webinar. The audience sees their story in a conversion story. [27:30] Conversion story framework: 1. Are you like me? 2. Can you lead me? 3. Is there a path I can follow? [30:16] Use a conversion story instead of an origin story. Find a moment in your life when you had a transformational moment with what you're offering. [34:18] All you need is one irresistible presentation that you can refine and scale to create the business of your dreams. [37:41] Sell the experience of your course, not the process of it. Describe the results, not the steps.  [41:23] Too much information is one of the biggest mistakes in webinars. Infusion selling is speaking your content in a way that sells your offer.  [49:05] Q&As should be prepared.  [51:55] When creating a webinar, find 3 or 4 key ideas to share.  [55:40] Ask: 1. What beliefs do I need to shift in order for people to make a commitment? 2. What's something valuable I can share? 3. How can I show the vehicle in a really unique and simple way? Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

According to Harvard Business Review, there are toxic effects of branding your workplace a “family” Have you ever worked for a company and part of the internal culture was for team members to call each other ‘family?’ I know I have – and until very recently, I never really put a whole lot of thought into it. To be honest, I always looked at it as something positive, as if being part of the ‘family’ meant that I was valued more. In my own business, I’m super guilty of calling my team a ‘work family’, and of course, it’s been well-intentioned. But after reading this really insightful article in the Harvard Business Review, I’m starting to realize the negative effects this might have on someone.  Not only can it make it more difficult for your team to set healthy boundaries, but it also can make parting ways harder, which is something I’ve experienced firsthand.  The article brings up a lot of good points – all of which you’ll hear in this episode. Nowadays, I’m trying to figure out how I can make my company feel inclusive, foster a closeness, and set boundaries, without calling us a family. I’ll raise my hand and be the first one to say that this is something I’m still working on, but it’s a big goal of mine in the coming year.  Tune in to hear my thoughts, and what I’m doing to shift the focus from “We’re in this together” to “We’re working towards the same goal.” Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:26] I love the idea of my team being my work family. I love us feeling close, having each other's backs, and celebrating each other outside of work. [06:23] A family never disconnects from each other. With employees, that should never be the case.  [08:23] I used to send messages later than I would like. Now, I pause and schedule the message for the morning.  [10:57] Calling your team a family can make it more difficult to set boundaries. [13:53] Shift your mentality from a place of ‘we're all in this together’ to ‘we're all working on a similar purpose.’  [15:09] There has been a recalibration of work and many people have been quitting their jobs because they want more out of life. [17:24] I want a lot of love in my company, but I also want to set boundaries so people don’t feel like they have to eat, breathe, and live in this company. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the freebie for this episode by heading here! There’s a lot that goes into hiring a content support contractor – here’s where to start If you’re at a point in your business where you could use a little extra help creating content, you should 100% consider hiring a contractor.  Not only will it allow you to spend more time in your zone of genius, but you can also bring them on for just a few hours or on an as-needed basis, which isn’t an option with a full-time employee.  Over the years, I’ve relied on skilled content contractors to create content for my audience. Under my (and my team’s) direction, they’ve done everything from writing email copy to producing high-traffic lead magnets, and more! But here’s the thing. It takes quite a bit of work and lots of communication to bring on a content support contractor and have it work successfully.  Luckily, I’ve got it boiled down to a fine science – so I know exactly what I’m looking for, where to find that person, and how to onboard them so the relationship is a win/win for everyone involved.  And that’s what I’m diving into in this episode. You’ll hear: Why hiring a contractor over a full-time employee can be more beneficial in the beginning The importance of providing lots of support and resources for your contractor The best places to find a content support contractor, and how to vet them How to onboard contractors and offer constructive feedback So if you’re thinking about hiring a contractor to help you create content, be sure to tune in – because these strategies will definitely set you in the right direction.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [08:28] Set realistic goals and timelines with contractors, because they will have other clients. Be clear on how many hours you will need them.  [11:13] Doing everything yourself will lead to grief and overwhelm. When it's time to scale, you have to believe other people can do it better than you. [15:33] Another person can offer a fresh perspective with your content.  [16:29] We've found some people on Fiverr, Create & Cultivate, Creative Mornings, and LinkedIn, but referrals are my favorite way to find contractors.   [19:23] Ask for samples or a paid project test run. Give them time to ask questions and set a deadline. Assign a task to familiarize them with your content.  [23:05] We have an Asana checklist to make sure we have everything we need from our contractors, and that they’re provided with access to what they need. [27:00] Agree on how often you'll meet and if it will be virtual or in person. Provide your voice and brand guides up front to avoid extra editing.  [30:34] Ask how they prefer to receive feedback and share your feedback style.  [39:45] We use Asana to set up projects and tasks for contractors. Include all of the necessary support documents and be as specific as possible.  [45:16] Make sure they create their work on your Google drive. You want access to all of your stuff created by them.  [48:27] Action steps: Get clear on the hours and budget. Begin your search and onboard with everything I've shared. Give them a project test run. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How going against conventional business wisdom has served Jen Hatmaker really well My guest on this episode, Jen Hatmaker, has created something that so many personal brands strive to create – and that’s a highly engaged community that’s in it for the long-haul. I’m not talking about a community that sticks with you for a couple years. I’m talking about a community that stays with you for decades. Jen has been an entrepreneur since the early 2000s, and one of the key pieces of her longstanding success as an author, podcaster, and speaker is the band of fiercely loyal women who’ve grown alongside her through the many seasons of life, and business.  And here’s the thing that’s really interesting. Jen has created her community by not tying herself to a specific niche or platform – which as you probably know, goes against most conventional business wisdom, including my own. As you’ll hear her say in this interview, “[My community] may not come to me for one specific thing, but they do come to me for all the things” – and that, my friend, is something to be admired.  This conversation was so much fun, and opened my eyes up to a lot of different perspectives. Tune in to hear:  How to create a business that’s truly community-focused Why perceiving yourself as a ‘part’ of the community, instead of the leader of it, helps build trust Why being relatable and transparent helps you build a loyal audience … Plus so much more! Jen is highly entertaining, and it’s my hope that you will learn so much from her, just as I have.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:28] Jen Hatmaker is a writer, speaker, and podcaster who loves to serve women.  [11:53] Jen’s offerings have evolved from books to a podcast, book club, and a course.  [16:00] Jen shares what it means to have a community based business.  [25:05] Navigating her divorce publicly was very challenging. Instead of pretending it wasn’t happening, she chose to be authentic.  [30:34] Life happens. Create a team that can take care of your business when you can't be there.  [39:07] If you're lonely, others are too. Be the initiator and make friends with people who may be lonely too.  [43:49] Jen took her first solo trip after getting her divorce, which was empowering. She went to Maine for a month and vowed to do a trip each year.  [52:07] It's been a joy for Jen to create a business based on real life. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Toggling between apps negatively impacts your focus – here’s how to minimize it (and still get stuff done) On any given day, I have a number of apps open on my computer and my phone to help me run my business -- from Asana, to Voxer, to Kajabi where I host my digital courses. Thank goodness for these platforms, because let’s be real – even just ten years ago, having an online business was much more difficult because this sort of technology just wasn’t available. And while these applications allow online businesses to run seamlessly, I recently read a study that reported that the average person spends five work weeks – or nine percent of their annual time at work – context switching, a.k.a reorienting themselves after toggling to something new. That’s a lot of wasted time, and beyond that, constantly having to readjust takes a toll on your ability to focus.  This article really got me thinking about some different ways that I could minimize context switching in my workday -- and since I’ve put some of them into practice, I’ve noticed that I’m much better able to stay in the zone. In this episode, I’m sharing the four ways I avoid context switching throughout the day, and how it’s helped me to be more productive. So close out of all those apps on your phone, pop in your earpods, and get ready to focus on this informative episode.   Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:22] Context switching is going from one application to another. Average users toggle between apps nearly 1,200 times a day. [04:41] Context switching increases the brain's production of cortisol. [06:31] I plan out my ideal work week and set themes for each work day. [07:22] I have guidelines in place for Slack. I don't want my team to have to stop and check the app every time there's a notification. [08:11] Look at all the tools you use and how you use them to decide if there's any way you could simplify the process. [08:47] The most important thing you can do is give yourself permission to stay focused and in the zone. Setting timers is a great way to do this. [10:47] Homework: What do you plan to do in order to reduce context switching? DM @AmyPorterfield with one thing you're going to do in the next 24 hours. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Simple strategies to build your personal brand, monetize your message, and increase your influence If you’re first getting started with your personal brand, you’re probably wondering how the heck you’re going to cut through all the noise and position yourself as the go-to leader in your space.  I get it – the digital world is crowded, and getting to that point can seem pretty overwhelming. But the good news is, it’s more possible to have an influential personal brand today than ever before. Now, I’ll come right out and say that there’s a lot more that goes into brand-building than having a Tik Tok video go viral.  Sure, that might get you a few more social media followers in the short-term, but in order to build a brand that will stand the test of time, you need to be much more strategic about it.  That’s why I invited Rory Vaden to the show – because when it comes to personal branding, he’s the guy you want to listen to. >> Be sure to grab your free brand call with his team here! Rory is a New York Times bestselling author, Inc. Magazine Top 100 Leadership Speaker, the Co-Founder of Brand Builders Group and the host of the highly rated Influential Personal Brand Podcast.  In this episode, he’ll share simple brand-building strategies you can implement today, including: The greatest secret to growing a highly engaged audience online Simple strategies to become a well-established leader in your space  The Brand DNA Helix and how you can use it to grow your business How to increase your influence and monetize your message I absolutely loved this conversation with Rory, and learned so much from him. I hope you enjoy it as much as I did.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

After doing 100 podcast interviews about my new book, here’s what I learned To call the podcast tour I did to promote my book, Two Weeks Notice, a whirlwind would be an understatement.  I did 100 podcast interviews (yes, you read that right!) over the course of a few months, traveling to multiple different cities throughout the United States. It was both rewarding and exhausting… and I won’t lie, I had to pinch myself a couple of times, because writing a book – and then going on the road to promote it – has literally been a dream come true for me. Now if you’ve been with me for a while, you probably know that I’ve learned so much throughout the entire experience of writing, pre-selling, and promoting a book. The podcast tour was no exception.  In true Amy Porterfield fashion, I prepared as must as I possibly could. I didn’t want to sound like a broken record, and it was also incredibly important to me to share its message in a way that was really meaningful for listeners.   I’m happy to report that all of my preparation paid off – but of course, there were some things I learned along the way (and in retrospect) that I wanted to share with you.  In this episode, you’ll hear the 5 biggest lessons I learned, which I can guarantee will be helpful if you write a book, or do a podcast tour, at some point in your journey. And what’s great is you can also apply the lessons I share to other areas of your business, too.   So pop in your earpods, cozy on up and tune in! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My readers give an honest review of my book, Two Weeks Notice Writing a book has been one of the most rewarding experiences of my entire life.  Believe me, when I was working a 9 to 5, hustling hard for someone else’s bottom line (from the confines of a cubicle, mind you), I never would have imagined that one day I’d be a published author helping other women start their own businesses. So now that my book Two Weeks Notice is officially out there, I’m absolutely over the moon.  From the very beginning, it’s been my goal to help women all over the world find the courage to quit their jobs, make more money, and create a life of their own design through entrepreneurship.  And I’m absolutely overjoyed to know that it’s doing just that.  In this episode, you’ll hear from a handful of women who have read Two Weeks Notice. They share what’s stood out to them the most, what they’ve written on sticky notes, what chapters they’ve read over and over again, and the words that have moved them most.  Hearing the impact this book has had on them truly warms my heart, and it’s my hope that these stories inspire you to take the next (or first) step in your journey – whatever that looks like for you! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

When your inner monologue starts to get nasty, remember that YOU ARE ENOUGH I’m going to let you in on something that I don’t really talk about a whole lot.  And it’s that I can be downright mean to myself during times when I should be proud of myself.  When people that I care about are happy for me or congratulating me for something I’ve achieved, I’m often thinking of things that I could have done better instead of giving myself a pat on the back.  Now, I know that this part of my personality is part of what fuels my ambition, pushes me to improve, and to better serve my audience.  But I’ll be honest -- it’s no way to live, and I can’t ever imagine telling someone else some of the things that the little voice inside my head has told me over the years.  So when my inner monologue starts to get really nasty, I have to nip it in the bud -- and I do that by remembering my Why.  Your Why, my sweet friend, can help you overcome all the obstacles that you face in your entrepreneurial journey – during the times that you’re down on yourself, when you’re worried, and when you want to just throw in the towel and quit.  In this episode, you’ll hear my Whys, and exactly how I use them to flip the script on my self-doubt and negativity. You’ll also hear two incredible stories from my own students, and how they’ve used their Whys to persevere through incredibly difficult experiences in their lives and businesses.  So get comfy, grab a Kleenex, and get ready for an incredibly heartfelt episode. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The step-by-step marketing launch strategy behind my new book, Two Weeks Notice If you had told me years ago that one day I’d be a published author, I probably would have called your bluff.  Writing a book -- especially one that I know is going to help so many women ditch their 9 to 5 jobs and create a life of their own design through entrepreneurship – is honest-to-goodness a dream come true.  But I won’t lie, the entire experience -- from actually writing the book to building excitement about it and pre-selling it -- has been a true labor of love.  There are so many things that I’ve learned about the publishing industry and what it takes to have a successful launch that I could probably write a book about it.  And I just might do that -- but for now, tune in to this episode to get a behind-the-scenes look at the process. You’ll hear about the specific goals I started with, the marketing blueprint I used, and about all of the little publishing nuances that have kept me up at night. So if you’ve ever wanted to write a book, or are curious about what it takes to pull it off – then pop in your earbuds and give this episode a listen. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The decision to have a personal brand or a company brand is a strategic one – here’s what you should consider If you’re thinking about starting a business, have you thought about whether you want to have a personal brand or a company brand?  To clarify, a personal brand is one like mine. I’m the face of the company, my name is my website URL, and it’s me that you hear on my podcast. A company brand is one where the business is completely independent of your name – like Starbucks or Kajabi. When I first started my business many moons ago, it was clear to me that a personal brand was the way to go.  But as my business continues to evolve, I’m getting curious about what it would look like to transition to a company brand – and if that’s even possible – because let’s be real, I don’t see myself doing Instagram Reels at 90 years old. In fact, my dear friend Michael Hyatt recently transitioned his personal brand to Full Focus, and it’s been a really great move for his business, and his personal life. I won’t lie, seeing him do this has me thinking about my own future, and I’m breaking down exactly what’s on my mind in this episode. Tune in to hear:  The pros and cons of a personal brand and a company brand Why I decided to have a personal brand vs. a company brand when starting my business The roadblocks I’m encountering at this point in my entrepreneurial journey What new and established business owners should consider when it comes to their brand This is a great listen for anyone who is thinking about starting their own business or already has one.  Oh, and when it comes to my personal brand, don’t worry -- I’m not going anywhere anytime soon. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn the simple framework for achieving both success and fulfillment  As entrepreneurs, we often measure success by how much money we make, how many followers we have on Instagram, or material possessions – because let’s face it, we live in a culture that places a lot of value on those sorts of things.  But the truth is, people with all the money, success, and fame in the world are often unfulfilled. Think about it -- how many times have you heard of (or known) a person who seems to have everything, but isn’t happy?  The good news is, it’s possible to be a goal-crushing entrepreneur without sacrificing things that bring you joy in your life. Yes, sweet friend, you can achieve success and be fulfilled at the same time. And my guest Anthony Trucks has a really simple framework for it. Anthony is a former NFL Athlete, American Ninja Warrior, international speaker, host of the “Aww Shift” podcast, author of the “Identity Shift” book, and the founder of Identity Shift coaching.  He uses cutting-edge research in science and psychology to upgrade how you operate so you can elevate your life and business to reach your full potential. In this episode, Anthony shares:  How to use fulfillment as the true measurement of your success The two types of identities that determine success or failure  How to identify the identity you align with, and use it to your advantage  A solution-based process for finding success and creating work that inspires you I really mean it when I say that Anthony is an impressive guy, so you don’t want to miss this one. I hope you get as much out of this conversation as I did! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Authenticity and the digital world: How to get clear on what you’re all about If you know me, then you know that I have a wildly vocal inner monologue that often tells me things that aren’t true.  For instance, when I get a negative comment or criticism online, I’ve got to take a deep breath, center myself, and block some of those negative thoughts that start to creep in. It’s been something I’ve had to practice over the years, especially as I’m continuing to put myself more and more out there online.  And one of the things that has really helped me do this is remembering that I cannot be for everyone. Not everybody that crosses my path online is going to like me, and guess what? That’s A-OK.  This is something I learned from my dear friend, Jasmine Star, who's been one of my entrepreneurial besties for as long as I can remember. You only need a small fraction of people to resonate with you -- and heck -- buy from you, in order to build a successful online business.  That’s why I make it a point to show up as authentically as I can online – and being true to myself in this way makes me even prouder of the business I’m creating. It requires that you ask yourself some questions to really figure out who you are and what you stand for – and that’s what this episode is all about. Tune in to hear my thoughts on authenticity in the digital world and what you can do to stay true to yourself.  Happy listening! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Michael Hyatt shares new research from his new book, Mind Your Mindset I’ll be the first one to admit that my thoughts – aka the little voice in my head -- have gotten in my way more times than I care to admit.  It’s told me terrible stories like, “You’re not good enough,” and “You can’t do this” – and guess what? Those narratives, even though they’re not true, are all rooted in past experiences I’ve had in my life. According to research spearheaded by my mentor Michael Hyatt and his daughter Megan, it’s not unusual for 50% of our memories to be false or distorted. And yet we create stories around what’s possible based on those faulty memories.  Now, here’s the good news. It’s scientifically proven that you can engineer your thoughts for success, and in this episode, you’ll hear how.  Michael joins me to talk about performance psychology, neuroscience, and the cognitive science around success, which is all uncovered in his new book Mind Your Mindset.  Tune in to hear: How and why your thoughts influence your success 3 simple steps you can take to rewire your negative thoughts What to do when that negative mindset continues to persist Examples of how everyday people have engineered their mindset for success … Plus, much, much more! So if you’re sick and tired of old stories getting in your way, pop in your earbuds and press play! Trust me, you don’t want to miss this one. Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Online marketing strategies you can use for a wildly successful course launch Warning: This episode is juicy.  And when I say juicy, I mean jam-packed with online marketing strategies that you can use to boost enrollments for your digital course in a really big way.  In fact, these are the exact strategies that I used for my most recent Digital Course Academy launch, and let me tell you, they are *fire.* If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that our previous DCA launch left us a little underwhelmed, so for this most recent one, we decided to shake things up a little bit.  We made tweaks to our marketing, community, and customer support strategies, and holy smokes, I’m so glad that we did. In this episode, you’re going to get all the strategic details on the pivots we made – down to the why, the how, and the results.  You’ll also learn how you can apply the lessons we learned to your own business, whether you’ve had zero course launches, or a handful of them.  What you’re about to hear will help you to plan a wildly successful launch, or majorly enhance the one you already have planned – Scout’s honor! P.S. You’re definitely going to want to take notes on this one. So open up that Google Doc and get ready to type your heart out!  Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:00] I'm revealing a few strategies that we made in my September Digital Course Academy launch that made all the difference.  [05:41] We moved the pre-launch runway quiz to the top of the funnel. We also moved away from scheduled Facebook Live videos. [06:07] Some of our best ad costs are from quiz leads.Putting the quiz at the top of the funnel allowed us to fill up our list with great leads. [11:10] I offered three different surprise Lives hosted on Zoom. Each one had a different call to action at the end.  [19:32] Sometimes I try marketing strategies that make me feel a little anxious. I'm willing to get feedback and then evaluate how I feel about certain strategies. [23:03] We made three big changes to our Facebook community.  [31:16] We were able to completely pivot our customer experience on the fly. That’s why I always say leave room for magic. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Joe Polish shares 10 actionable strategies on how to grow your business network My guest on this episode has been coined as one of the most influential connectors in the world.  Known for his ability to connect with almost anyone on the planet, he leverages his networking expertise to bring together top industry transformers and leaders. His name is Joe Polish – and beyond his impressive track record as an entrepreneur and podcast host, he is hands down one of the most genuine, compassionate people that I know – which has no doubt played a role in his success. Now, networking is a crucial part of growing your business, but I won’t lie, it doesn’t always come easy to everyone (including myself!).  That’s why I’m so excited for you to hear this interview -- because in it, Joe reveals the 9 skills that every entrepreneur should master in order to become a business networking pro. I learned so much from Joe in this short conversation. So if you want to hear how you can sharpen your business networking skills just as I have, then pop open a Google Doc and get ready to take some notes! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Tangible, actionable strategies to grow your business through video  If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that doing videos on social media has always been a bit of a challenge for me. I get a little bit self-conscious and let’s just say being a perfectionist doesn’t help either. But here’s the thing. I know that harnessing the power of video can literally make your business -- and your social media following -- explode (in the best way possible).   My guest in this episode, Shadè Zahrai, knows this all too well. As principal and director of Influenceo Global – a positive-leadership consultancy – Shadè consults, trains, and coaches leaders and teams from startups to Fortune-500s. When the pandemic hit, Shadè had to get scrappy. She started experimenting with videos on social media, and even though she didn’t love being on camera at first, she started seeing a lot of traction.  And when I say traction, I mean she gained 2 million followers. Yes, two million. She took her business global, started securing Fortune 500 clients, and the rest is history.  In this episode, Shadè shares the steps she took to get there, including: Tangible, actionable strategies to grow your business through video  How you can use the “5 C’s” to leverage social media and video Tips for making your videos pop and gain traction 3 mind pits you should be aware of and tangible ways to overcome them    This is an action-packed episode, so buckle up! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

4 things you should always remember when a team member quits In my many years of entrepreneurship, one of the most challenging things I’ve experienced is having a team member quit.  If you’ve ever been through this before, I’m sure you can relate. Afterall, your business is your baby – so when someone decides to hit the ground running in another direction, it’s hard not to take it personally.  Recently, I had 3 people leave in a very short period of time. And even though I’ve lost employees before, this time was a little different because I wasn’t really expecting it.  I won’t lie, it’s been an emotionally difficult experience. But here’s the thing – it’s also brought some really important learning lessons to the forefront – lessons that I know I’ll take with me for years to come.  In this episode, I share what those lessons are, along with how I’ve managed to let go of the experience and move on.  It’s my hope that this will help you immensely as you continue to grow your business, expand your team, and experience everything (both good and bad) that comes along with it.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [01:43] Losing a team member is one of the hardest parts about entrepreneurship. [02:50] We recently lost three people on our marketing team. The whole experience brought some really important lessons to the forefront. [03:47] As an entrepreneur, you will lose people. Most of us don't love the HR part of being an entrepreneur. [05:24] You need employees to grow and scale your business. You can't do big amazing things all alone. [06:10] Losing employees is simply part of business. You can't take it personally if you want to keep moving forward. [08:34] The Entrepreneurial Operating System (EOS) says that you cannot create a role for someone else. Find someone to fill a role that makes good business sense.  [12:18] We had one of the people who left fill out an exit interview. We were surprised by what she wrote. As managers, we need to ask the right questions.  [14:52] Make sure that you're very clear on the role that you're hiring for in the first place. [17:15] Slow down when it's time to hire someone. What are they going to do? Are they able to make decisions? Does the team understand their role? [18:06] Even though losing an employee is emotionally and financially difficult, there's always a lesson in the experience. [20:02] Always conduct an exit interview. Ask: What would have made your job better? What would make the company better? What could I have done better? Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the freebie for this episode by heading here! My Paid Facebook Bootcamp had a 66% engagement rate – here’s what we did As my dear listener, I wanted to share something I’m incredibly proud of with you -- and it’s that one of my recent Paid Bootcamps, Course Confident, had a 66% engagement rate in our private Facebook Group.  Yes, you read that right – 66%. Now if you know me, you know that I’m not usually one to toot my own horn. But that engagement rate is outstanding, and I owe it all to some new strategies that we tried out at Team Porterfield for the very first time.  From having a very clear purpose from the get-go, to creating a very special shared language for members to use throughout the Paid Bootcamp, there was a lot of thought that went into our strategy.   And guess what? I’m walking you through every single thing that we did in order to get people talking to each other and excited about what’s ahead, along with how we stayed organized throughout the entire thing so it went off without a hitch. I’m even giving you access to all of the templates we used to create our Bootcamp calendar and post copy, click here to snag that valuable free resource!  But just a heads up -- this episode is an extension of #532: Free Vs. Paid Bootcamps: Lessons Learned That Might Help You Decide What’s Best For You. So if you haven’t listened to that yet, pop on over there before listening to this.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Establishing healthy boundaries (and sticking to them) is the key to getting ahead in business As an entrepreneur, setting boundaries can be really difficult because you often feel like you need to do things (that you don’t necessarily want to do) in order to create the business you’ve always dreamt of. Sure, you could speak at that Live event and get in front of a new audience – but it would mean you’d miss your daughter’s dance recital. Or, you could go on that much-anticipated girls’ weekend with your BFFs, but it’s smack dab in the middle of your pre-launch runway so you know you’d be distracted the entire time. Figuring out where to draw the line with certain things in your business (and your personal life) is tricky because there’s not always a clear answer. Believe me, this is something I’ve struggled with over the years – but now that I’m 14 years into entrepreneurship, I’ve *finally* figured out a way to establish healthy boundaries, and most importantly, stick to them.  And here’s the thing. If I can do it, you can too – and that’s why I wanted to share my best boundary-setting tips with you in this episode.  Tune in to hear:  Why resentment is an indicator that you need to set more boundaries My process for setting healthy boundaries that I can actually enforce What it means to ‘choose your hard’ and why that’s important  …. Plus much, much more! This is important to hear no matter what stage of business you’re in. So buckle up and get ready to become a boss at setting healthy boundaries. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

After years of running free Facebook bootcamps, my team and I decided that we needed to make some changes.  Not only was engagement plummeting in our free groups, but we noticed that people were just joining so they could spam everyone.  If you know me, you know that my goal in all that I do is to serve my audience at a really high level.  No matter how they land in my world, I want them to walk away with valuable content that helps them achieve their business goals -- so the fact that so many people were joining and quickly losing interest (despite all that I was putting out there) simply wasn’t going to cut it.  I’d heard good things about paid bootcamps from some of my peers (and also some of my more advanced students!) so we decided to give them a whirl.  It was a totally new marketing strategy for us, so we went into it with an open mind and a willingness to learn.  I won’t lie to you – we had LOTS of learning lessons – which I’m about to share with you in this episode. You’ll hear exactly what we did – along with what we got right, what we got wrong, and how the experience will inform what we do moving forward. So if you’ve ever been curious about paid bootcamps, grab your pen and paper and get ready to take some notes! Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:57] We recently questioned whether our free bootcamps were working as well as they used to. This year we decided to host two paid bootcamps, and we learned six lessons. [05:33] I'm not letting go of webinars. I tested a paid bootcamp into a webinar, and I'm glad I did. It all comes down to adding the right kind of value.  [06:27] 1. We knew we needed to shake things up. Our engagement was dropping. It was time to freshen things up and learn something new.  [10:06] 2. Recruiting the best bootcamp members. We want people who will gain the most from the experience by being fully engaged and ready to do the work.  [12:09] When people pay, they pay attention. SUSCRIBED was $37.00 and Course Confident was $47.00. There was also a $97 VIP option.  [13:44] 3. It's all about the projections you make. We didn't hit our goals. If you set a goal for something you've never done, and you don't hit that goal, it's not a failure. [17:10] 4. We saw our engagement soar. People showed up and were far more invested than I've ever seen. Our overall average engagement was 65%.  [18:30] We gave people the exact action steps that they needed to do next. We offered accountability groups, and even had our DCA advisors share videos of how they put the lessons into action.  [20:41] 5. A great way to qualify people for the next step to get what they need. I extended the invitation to continue on with one of my programs for the people who were ready. Super low pressure.  [24:45] 6. Survey the bootcampers to find out what they really want. Ask people what they want their bonus training to be about (three options) and turn it into a masterclass.  [27:54] In 2021, free bootcamps converted around 5%. This year we converted at 25%. If you were in one of my bootcamps, thank you for putting your trust in me.  [29:43] Action items. Take inventory of what you're doing right now. 1. What's working? 2. What's not working? 3. Set a date to try something new. 4. Dive in and plan something brand new.   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What I do to ‘check myself' when I have a shiny new idea If I had a dollar for every time I had a new idea for my business, I’d be a very rich woman. And I’ll be honest, one of the most fun (and rewarding) parts of being an entrepreneur is the opportunity to experiment and try new things.  But one of the biggest lessons I’ve learned over the years is that you shouldn’t always go full steam ahead on adding new offers to your business -- whether it be a course, a workshop, Live or Virtual event, or something else. It’s smart to err on the side of caution, and really evaluate whether it’s going to be something that adds value to your audience, and increases your bottom line. And here’s why: If you spin the wheels trying to make every idea that you have happen, you’re going to lose focus on something that might already be working really well. Now, there are certainly times when you should add something new to your business. I’ve done this many times. But every time I have a shiny new idea that I just can’t stop thinking about, I force myself to take a pause, and run through my simple, 4-step ‘checklist’ to make sure that it’s really something that is going to benefit my business. And guess what? I’m sharing that exact 4-step checklist with you in this episode, so you can use it whenever you find yourself in a similar situation. So grab your notebook and be sure to take notes, because what you’re about to hear could save you a lot of time and money in the long run. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Listen to Two Weeks Notice; Chapter 2: Unbossing: How To Give Your Notice Picture this:  It’s a Sunday night. You’ve just enjoyed dinner, and now it’s time to relax and unwind with a glass of red and a true crime documentary on the couch.  But just as you sit down, snuggle up with a blanket and reach for the tv remote, it hits you. You know what I’m talking about.  The Sunday Scaries.  AKA, that queasy feeling you get in the pit of your stomach that shows up like clockwork because you’re dreading the work week ahead. I won’t lie, when I was working a 9 to 5 job, I got this feeling almost every week – and it was not enjoyable. I dreamt of a life where I was excited by my work and one where I wasn’t beholden to someone else’s time.  More than anything in the world, I wanted freedom. If you can relate to this at all -- and know deep in your soul that you are meant to be your own boss (and live a life where the Sunday Scaries are not even a thing) -- then this episode is for you.  Because in it, I give you a sneak peek of Chapter 2 from my book, Two Weeks Notice: Find the Courage to Quit Your Job, Make More Money, Work Where You Want, and Change the World, which is called “Unbossing: How To Give Your Notice” – and guess what? You’re going to hear the exact steps you can take to start moving toward the entrepreneurial life of your dreams.  It’s also full chock-full of lessons I’ve learned over the years and stories from myself and my students.  So pop in those earbuds, and get ready to be inspired. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Create more fun (and be more intentional) in the coming year by asking yourself these questions  Journaling is a practice that has elevated my life -- and my business -- in ways that words simply can’t do justice.  On the most basic level, it helps me organize my thoughts, be more creative, and calm my racing mind, which is invaluable as an entrepreneur. If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that I’ve made journaling a part of my daily practice. But it’s also something that I carve out a little extra time for towards the end of each year.  By reflecting back on the past and then looking forward with intention, I start the new year with a fresh perspective -- and most of all – excited for what’s ahead.  In this episode, I share some of my favorite journal prompts that will help you get laser focused on what you want to make happen in the new year, and most importantly, how you can create more fun in the process. So grab a warm and toasty beverage of your choice, pop open your journal, and get ready for some reflection and intention as you plan for the year ahead. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A sneak peek into my List Builders Society Monthly Q&A The number one thing that stops people in their tracks when it comes to growing their business is that they don’t have an email list.  If I could shout this from the rooftops, I would – because it’s that important.  But the thing is, trying to figure out what your audience wants, and getting to know them intimately overnight just doesn’t automatically happen -- so when it comes to growing your email list, there are usually a lot of questions.   And that’s why I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode -- because you are getting full access to one of my List Builders Society Monthly Q&A’s, which you guessed it -- is all about list building.  Let me just tell you, these questions from my students are good -- and there are probably some asked in this Q&A that haven’t even crossed your mind. So if you want to ramp up your list-building game, then pull up a Google Doc and get ready to take some notes because this episode is chock-full of tangible strategies you can implement right now to start growing your email list, and your business.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:59] One of the most important assets you can create in your business is an email list.  [06:52] If you're struggling with growing your list, ask: Are you meeting them where they are? Are you getting your lead magnet in front of your ICA enough?   [10:44] Question: Where should I host my lead magnet videos?  [11:42] Question: How many #1 welcome emails do I need?  [13:04] Question: Should I hold back content to get people to subscribe?  [18:32] Question: Should I do more than sending a weekly email?  [20:08] Question: What’st the best free way to deliver lead magnet?  [24:49] Question: Should I have more than one lead magnet?  [34:53] Question: Should I start with a digital course or a membership?  [41:59] Question: Can I build my email list in only a month?  [45:56] Question: How specific should my ICA be?  [54:10] Question: How can I re-engage my podcast audience? [55:51] Question: How do I rebrand my Facebook group? [57:59] Question: What are your tips for getting a better conversion rate? Head here to grab the list-building masterclass & goodies! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Don’t let your task list get the best of you -- give yourself some space, and some grace Have you ever been so in the weeds with your task list that you don’t even know where to start?  I know I have, and let’s be honest -- watching your Asana tasks grow in real-time certainly isn’t a good feeling.  In fact, I recently had an experience where I became so overwhelmed by what I had on my plate, and had to ask my team for additional time on things that were already overdue.  As the captain of the ship, I won’t lie – I felt kind of bad about it. Like I was almost letting my team down for not getting them the deliverables they needed, when they needed them.  I had to take a step back, look at the situation from a 30,000 foot view, and realize that my task list does not own me.  And here’s the thing. Checking off those Asana tasks, as great as that would have made me feel, is not nearly as important as prioritizing my own mental health. I needed a little breather, and you know what? That’s 100% ok. So if you’re feeling like your task list is getting the best of you, tune in to this episode to hear how I give myself space, and grace, in super-busy times. I can assure you, by taking that little extra time for yourself when you need it, your work (and how you show up as a leader) will be that much better. Enjoy! Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:52] I was exhausted from my launch and didn't want to do the three hours of podcasts that I had scheduled.  [06:05] The work I do is important, but it's not life or death. We can make pivots and reschedule.  [07:04] If my team sees me saying that I need more space and moving things around, then they know that they can do that too.  [08:40] Using a time management tool like Asana, we can see what is planned and move things around if needed.  [10:19] Strength sometimes means showing up and being vulnerable. I know if I take a little extra time, my work will be so much better. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Take an approach to business that partners with your heart, body, and soul, instead of adding to your task list Did you know that 92% of small business owners have experienced mental health struggles over the past two years?  Between recovering from the pandemic and the constant pressure of hustle culture, entrepreneurs all over the world are prone -- more than ever -- to burnout and depression.  I’ll be honest, there have been plenty of times throughout my entrepreneurial journey that I’ve felt totally depleted. And although it’s so tempting just to get back on the horse and keep grinding through those tough times, it’s so very important to take a pause.  Give yourself the time and space that you need, and then move forward -- because if left unaddressed, burnout can lead to some pretty serious mental health issues. That’s why I wanted to have my dear friend Mary Hyatt on the show. Mary is a holistic mindset coach who helps entrepreneurs create a life and business that lights them up from the inside, and doesn’t burn them out. She’s coached some of the top female entrepreneurs, C-Suite executives, and business owners in the country, and also has built a 7-figure business -- one that she operates from a place of grace and ease.  In this episode, Mary will share:  How to get back into alignment with your most authentic self (and your business) when you’re burnt out Why tapping into the language of the body is so important when making stressful decisions How living in true soul alignment can make a drastic impact on your business What you can do to have a life, and business that feels good This is a really great listen – so if you’re interested in learning a holistic, action-oriented approach to overcoming your burnout, then pop in your earbuds and tune in! Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:27] Mary helps women get back in touch with their emotions, body, and own internal wisdom to design a life and business they love. [09:54] Being in alignment is having structural integrity with the most true parts of who you are.  [14:19] The first step is radical honesty or admitting that you're feeling deprived in some area of your life or business.  [18:40] A coach can help you say "what if" when leaving a situation that isn't working.  [20:23] Our physical bodies are a compass that helps us orient back to wholeness. Our bodies hold 80% of the wisdom available to us.  [27:29] We all have an amazing source of wisdom and have the answers inside of ourselves.  [29:52] Embodiment work recognizing that we have other bodies like physical, emotional, and a connection to something higher than ourselves.  [32:20] Four factors of aligned action include your energetic capacity, your emotional capacity, what you value most, and the season of life that you’re in.  [39:23] Having soul alignment can make your business sustainable for the long run. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Decision fatigue is a real thing – here’s how to move past it I’m sure you’ve heard before that one of the key characteristics of great leaders is their ability to make informed decisions quickly.  And if you’re a business owner, then you fully understand just how many decisions you need to make on a day-to-day basis.  Whether it’s a small decision -- like how you want your email signature to look, or something larger, like whether or not to hire a team -- making decisions is not always easy.  And I’ll be honest, even though I’ve honed my decision-making skills over the years, there are times where I simply just don’t want to make them. Yes, sweet friend. Decision fatigue is a very real thing, and I’ve dealt with it a lot in my business over the years.  So what do you do when you’re faced with making a decision that you just don’t feel like making -- especially when you don’t have a CEO to help guide you? And to take it one step further, does the fact that you struggle with making decisions make you inept as a leader? In this episode, I explore this – along with the three specific things I do in my own business when I’ve got to make a call on something and all I want to do is pass the buck to someone else. You’ll walk away with the tools to become a master decision maker (and troubleshooter), and make your next decision swiftly and confidently.  Enjoy!  Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:08] One of the qualities of a great leader is the ability to make informed decisions quickly, but hat happens when you're sick of making decisions? [07:46] Remind yourself that with every decision you make, you can change direction if you need to.  [10:03] Surround yourself with a few people who you trust that can help you make decisions.  [11:58] Tell yourself: I am a master decision maker. I'm also a master troubleshooter. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to create time freedom, location freedom, and financial freedom in your life One of the most rewarding parts of being an entrepreneur is having the ability to create freedom in all aspects of your life – and my guest on this episode, creator and educator Glo Atanmo, is doing just that.  She’s has created a life of her own design – working just a couple months out of the year, traveling the world, and making an incredible living doing what she absolutely loves.  But how? Tune in to hear how Glo has set up her life in a way that works for her, and how she prioritizes what matters most while earning a significant income.  I promise, this will leave you feeling incredibly inspired. Plus, this episode is part of our Week of Gratitude & Giving – which means that I’m giving away a GRAND PRIZE! Stick around to the end to hear how you can win: A one-year subscription to the Full Focus Planner A 6-month membership to Social Curator  A copy of my book, Two Weeks Notice  All of my Two Weeks Notice pre-order bonuses A one-year membership to GrowthDay  The Barefoot Dreams blanket  Happy listening! P.S. Thank YOU, my dear listener, for tuning in and being part of my own entrepreneurial journey. I’m grateful for you! Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:57] Glo looks at freedom in three categories: time, financial, and location.  [03:16] She’s visited 93 countries and 6 continents, and gets paid to travel as a travel blogger. [04:38] Glo has categorized her priorities, built relationships, and played the long game.  [06:56] Glo's seasonable framework: Winter is for learning new skills; Spring is for making revenue; Summer is for celebrating success; Fall is for listening to feedback, trends, and the market.  [10:08] Enter to win the grand prize by going to @AmyPorterfield on Instagram, finding the post for today's episode, and leave a comment with what you are most grateful for. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The journey of entrepreneurship is a trip – full of ups, downs, and unimaginable joy If I told you that five years from now, you’d be getting a text from one of your all-time favorite entrepreneurs, to make sure their launch didn’t clash with yours – would you laugh? Right now, things like… …generating seven-figure revenue …having a 25-person team …being friends with the entrepreneurs you admire… May seem improbable… even impossible. But the truth is, you don’t know what’s ahead for you. Your wildest dreams probably don’t even equate to what’s actually going to unfold.  In this episode, I offer a reminder of everything you’ve been working so hard to build - as I reflect on the highs and lows of building a wildly successful business from nothing. I remember like yesterday how hard those early years were. And if you’d told me then that I’d have what I do now (the team, the revenue, the community, and a heart full of gratitude), I’d have laughed too. As for what I’m most grateful for in entrepreneurship… You’re probably experiencing it right now. And in this special episode, I hope you’ll realize that this experience is what will make you.  And don’t forget, this episode is part of our Week of Gratitude & Giving – and you know what that means – I’m giving away a GRAND PRIZE. It includes:  A one-year subscription to the Full Focus Planner A 6-month membership to Social Curator  A copy of my book, Two Weeks Notice  All of my Two Weeks Notice pre-order bonuses A one-year membership to GrowthDay  The Barefoot Dreams blanket  Listen to the very end to hear how to enter. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jasmine Star opens up about the friendships she’s truly grateful for in this heartwarming episode There are so many things to be grateful for as an entrepreneur -- the opportunity to do what you love, work from anywhere, and call all of the shots, just to name a few. But one thing on the list that often gets overlooked are those incredible friendships with other entrepreneurs that you create along your journey. It’s those entrepreneurial friends who can help you through the tough times in ways that other supportive people in your life simply can’t – not because they don’t want to, but because they don’t know exactly what you’re going through.  For me, Jasmine Star has been one of those friends. She’s been with me for the ups, the downs, and everything in between. And I’m there for her, too. I won’t lie, what Jasmine shares in this episode brought me to tears. I was reminded of how grateful I am for her friendship, and also that I’m able to show up in a way that makes an impact on her, too. This very special episode is part of our Week of Gratitude & Giving – and you know what that means – I’m giving away a GRAND PRIZE. It includes:  A one year subscription to the Full Focus Planner A 6 month membership to Social Curator  A copy of my book, Two Weeks Notice  All of my Two Weeks Notice pre-order bonuses A  one year membership to GrowthDay  The Barefoot Dreams blanket  Listen to the very end to hear how to enter. Enjoy! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to set your scale, build a life that you want, and practice gratitude In this very special episode, you’ll hear from Anthony Trucks – a former NFL Athlete, American Ninja Warrior on NBC, speaker, podcast host and founder of Identity Shift coaching.  As a foster kid raised in poverty, life was incredibly difficult for Anthony growing up. But after experiencing setback after setback, he learned how to transform his obstacles into achievements and completely shifted his identity. Anthony shares his incredible story of growth, the impact entrepreneurship has had on him, and steps you can take to create a life that’s intentional. And guess what? This is the first day of our Week of Gratitude & Giving – and as part of it, I’m giving away a GRAND PRIZE! It includes:  A one-year subscription to the Full Focus Planner A 6-month membership to Social Curator  A copy of my book, Two Weeks Notice  All of my Two Weeks Notice pre-order bonuses A 6-month membership to GrowthDay  The Barefoot Dreams blanket  Stick around to the end of the episode to hear how to enter. And as always, thank YOU, my dear listener, for tuning in and being part of this entrepreneurial journey.  Enjoy!  Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:08] We are kicking off our Week of Gratitude & Giving. Each day this week, I'm releasing a very special clip from some of my entrepreneurial friends.  [04:48] I'm giving away a grand prize that includes a one-year subscription to the Full Focus Planner, a 6 month membership to Social Curator, a signed copy Two Weeks Notice and all of the bonuses, a membership to GrowthDay and a Barefoot Dreams Blanket.  [06:11] Each episode has a new way of entering which you’ll hear at the end of each episode. The more you participate the more entries you get.  [07:15] Anthony Trucks is a former NFL player and American Ninja Warrior. He now teaches people how to make identity shifts happen.  [09:20] Identity is a big piece of who we see ourselves to be, and you can always shift who we see ourselves to be.  [12:16] Entrepreneurship is what changed Anthony's life. He set it up in a way to provide value, which allowed him to upgrade his identity. [15:03] In his new identity, Anthony sets his own scale, schedules time to meet that scale’s level, and isn’t afraid to do the ‘dark work’ that allows him to shine. [17:08] Enter the giveaway today with a snapshot of this episode. Share it to your Instagram story and tag @AmyPorterfield with what you're grateful for. Use the hashtag #OMMEGratitude. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

>> Head here to grab the bonus that goes hand-in-hand with this episode: 5 Real-Life Course Bonus Examples To Inspire You

What to do when you start to wonder “Am I really good enough?” Have you ever wondered “Am I good enough?” when something hasn’t gone exactly according to plan in your business?  I know I have.  Recently, I’ve been questioning if I have what it takes to be ok TikTok. I’ve invested a ton of time and energy into the platform and I’m just not picking up steam like I had hoped when I originally committed to it.  This isn’t the first time I’ve doubted myself when it comes to doing something in my business, and believe me, there are plenty of things I’ve attempted before that have gone completely sideways.  And what I’ve learned through the ups and downs of entrepreneurship is that sometimes things simply don’t work out. It doesn’t mean you’re a bad business owner, or you don’t have the chops to be successful, or that you should automatically give up. No, sweet friend. You’ve got to give yourself some grace, and remind yourself that you are good enough -- period. And if you decide that it’s the best decision to throw in the towel, that’s ok too. Not everything is going to be a ‘Win.’ And that’s why I wanted to record this episode for you -- so you can hear firsthand that you’re not alone, and also what I remind myself when those low level feelings start to creep in. Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:11] Being authentic matters, even if the platform isn't for you or the other way around. Some things don't work out, even when you pour time and energy into them. [08:49] If you're committed to something and say you're going to do it for a certain amount of time, remove the option to not show up. [10:21] You can quit if things are no longer serving you or bringing you joy, but don't quit if you're just fearful that it's just not going to work.  [12:26] I know I'm good enough, even if my audience on TikTok isn't there yet. I'm going to stick it out, and I'm growing because of it. Remember to remind yourself that you’re good enough!  [14:21] Not everything you do in your business will be a win nor does it even have to be. Being an entrepreneur means that you're not always going to hit home runs. [15:58] Everything I do is to help other people realize freedom. That might not look like a hundred thousand TikTok followers and that's okay. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A renowned psychotherapist shares how to navigate the most difficult parts of being a business owner I wholeheartedly believe that entrepreneurship can be one of the best gifts you can give yourself. It can bring you freedom to design your life the way that you want to, all while doing something that you love.  But as you probably already know, if not managed well, the stress of being a business owner can really take a toll on you. On the daily, entrepreneurs deal with things like decision fatigue, loneliness, and burnout. In fact, I recently read an alarming statistic that 72% of entrepreneurs struggle with mental health, and I’ll be honest -- that number feels far too high, and a little close to home!  It’s one of my goals to bring more awareness to this issue that affects so many people in business, and that’s why I invited Lori Gottlieb to be a guest on the show. Lori is a renowned psychotherapist and New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone, which now has a journal to go along with it. (Listen to find out how to get a chance to win one of these!)  In addition to her clinical practice, she is co-host of the popular Dear Therapists podcast, and writes The Atlantic’s weekly Dear Therapist advice column.  In this important conversation, Lori shares how to: Find balance between vulnerability and being viewed as an expert Lean on your own intuition more when making stressful decisions  Tap into more acceptance and enjoyment when things change, versus fear  Navigate loneliness as an entrepreneur Plus much, much more!  I’ll go ahead and call it right here -- this episode is going to be a fan-favorite. I hope you enjoy it as much as I do. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How we got scrappy, rallied together, and did something we’ve never done before in the history of my business If you’ve ever been through a digital course launch, you know that it’s usually an ‘all hands on deck’ sort of situation.  Things are happening fast. You’re making split-second decisions. And whether you’ve got a team of two or 20, everybody is in the trenches with you.  I’ve been through more course launches than I can count on two hands, and as much prep as my team and I do to make sure everything goes smoothly, there’s always a few things that don’t go according to plan.  But guess what? Those little hiccups -- where you’re forced to get creative (and a little scrappy) -- are what create the magic. Not only do you learn a ton in the process of troubleshooting, but there’s a really incredible energy and camaraderie that’s created amongst the team.  In this episode, my Director of Customer Experience, Josh, joins me for a behind-the-scenes recap of our September 2022 Digital Course Academy launch -- our largest launch of the year. You’ll get an honest look at our best moments, our toughest moments, the magical ones, and everything in between. Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:30] We got a flood of emails during our launch. Josh and his team answered over 7,000 emails in 9 days. [05:32] The customer experience department also fielded over 600 concierge phone calls.  [09:16] We got scrappy, and everybody jumped in to help. We created a support schedule and had ‘power hours.’  [12:39] You’ve got to make answering emails a priority, otherwise you’re leaving money on the table. [14:02] During a launch, it’s important to have people around you that will give you pep talks to help change your mindset when things get stressful. [18:57] When you need to close a gap, I recommend that you DSD, or do something different.  [22:07] It's okay to pivot during a launch when you see a need. Trying new things and experimenting is always a great thing. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Einstein said it best: You can’t keep doing the same thing and expect different results I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again: The book The Gap & The Gain by Dan Sullivan and Dr. Benjamin Hardy has been an absolute game changer for my business -- so much, in fact, that I’ve dedicated two episodes to exploring its concepts.  The first episode, which I highly recommend you listen to, is all about the importance of being grateful for how much you’ve accomplished (The Gain), as opposed to focusing on what you haven’t (The Gap). You can check it out here.  But in this episode, sweet friend, I dive into another major theme of the book: Unhealthy attachments.  You’ve likely heard about unhealthy attachments when it comes to romantic relationships, but you don’t hear much about them when it comes to growing your business.  It’s really important to be aware of as an entrepreneur, because holding on to something if it’s not working -- a goal, product, employee, etc. – can be counterproductive to scaling and growth. I know I’ve had unhealthy attachments to certain parts of my business in the past, and you’ll hear about how I unraveled some of them in this episode. You’ll also have an opportunity to analyze your own business -- what’s working, what’s not, and how to let go of what isn’t serving you. I hope you find these concepts as fascinating and enlightening as I do. Enjoy! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

TO MY STUDENTS + PODCAST LISTENERS WHO WANT TO HELP MORE PEOPLE FIND FREEDOM & FULFILLMENT THROUGH ENTREPRENEURSHIP  >> Join me here! Ready to Give Your Community the Keys to Freedom from their 9-5’s? There’s a Spot On the Two Weeks Notice Book Launch Team with YOUR Name On It Come Behind-the Scenes with Me and Help Share a Message with the Potential to Change Thousands of Lives:  “You Were Made for More” (+ Get Access to an Advance Copy of My New Book, an Invite-Only Mastermind, Special Workshop with Amy, and More — All for Free!)  When You Say “Yes!” to this Exclusive Invite and Join Me on the Two Weeks Notice Book Launch Team, You’ll Receive:  A FREE Advance Copy of Two Weeks Notice Access to ALL Pre-Order Bonuses  An Exclusive Mastermind + Q&A with Yours Truly The Launch Team Handbook A Workshop to Plan Your Promos Like a Pro Podcast Interview Opportunities Access to Our Incredible #LaunchSquad Community Want in? Join me here!

How to harness your inner mean girl and fall in love with the person looking at you in the mirror If re-learning to love yourself, knocking your business goals out of the park, and mastering work-life integration sounds good to you, then you’re going to want to hear this episode with my guest Melissa Ambrosini.  She’s a multiple bestselling author, keynote and TEDx speaker, #1 podcast host, and queen of mastering your Mean Girl. Oh, and she’s also been coined a “Self-help Guru” by Elle Magazine… no big deal.  I loved this conversation with Melissa because it’s filled with tangible, heart-felt honesty -- which, let’s be real, we can all use -- especially when we let social media get the best of us and start to compare our lives and businesses to others’. She opens up about her own journey of hitting rock bottom, taking radical responsibility for her health and happiness, and going on to start a business that truly lights her up. We also talk about something that is so important to do as female entrepreneurs -- which is taking control of that negative, fear-based voice inside your head saying you can’t do something -- whether it’s starting that digital course you’ve always wanted to, hiring your first employee, or going Live for the first time. I think you’ll find this to be an incredibly inspiring episode, so if you’re ready, grab a hot, spiced beverage of your choice and press play! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Instead of measuring what you’ve missed, measure how far you’ve come If you’ve been with me for a while, you’ve probably heard me talk about the book The Gap & The Gain by Dan Sullivan and Dr. Benjamin Hardy.  I won’t lie, this book has had a profound impact on my business, because it’s rewired the way I think about success and achievement.  In fact, for most of my career, I’ve held myself to a really rigid set of goals -- and if I didn’t meet them, I’d beat myself up over it.  Instead of focusing on all that I did accomplish, I’d zero in on how far off I was from reaching my goal. This, sweet friend, is called living in The Gap, and it’s fairly common with high achievers and entrepreneurs. It's a really terrible place to hang out, because no matter how much you accomplish, there will always be a moving target that’s out of reach. The Gain is a much better place to live. So, what is The Gain? Well, it’s all about feeling grateful for the progress you do make, which in turn drives motivation, confidence, and future success. *Gasp!* That’s right, I said future success! I’m so much happier now that I’m living in The Gain. Yes, I can acknowledge that I didn’t meet my goals, and yes, I can brainstorm ways to improve -- but I’ll tell ‘ya – having appreciation for how far I’ve come makes a big difference in my quality of life overall. In this episode, you’ll hear more about the concept of The Gap and The Gain, why living in The Gain can absolutely change your life for the better, and steps you can take to get there. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

I love quizzes! Let's be honest - who doesn't? So why wouldn't you want to use it as a marketing strategy to nurture and engage with your audience?  In this short clip, I take you behind-the-scenes and share how we used a quiz as a lead magnet to grow our podcast. You can use this easy strategy for any marketing initiative! Tune in to learn how we used it, and start to plan out how you might use a quiz, as well! For the full episode, check out Episode #462: 8 Simple But Powerful Strategies I Used To Hit 1 Million Podcast Downloads.

Work will always be there, so make time for experiences that truly light you up Having passion for your business is a good thing. Afterall, your excitement and enthusiasm is quite literally the fuel that keeps the wheels in motion, and gets you through hard times. But whether you’re new to the entrepreneurial game or have already found success, there may come a time when you get so wrapped up in your business that everything else in your life falls to the wayside.  Maybe you stop hanging out with your friends, taking vacations, or spending time doing the things that you love or exploring new hobbies outside of work. Or, if you’re like me, maybe you come to the stark -- and somewhat embarrassing – realization that without your business, you’re not even sure who you are. You don’t have any hobbies to talk about, and can’t remember the last time you did something ‘just for fun.’ In fact, during my five-week sabbatical, I became acutely aware that the core of my being -- my entire identity -- is almost solely tied to the success of my business.  The whole experience gave me a reality check that left me feeling a bit sad and empty. Of course my business brings me joy -- but it’s important that I have other things, outside of work, that make me happy and give me purpose. In this episode, I uncover how I’m making room in my life for those moments and experiences that light me up, outside of Amy Porterfield, Inc. And I won’t lie -- taking the time to do fun things when I feel like I have a million plates spinning in the air can be tough… but I know deep down that it’s worth it.  So if you have ever been asked the question, “What do you do for fun?” and have had a hard time coming up with an answer, this episode is for you.  Happy listening! P.S.- If you want to hear more about the many realizations I had during my sabbatical, check out episode #478: 5 Weeks Unplugged: Lessons From My Sabbatical. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How adding a subscription box to your online business can be a game-changer for your bottom line Have you ever thought about adding a subscription box to your business?  If you haven’t, I definitely encourage you to consider it! Not only can a subscription box be a game-changer for your bottom line, but it can also be a great add-on benefit to support your audience even further. I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, I’ve got enough on my plate with my business already… and this just sounds complicated.”  But here’s the thing. Adding a subscription box to your existing business is actually really simple to execute -- and my guest on this episode, Julie Ball, is going to share exactly how to do it. Julie founded and recently sold Sparkle Hustle Grow, a monthly subscription and online community for female entrepreneurs. As a subscription box business coach, she teaches aspiring subscription box business owners how to turn their ideas into reality.  In this episode, she shares why you might want to consider adding a subscription box to your digital course or online business, plus:  How to decide what the focus of your subscription box should be What you need to know about the subscription box industry Her step-by-step process on how to get started with your subscription box Three ways you can incorporate a subscription box into your existing business This was a really enlightening conversation, and I’m excited for you to hear it! Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:51] Julie left her corporate career in 2011 and launched her subscription box business in 2016. She replaced her full-time income in nine months.  [11:54] She had the subscription box business for six years and then sold it. [12:37] Julie shares three simple ways to add a subscription box to an existing business. [18:32] There are five simple steps to get started with your subscription box business. [24:06] Buy your products in bulk or wholesale. The manufacturer price should be about 50% of retail price. [30:03] The first and last days of the sales cycle (the 1st and 30th) are important. Renewal day is in the middle of the sales cycle (the 15th). Shipping day is a couple days after closing out the sales cycle. [33:21] About 95% of subscribers renew, so each monthly "launch" doesn't feel as heavy. Having a community helped prevent churn.  [36:08] A welcome box is a one-time product. You send it at the onset of a program. It’s perfect for courses, affiliate programs, or summits.  [39:54] It’s important to get clear on what your version of success is.  [41:20] She had a dream life session with her family, and it became clear that it was time to sell the business. It sold in 94 days for multiple six figures.  [47:18] Julie's next season is all about focusing on her family and doubling down on subscription box coaching.  [49:35] The biggest successes for Julie were being able to leave her corporate job, replace her husband's income, and sell her business. [53:10] Amy's biggest takeaway: Research the marketplace and pitch Two Weeks Notice to be in subscription boxes. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

In this episode, Donald Miller shares the power of writing your eulogy and reading it every day. This is a transformational practice that can help to guide our daily actions and ensure we are living a purposeful life.  To listen to the full episode, check out Episode #415: Eulogies, Sales Funnels, & What They Won’t Tell You In Business School with Donald Miller.

Hustle culture tells you that burnout is normal, but I’m here to tell you it’s no way to live It’s a Sunday night. The kids are in bed, and you’re about to relax and unwind with a glass of Pinot and a true crime documentary on Netflix.  But just as you sit down on the couch and turn on the tv, you get this uncomfortable feeling in the pit of your stomach…. You know the one. Enter: The Sunday Scaries -- an unavoidable mix of nervousness and dread about your week ahead. All of the sudden, your mind becomes completely consumed by the thought of how much you don’t want to dive into work in the morning.  Whether you’re anxious about what you have on your plate, a big meeting with higher-ups, or how you’re going to have to sit through six straight hours of Zoom meetings and pretend to be invested, this unsettling feeling week after week is a big indicator that you’re burnt out from your job. Unfortunately, our culture has become so obsessed with ‘hustling’ and the constant grind, that the Sunday Scaries -- along with other work stress and anxiety -- start to feel normal after a while.  But I’m here to tell you that this is not normal -- and because we spend so much of our lives working, it’s really important that you don’t dread showing up at your job every day. In this episode, I uncover four telltale signs of burnout that you might not even realize you’re experiencing, plus incremental changes you can make to improve your work life.  So pop in your Airpods, grab a hot beverage and tune in -- especially if you’ve ever experienced the Sunday Scaries. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab your freebie for this episode here! You don’t have to go back to school or have a million followers on Instagram to be the go-to resource in your industry Positioning yourself as the go-to expert in your industry can be a game-changer for your business. Not only does it help you gain exposure, but it also helps you create and build trust with your audience, which is extremely important. But in such a competitive digital marketplace, how on Earth do you go about doing that? Sure, you’re super knowledgeable about what you do, but you wouldn’t really consider yourself to be an expert. The good news is, you don’t need to go back to school and get an advanced degree, write a book, or have a million followers on Instagram in order to be viewed as a master in your area of business. All it takes is getting clear on the unique value you bring to the marketplace, articulating it really well, and knowing just a little bit more than your ideal audience in your specific niche. 10 percent more, to be exact! This isn’t something that happens overnight. In fact, it took me several years to nail down ‘what my thing is’ and how I provide value to my audience (much more on that in the episode).  That’s why it’s important to do the work upfront, early on in your business journey, so you can be viewed as an expert from the get-go. And don’t fret -- if you already have an established business, what you’re about to learn can help you pivot so that you’re seen as that #1 go-to resource even more. In this episode, you will:  Go through a self-reflection exercise that will help you define what your unique “thing” is Get super clear on the value that you offer to others, and learn how to clearly articulate it to your audience Hear how I define my “thing” today, versus when I was starting out Learn tangible ways to become an expert in your specific area of business Take away strategies on how to position yourself as a go-to authority in your field Just a heads up -- because you’ll be doing some writing exercises, you’ll want a pen and notebook handy. I also recommend you listen to this in a place that’s free of distractions if you want to get the most out of it. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Have you ever finally crossed the finish line on something so BIG you can barely believe it’s happening? Words alone can’t do justice to how grateful and excited I am to share this with you.  I WROTE A BOOK!!! It’s everything I *wish* I’d had when I left my corporate job to begin my entrepreneurial journey. Most importantly – this is for anyone with the courage to put one foot in front of the other in the direction of a big dream.  My aim with this book is to provide guidance, proven strategies, inspiring stories, and a full-blown step-by-step game plan to make building a successful business a whole lot more doable. I can’t thank you enough and I cannot wait to hear your thoughts on what’s between these pages.  Your support means the world to me, [NAME]. Thank you for being here on this journey with me.  Want to get your copy of Two Weeks Notice as soon as it hits the shelves (IRL and virtual)?! Pre-order right here and you’ll also get access to a collection of bonuses so good they’re worth paying for in addition to a copy of the book as soon as it’s available February 21, 2023.

Here’s a glance at this episode...  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Thinking about planning your next photoshoot? Or maybe even your first?  Let it be fun and easy with this simple checklist of important things you'll want to consider and communicate with your photographer! Trust me, I've done dozens of photoshoots, and getting clear on these things ahead of time, always makes the day of the shoot run seamlessly! You can check out the entire episode from this clip (and grab the free resource) here!

From making your first hire to expanding your team, here’s what you need to know Your business is your baby. You nurture it, love it, and put a ton of time and energy into its growth. It’s no wonder that the thought of hiring your first employee (or expanding your team even more) makes you a little bit nervous. Not only can it be hard to let go of certain pieces of your business, but making a financial investment in someone else -- without a guarantee that they are going to add value -- can be pretty scary.  Believe me, I’ve been there. It took me six years to make my first full-time hire because I was so afraid of giving up control – and let’s be real, I wasn’t exactly 100% sure of how I was going to pay the rent if she did not perform in the way that I needed her to. And yes, I’m talking about Chloe! ;)  Luckily, Chloe added major value to my business immediately, and since bringing her on seven years ago I’ve expanded my team to over 20 people. In the process I’ve learned a TON about hiring and assembling a crew of talented people that work together like a well-oiled machine. I’ve gotten a lot of things right, just as many of them wrong, and in this episode I’m going to share them all with you.  Tune in to hear: When the best time is to hire your first employee The one crucial role you should hire for first What I learned from my very first hiring blitz How to ensure that your new hire is a good fit  So if you have ever been curious about the hiring process, or think you might be ready to make your first full-time hire, go someplace you can focus and press play on this episode! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:04] Waiting far too long for my first full-time hire. I struggled for a year and a half before hiring Chloe full-time. The lesson? Hire before you think you are ready. [06:31] Hire someone who is going to help you with traffic. As in, someone to help drive traffic to your business and will help you to convert.  [08:39] Virtual assistants give you space to think. They can help with social media, support, communication, proofreading, and more! [13:16] Hire one person at a time and give them 90 full days to learn what they need to learn. We have 30,60, and 90 day tasks and goals for new hires. [15:39] We do have an understanding that anytime during the first 90 days if the person isn't a great fit, we will let them know. It doesn't happen often, but it's an option. By hiring one person at a time that person also gets a lot more support.  [16:22] The best way to learn what works for you is to start hiring and see what works. Take action! [16:39] Don't wait too long to hire. Hire before you think you're ready. Hire early on and find someone who can help with traffic and conversions. Do hire one person at a time. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Knowing your personality type can help you confidently move through a digital course Have you ever purchased a digital course, and later felt guilty for one of these reasons? It took you longer than expected to complete the course You had great momentum in the beginning, but then gave up halfway through You never even started the course You bought it and then forgot that you had it If you answered “yes”, then read on, sweet friend, because I’m here to tell you that you should NOT feel guilty about any of those things – and here’s why: Number one: there is no right or wrong way to take a digital course. In fact, over the past 13 years in this industry, I’ve observed five personality types that move through digital courses in very different ways. Some of these personality types complete a course rather quickly, while others can take years. The point is, they all get through it and take action with their newfound knowledge. Number two: Just because you purchased a course and didn’t finish it (or heck, maybe you didn’t even start it), does not mean that you shouldn’t consider taking another one. Believe me, I know what it’s like to feel as if you’ve wasted money on something. But I also know what it’s like to have a digital course completely change your life, and everything about your business. That’s why I encourage you to stop feeling guilty about the past, and give digital courses another chance – because with the right action plan, you can get through it. If you do, chances are it’ll open up a whole new realm of possibilities in your business. In this episode, you’ll hear from some of my Digital Course Academy students who share what personality type they are, what it was like going through the course the way they did, and what they found along the way.  And for those of you who are caught in an endless shame spiral -- don’t fret, because you’ll take away five strategies to ensure that you successfully work through your next digital course in a way that works with your life.  So if you’re ready to let go of your guilt and rock your next digital course, then pop in your earbuds and tune in! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Ready to learn exactly what your audience wants to hear and learn? Make content creation with this simple strategy that connects you directly with your audience members and hear (from their mouths) what content topics would peak their interest the most.  This strategy is simple and great for entrepreneurs of all kinds! Enjoy!

5 questions to help you get really clear on what you want Getting clear on what you want as a business owner sounds like it would be easy, but in reality, it can be pretty tough – especially if you’re a one-woman show in the early stages of business. I get it. When I first went off on my own, I felt the need to say ‘yes’ to everything because I didn’t want to leave any opportunities on the table. I had no idea where to spend my time or focus because everything felt equally important.  But let me tell you, sweet friend -- giving your time and energy to things that do not serve you is a one-way ticket to some serious overwhelm.  That’s why it’s so important to get really crystal clear on what you want now, so you don’t end up spinning your wheels on things that don’t bring value to your life or business. In this episode, I revisit a conversation I had with my dear friend and mentor, Marie Forleo, who’s done a lot of work in her own life to get laser-focused on what’s important, eliminate overwhelm, and manage her time like a boss. You’ll hear the two mantras that Marie lives by, as well as a series of questions that you can ask yourself to help identify what’s important and let go of what’s not. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:01] When you know what's important, you can ignore what's not.  [06:07] Ask yourself: What do I want? Journal about what you want. Start writing whatever comes to you.  [06:54] Then ask: What do I want in the next 365 days? Journal this too.  [07:01] The final prompt is: What do I want in the next six months? Doing this exercise will create clarity. [08:26] Make an effort to say no to what is not going to serve you. This is one of the hardest lessons I've learned. [09:17] What are the top three to five projects that you need to focus on? No more than five. If you're a one-person show, no more than three. What do you need to let go of in this season to focus on what's most important. [13:20] “I don't do overwhelm.” Saying that you are overwhelmed does not serve you.  [16:42] When you're overwhelmed, confused, or stressed, put your head down and think what can I do to move forward in the direction that I want to move, and things will start to make more sense. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to go from being stressed about time to a time genius  Have you ever felt like no matter how many hours you put into your business, you’re just not doing enough?  You’re hustling from the beginning of your day until the very end, but despite the fact that you’re running on empty, you still feel like you’ve got to do more.  If this sounds familiar, you sweet friend, are not alone.  You’ve fallen into what my guest in this episode, Marie Forleo, calls the time stress trap, which is the belief that if you're not producing 24/7, you don't want your dreams bad enough. This, my friend, is extremely toxic -- and unfortunately as business owners, we are conditioned to believe that we’ve got to be going non-stop in order to achieve any sort of success.  I know I’ve been there before, and so has Marie -- who once became so paralyzed by her own time stress that her body started to shut down.  In this episode, Marie tells her story of overcoming time stress, and shares specific strategies that you can use to find freedom and spaciousness in your schedule. How to become a master prioritizer and better manage your time Ways to stay grounded and focused during your busiest times Different mantras to support you when things get really stressful … And so much more. So if you ever feel like you’ve been on the toxic time treadmill, pause -- take a deep breath -- and listen to this episode. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Will you regret not going after this idea or goal in 10 years?  That's a big question to ask yourself when you're making a decision, and we're going to dive into it today. This is called the 10-year test, and on today's Wisdom Wednesday, Marie Forleo is sharing the power of this test and how you can use it in your own life and business.

After 2 years of being almost radio silent on TikTok, I’m giving it another go If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that being in front of the camera has always been a challenge for me. It feels like there’s so much pressure to be ‘on,’ and being the perfectionist that I am, I often struggle being 100% satisfied with the content I record. So imagine how I felt in 2020 when TikTok absolutely exploded in the United States.  Yes, I was excited to have a new platform that offered a HUGE opportunity to grow and nurture an audience. And yes, I was also loving the fun, fresh and exciting content. But… I’ve got to be honest. It just wasn’t a place that I wanted to show up -- literally and figuratively -- for a multitude of reasons. I can probably count on one hand the number of TikToks I’ve made over the past two years.  Fast forward to today, and I’ve recommitted myself to the social media platform that has taken the world by storm -- and the good news is, I’m in a much better place this time around. But here’s the thing. I’m going to do TikTok my way because a) it has to work with my life, and b) if you commit to showing up, you’ve got to show up authentically if you want an audience that sticks with you for the long haul. In other words, you won’t see me dancing -- but you WILL see a more casual, less ‘prepared’ version of me. ;)  I hope that by listening to this episode, you’ll be encouraged to do something that might scare you a little bit, but also excites you. Like I always say, getting outside of your comfort zone and doing something different is absolutely key if you want to grow your business. So if you’re in need of a little nudge, tune into this episode (and be sure to check me out on TikTok!) P.S. I’m giving away a FREE set of Airpods, so if you’re in the market for some fresh new ear gear, stay tuned until the very end to hear how to enter. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A pharmacist turned entrepreneur shares her journey to ditching the golden handcuffs If you have a 9 to 5 and you’ve been thinking about leaving it to start your own business, chances are you have some fear around taking the leap -- especially if you are in a profession that compensates you well, financially or otherwise. I can totally relate to that, because just over 13 years ago I was in a similar place. I was working full-time for Tony Robbins, in a position that so many people would have loved to have. I had a great salary, benefits, and the opportunity to travel the world.  From the outside looking in, my job looked like a dream -- but I was tired of working long hours and time away from my loved ones, being stressed about someone else’s business, and I knew there was much more out there for me as a business owner.  Once I made the decision to do my own thing, I quit my job and never looked back -- but in all honesty, arriving at that point wasn’t easy.  Employers often make jobs really hard to leave, especially if you are highly paid, or work for a company that offers really great perks – like yoga classes throughout the day or heck, I’ve even heard of some offices that have a beer tap in the break room.  These are all really great things, but what these businesses don’t offer is freedom. They’ve got you locked in golden handcuffs, and they’ve got the key. In this interview, I talk to my student, Rachel Gainsbrugh, who built up the courage to ditch her cushy job as a pharmacist to pursue her dream of being an entrepreneur.  And guess what? She made over $40,000 in her very first launch, and went on to 3X her pharmacist salary. Yes, you read that right. She tripled her salary after she left her pharmacist career.  So if you’re afraid of giving up the golden handcuffs, tune in to this episode because Rachel’s story is a very inspiring one. In it, you’ll hear: Rachel’s advice on how to make the leap into entrepreneurship A breakdown of her first launch that generated $41,000  The unique launch strategies she used that I think are sheer genius The hard lessons she’s learned along the way Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This little clip of advice is such an important part of being an entrepreneur. When I started almost 14 years ago, doing this changed how quickly I found success -- not to mention it helped me to avoid tons of headaches.  Tune in to find out this priceless tidbit of advice so that you can start using this as an entrepreneur, as well.

What scares you AND lights you up is the key to rapid progress Is there something that scares you a little bit, but also lights you up when you think about doing it?  Maybe the thought of leaving your 9 to 5 J.O.B. to pursue your side hustle full time or doing your first Instagram Live gives you the butterflies, but every time the idea pops into your mind you think, “Man, this could change my whole world!”  I’m going to tell you something that I’ve learned over the past 13 years of being a business owner: Those butterflies in your stomach are a loud and clear message to shake things up a bit and do something different -- or DSD, as my friend says.  DSD isn’t always comfortable -- because let’s be real -- it usually requires you to step outside of your comfort zone. But let me tell you, sweet friend, the biggest moments of growth are the ones where I’ve decided to DSD. My business, and my life in general, would be nowhere near where they are today without these leaps of faith, whether they’ve been really big or very small. Yes, it can be a little scary, and it’s not always easy. But I promise you that it’s totally worth it.  In this episode, I share some of the life-changing, blind leap-of-faith, DSD moments that have made a major impact on my life and business, and some ways that you can shake things up, too. Enjoy!  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A digital course doesn’t have to be your one and only offer I’m sure you’ve probably heard the proverb ‘There are many paths to the top of the mountain, but the view is always the same.’ I hate to get all cheesy on you, but it’s true -- especially when it comes to your business. There are endless ways you can go about creating the business of your dreams, and having a digital course as the core driver is just one of them.  I know, I know, you’re probably thinking ‘But Amy, you are always talking about how having a digital course as your primary offer is the simplest way to run a business’ -- and I wholeheartedly believe that. But hear me out. A digital course can be a big part or a small part of your business. For me, it’s a big part because I discovered early on that this approach offers me the flexibility that I want and need in my life…  … But it’s not the only way. In fact, having a digital course as one of your offers -- not your only offer -- can be incredibly lucrative.  In this episode, you’ll hear real-life audio clips from a few of my students who have made digital courses a small part of their business. They shed light on how they’ve made digital courses work within their business, and all the things they’ve learned along the way. Plus, I kick it off with the many benefits of offering a digital course, regardless of your approach.  So if you’ve ever thought that having a digital course won’t work with your business, I urge you to listen to this episode -- because I promise you, it’s possible -- and it’s a strategy that will only help you grow. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Welcome back to another Wisdom Wednesday episode! In this episode, you’ll learn a simple strategy you can use throughout your website to grow your email list significantly. This strategy brings in thousands of new subscribers for me each month. I love this easy strategy, and you can use it whether you're just starting out or you've had your business for years.  I'll give you all the details on this email growth strategy and how to do it the right way!

When you feel like a total failure, these 4 strategies will get you back on track If you’re a living, breathing human being, then I’d hedge a bet that there have been times where you’ve doubted yourself and your capabilities as an entrepreneur. In fact, you’ve probably even wondered, ‘Am I even cut out for this?’ Believe me, sweet friend -- I’ve been there. One minute you're on top of the world and feeling as confident can be, and the next you’re questioning everything and feeling like a total failure. Maybe you sent an email to your list with an incorrect link, missing a huge sales opportunity (been there!). Or maybe you saw a competitor on social media absolutely crush their launch and you start to compare yourself to them, which is never a good thing (also been there).  As business owners, there are so many different triggers that can immediately launch us into feelings of inadequacy -- so what are we supposed to do when our self-worth feels like it’s just been trampled by a herd of elephants?  Over the years, I’ve come up with a handful of ways to get back on track when I start to doubt myself, and I’m sharing them in this episode. You’ll hear:  The strategy I use to make positive thinking a practice How to refresh your mindset and restore your belief in yourself The books I always come back to that remind me of my self-worth Ways you can lean into your community for support This is a great episode to listen to, regardless of where you are in your business journey.  Happy listening! Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:27] Give equal airtime to positive thinking. Don't beat yourself up, but if you do give just as much time to positive thoughts.  [05:03] Take a trip down memory lane. Take a pen and paper and write down things that you've accomplished in the last year or the last five years. This refreshes your memory and illustrates how you've stuck with something or accomplished something. [06:50] Read or listen to something that's inspiring. Getting inspired every single day will get you to the place you need to be in. Keep a go to inspiration folder.  [09:06] I want you to brag! It's so important to surround yourself with a community of like-minded people. Have a place where you can share your wins with people who will actually understand your level of accomplishment. [11:18] You are worth it. You are important. It's important that you get your message out into the world. On the days that you're not feeling it, try some of these methods. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

When you make a BIG mistake, pull up your bootstraps, get scrappy, and use it as a learning experience Have you ever made a careless mistake in your business that could have potentially been catastrophic? I know I have. In fact, back in my Tony Robbins days I accidentally canceled a Masterclass the night before it was supposed to start. I was absolutely mortified, angry at myself, and had no idea how to recover from it. But here’s the thing that I couldn’t see at the time: Making big mistakes, like the one I made years ago, are bound to happen -- no matter how careful and cautious you think you’re being. You’ve just gotta pull yourself up by the bootstraps, get a little scrappy, and use the experience as a learning opportunity.  That’s what my guest on this episode (and DCA student!), Isobel Anderson, did when she deleted her entire email list three months before her launch.  Some business owners would absolutely crumble if this happened to them, but Isobel did the exact opposite.  Instead of getting down on herself and giving up, she flexed her entrepreneurial mindset muscles by asking, “How can this be good?” -- and guess what? She went on to rebuild her email list to twice its original size.  Yes, you read that right.  In this episode, Isobel shares her story of how she used the experience of deleting her email list to better herself as an entrepreneur, plus exactly what she did to double the size of her list. She also shares: Her experience with adding tiers to a launch -- the good, the bad and the ugly How adding Live coaching to her latest launch proved to be incredibly lucrative What she plans to do next in order to take her business to the next level This is a great listen for anyone, regardless of where you are in your business -- and I know you’ll find Isobel as inspiring as I do. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

"Your habits are the compound interest of self-improvement."  This quote comes from my guest in this Wisdom Wednesday episode, James Clear, and it's brilliant. To this day, this episode is one of my most popular episodes -- and this little clip from it provides an impactful punch. Get ready to hear how improving just 1% each day can significantly change your life.

Shiny object syndrome has the potential to devastate your business Shiny object syndrome is a real thing, and you’d better believe that it can throw you off course in ways that are devastating to your business and everything you’ve been working towards. I don’t mean to sound harsh, but it's the cold, hard truth. If you are constantly going after the ‘next best thing’ then you are wasting time, energy and focus on something that might not be in alignment with your business goals. Now, don’t get me wrong. It’s super easy to get distracted by new ways of making money that are fun and exciting, especially if they’re something you could do with your eyes closed. I’ve been there, believe me.  But what I know from my own experience in creating a multi-million dollar digital business is that time, focus, and a willingness to play the long game are absolutely essential if you are serious about achieving your long-term goals (more on the importance of playing the long game in this episode).  In other words, don’t change lanes before the magic happens. Now, I’m not discouraging you from considering new opportunities. But what I do encourage is for you to be discerning about them.  In fact, there are a series of questions that I ask myself every time something shiny and new comes my way that help me determine if it’s going to be something that supports growth in my business, or hurts it -- and I share them in this episode. I also talk a bit about when you should consider changing lanes, and go in another direction.  Are you ready? If so, pop in your earbuds, and tune in! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:11] Going for something you know you'll crush it and because it’s in your comfort zone is playing small. In your heart, you know you should keep your head down and keep creating what you are creating at the moment. [05:26] We can't only do things in our business that we are inherently good at. You don't stretch yourself if you are only doing things that come second nature to you. [06:29] Whenever you make a decision about something that doesn't align with where your goals are, stop yourself and do a gut check. [08:27] Your income will increase each time you launch your course, and you'll end up making more than you could have made from that distracting opportunity. [10:45] Being uncomfortable and continuing to move forward anyway is when the magic happens. [11:41] When you stay in your lane and you start to be known for something, you'll come to a point where all of a sudden it will feel like you're in the flow. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Growing your side-hustle while working full-time is easier than you might think Does the thought of building your own business while working your 9 to 5 job absolutely overwhelm you? If so, I can guarantee that you’re not alone.  I felt the same way when I realized that I wanted to start my own business. At the time I was working for Tony Robbins, and I remember thinking, ‘I want this more than anything -- but how on Earth am I going to do it?’ But here’s the good news -- it’s possible, and doing both doesn’t have to feel defeating. While growing your side-hustle while also working full-time is definitely a commitment, pulling it off is more possible than you think. It’s true, sweet friend -- and I have proof. In this episode, you’ll hear about a handful of my own students who have successfully juggled having a full-time job and growing their business at the same time, and exactly how they’ve made it happen. And here’s the really good news. I also share a 4-step framework that you can use to lay a solid foundation for your online business, and I promise – it’s simple, completely manageable, and doesn’t require a ton of your time. Sounds pretty great, right? So if you are in the throes of cubicle life and are on the fence about getting your side-hustle started, this one is for you. Grab your journal, go someplace free of distractions, and listen closely -- because this episode is sure to set you up for success. Here’s a glance at this episode... [08:11] Step 1: Schedule your tiger time! You need a system that makes time to drive your business forward. This is the part of the day that you fiercely protect like a tiger. [12:51] William is a full-time elementary teacher and a biblical parenting coach. He worked through DCA and launched his first course. His client list is growing, and he's also a speaker all while teaching full time. You can create your dream business while working and being present with your family. [14:18] Step 2: Create a lead magnet and set up your ESP or email service provider. This is a platform that houses your email list with tools and resources.  [17:40] Roberta created her side-hustle while being a full-time corporate launch manager. She struggled with time issues and worked on her launches in fifteen-minute time blocks. She's been massively successful and shows why it's so important to get clear on your tiger time. [20:14] Step 3: Put together an offer. You need the time to put together the offer, set up your ESP, and create your lead magnet. You can do this by setting aside tiger time.  [21:29] Offers that might work well include a guide or PDF workbook, a limited one-on-one or group coaching offer, or a lower ticket challenge. [27:11] Brooke does bookkeeping and owns and operates a local business called The Welcome Basket. After DCA, she created a course to teach others to start their own welcome basket business. She also offers coaching. She had so much going on, she had to take a step back and put courses on evergreen where they still earn for her. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Just like you, your landing page is a big deal. And when it isn’t converting… it’s just the pits. Can I get an amen? Luckily, there are a few minor adjustments that you can make to your existing landing page that will have it converting like hotcakes before you know it! One very important aspect is how your landing page copy is written and presented. In this episode, I'm sharing how to find the sweet spot for enticing landing page copy.  Get these dialed in, and you, my friend, are in for a landing page conversion treat.

How to put a fresh new spin on your core content Do you ever feel like a broken record? Like you’re saying the same thing over, and over, and over again?  I know I sure do, and I have to constantly remind myself that even though it feels like I’m not adding anything new to the conversation, I actually am -- and that’s because only a small portion of my audience hears the content that I’m putting out there at a single time.  Just to put things into perspective, the average Instagram story view rate is between 2.5% and 5.4% -- which is exactly the reason why you need to repeat your message several times.  Not to mention, I’m a firm believer in something that my old boss, Tony Robbins, always says, and that’s “repetition is the mother of all skill” -- meaning you have to hear something or do something consistently in order to master it. So even if your audience is hearing your message multiple times, that’s actually great, because that’s when they’ll truly start to grasp it. Even though it’s extremely important to repeat your message, that doesn’t mean that you have to be telling the same stories, or teaching your content in the same way.  No, sweet friend. Change it up! Give your content a refresh from time to time to keep things interesting and exciting -- a mini-makeover, if you will. I know, you’re probably thinking, “Ok Amy, that all sounds great, but how the heck do I do that? Creating content is hard enough as it is.” And that’s exactly what you’re about to hear. In this episode, I share what I do to get myself thinking creatively and put a new spin on the same message that I’ve been preaching from the rooftops since 2009. I promise all it takes is using your brain in new ways to get the ball rolling. So if you feel like your content is getting stale and you’re ready to change it up while staying true to your message, tune into this episode and take some notes! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:35] Lately I've been feeling like I've been saying the same things over and over again. I start to wonder if I'm adding anything new or worth listening to? [05:19] I believe it's always important to stay new and current in your business, but my friend Stu McLaren says that "if you're not repeating yourself and sharing the same things over and over again, you're not saying it enough." [05:56] When we say something we think our entire audience hears it. The truth is even if we're lucky maybe a quarter of our audience will hear it or see it. [08:01] We need to put our message out there several times. If we're tired of telling the same stories, we need to dig deeper and find some new stories that drill the same message home. [10:09] Whenever you have a content block, remember that all of the content that you've already done can be repurposed.  [11:39] Expand your mind and content ideas will flow. Read books and listen to new podcasts. Fuel your brain every day and learn something new.  [12:34] If you have a content block, go back to your old content or fuel your brain with new ideas. [13:52] How are you going to expand your mind? What sounds like fun? What sounds interesting and doable? Once you're clear on that add it to your goals for this quarter. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This formula has put the epic battle between live launching and evergreen to bed once and for all If you have a course or product that you’re ready to launch, you might be wondering which is better: Live launching or evergreen?  You’ve probably heard pros and cons about both of them -- Live launching is more lucrative but far more involved, while evergreen may be slightly less of a money-maker but allows you to put your product sales on autopilot and do whatever your little heart desires. (Please note that I’m very aware this isn’t always the case but for many of my students, it has been.)  It’s quite the conundrum, isn’t it? But here’s the good news. After 13 years in the launch game, I have developed a business model that has given me the best of both worlds and put the epic battle between Live launching and Evergreen to bed once and for all.  It won’t run you into the ground, offers longevity, scales well, and gives you multiple streams of revenue. Most importantly, it offers you flexibility as an entrepreneur -- which is what we’re all after, isn’t it?  In this episode, I reveal what that business model is, plus: How to have an evergreen product that actually turns a profit Examples of what I’ve seen work, and what I’ve seen work really well Conversion rate stats from my own Live launches and evergreen products How to determine what products should be evergreen, and what should be offered on a Live launch So if you’re an entrepreneur who is still trying to get your business to a place where you can leave your full-time job, support your family, or offer you more flexibility, I encourage you to go someplace quiet and listen closely to this episode -- because it might just change the course of your business for the better. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:33] The best way to build a successful evergreen product is by perfecting it through live launching first! [06:56] If you skip the live webinars and move right into evergreen, you're leaving money on the table. Hosting live webinars allows you to become a highly skilled marketer in your business.  [08:42] There will come a time when you are ready to graduate to evergreen.  [10:28] My students, Annie Chang and her sister discovered through a live launch what her students actually wanted in an evergreen product. They also launched a successful membership program. Her live launches convert at double of her evergreen. [13:45] My DCA live launch conversion rate is 9%. My List Builders Society is around 5% to 6%.  [15:45] Once you are happy with your results, ask if it would make sense to launch your product at evergreen.  [17:32] When your live launch alongside your audience, you get to see their insecurities, questions, and objections in real time. [26:47] Guidelines: 1. Focus on one product at a time. 2. Spend time working on conversion before moving to evergreen. 3. Live launching > Evergreen > What's my next live launch offer. Repeat live launching until it's time to move to evergreen. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This week, you're hearing from my favorite Instagram expert, dear friend, and fan favorite, Jasmine Star! In this quick episode, she shares a couple of POWERFUL Instagram email growth strategies that are so easy that you could implement them starting today! That's right! You're going to gain new email growth strategies in just a few minutes.  Dive on in and get started growing your email list using social media. To check out the full episode, head to Episode 316: How To Grow Your Email List Using Social Media.

What research says about “trusting your gut” and how women’s brains are optimized for rapid intuitive decision-making As a business owner, you know just how many tough decisions you are faced with each and every day. It can be exhausting, confusing, and stressful -- especially when you’ve got some skin in the game.  I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again -- the ability to make quick and confident decisions is key in business. It’s certainly not easy, but it’s a very important skill to master if you want to live up to your potential as an entrepreneur.  Luckily, there are a million different techniques you can use to help you become a better decision-maker, from SWOT diagrams, to mind maps and other analysis tools. But here’s the thing -- it doesn’t have to be that complicated. In fact, there’s a very simple tool you can use to make tough decisions that’s an excellent alternative to painstaking fact gathering and analysis -- and that’s leaning on your intuition. I know, I know. That sounds a little woo-woo. But your intuition is a very real thing, and it’s scientifically proven.  Don’t believe me? Listen to the episode to find out what researchers say about “trusting your gut” and how women’s brains are actually optimized for rapid intuitive decision-making. You’ll also hear: How to be more aware of your intuition and what it’s telling you The difference between a ‘gut feeling’ and fear Why your gut is referred to as your ‘second brain’ by scientists The exact process I use when I am faced with a tough decision So if you’re on the fence about listening to this episode, trust your gut and give it a go -- I promise, if you struggle with decisions, you’ll thank me later. Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:12] How do you make the right decision when the answer isn't always easy? 1. Lean in to your intuition. Intuition is that sense of knowing with the right decision actually is before you even make it.  [05:23] Women's brains are optimized for rabid intuitive decision-making. We can combine our logical mind and intuition.  [06:22] Pay attention to your gut. There are neurotransmitters inside your stomach firing up. Scientists refer to our gut as our second brain.  [07:02] Turn inward. Do a mediation exercise and then journal about it. Make the decision, then pay attention to how you feel and the thoughts that come up. [09:13] If you make a decision, and things don't work out as planned, you get to choose a different path. Don't beat yourself up, just leave the option of choosing a different path open. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

I’m living proof that a Live launch can be done without running yourself into the ground I’m sure you’ve heard the recent Live Launches vs. Evergreen debate on social media recently. And if you haven’t heard, here’s the TLDR version: people claim Live launching is a thing of the past, and Evergreen is the way to go. Yes, Live launches can be exhausting, and yes, they do require a lot of preparation. But they are also incredibly powerful, and can bring you an out-of-this-world return on investment if you do them right. Believe me, I understand the argument. Over the past 13 years I’ve had more than my fair share of Live launches that have completely run me into the ground. It’s no fun, and I would not wish that upon anyone.  But here’s the thing -- it doesn’t have to be that way, and I assure you that there’s a beautiful way for Live launches and an evergreen offer to coexist in your business that brings you a ton of flexibility, freedom, and so much more.  I know, I know. You're probably wondering how on God’s great Earth it’s possible to emerge from a Live launch feeling like a million bucks, and I’ll give you a clue: It’s all about being intentional. Yes, sweet friend. There are specific things you can do to ensure that you are prioritizing your mental and emotional well-being, and also executing a flawless launch.  So in response to the anti-Live launch chatter on social media, I’ve come up with a Live Launch Wellness Checklist that you can use to keep yourself in check and make sure that you’re taking care of yourself before, during and after your Live launch. I promise, when you show up for yourself first, you’ll fall in love with your business structure AND fall in love with Live launching. Happy listening! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

In this short Wisdom Wednesday episode, I'm sharing three valuable questions to get clarity around if you want to create and offer a profitable lead magnet.  I don't care if you're 5 days into being an entrepreneur, or 5 years, these questions are timeless and will help you create crowd-pleasing lead magnets over and over again.  To listen to the original audio that this clip comes from, check out Episode 271: How to Create a Profit-Driven Lead Magnet to Boost Sales.

Newsflash: Success is not measurable, nor is it an end destination Let’s face it -- we live in a culture that is obsessed with success. Now, that’s not necessarily a bad thing, because as business owners, the desire to be successful is what drives us to learn, to take risks, and grow, right? But when we define success solely by how much money we have in the bank, how many degrees we have hanging on the wall, or how many followers we have on social media, then “success” is impossible to achieve because we are culturally programmed to want more, and more, and more.  There’s a quote I love from John D. Rockefeller, America’s first billionaire, that says “If your only goal is to become rich, you will never achieve it.” And that couldn’t be more true. That’s why it is incredibly important to define what success means to you beyond what is visible for everyone to see -- and when you do, you’ll be so much more fulfilled as a business owner, and as a human being.  I get it -- it’s easy to get caught up in money and fame. But I’m here to tell you, sweet friend, that success is not measurable, nor is it an end destination. I can guarantee that when you define success according to your values, you will find more joy in life than you ever could have imagined -- I know I have! In this episode, I share my journey of defining success on my own terms, and how it has greatly impacted my life. I also share some different ways that you can go about defining success that you probably have never considered.I promise, after listening to this episode, you will feel -- and truly believe -- that you are incredibly successful. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The simple strategy that earns this busy mom $100K per month, and counting If you ever thought creating a thriving digital course while having young children was impossible, my guest today -- Jessica Berk – will prove you wrong. She’s a mom to two beautiful young girls, and the owner of a wildly successful online business, Awesome Little Sleepers. What’s so impressive about Jessica is that she was able to take a pain point of hers -- having a toddler who was protesting sleep at night -- and turn it into a digital product that has helped thousands of parents all over the country get their children to sleep easily, and stay sleeping throughout the night.  Now, here’s the kicker. Jessica made $200,000 in her first year of business, and continues to make around $100,000 per month to this day. Yes, sweet friend, you read that right -- and I’m here to tell you that it’s possible for you, too.  In this episode, Jessica shares her story of how Awesome Little Sleepers came to be, and what she’s done to earn her incredible success, including:  How she knew it was time to go from one-on-one coaching to creating a digital course The strategy behind her first launch and what made it so successful What she’s done to grow her email list and the one thing that’s made the most impact How she’s managed to find her flow -- being a mom, running a household, and building a business -- at the same time Jessica is truly an inspiration, and I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What happens when you leave your 9 to 5, pursue your passion, and create one of the most downloaded podcasts in history If you’ve ever listened to the podcast Crime Junkie, you know just how addictive it is. The suspense, combined with the gripping yet straightforward storytelling makes it one of the most enthralling podcasts out there. I, for one, am a loyal listener, and a self-declared Crime Junkie. But perhaps what’s most impressive about Crime Junkie is its host, Ashley Flowers, who launched the podcast in 2017 while working a super 9 to 5 job. Since its debut, Crime Junkie has remained at the top of the charts and gets 9 million downloads a month. Yes, you read that right – 9 MILLION!  So how did Ashley do it? How did she make the decision to leave her cushy corporate job, invest in her side hustle, and take the leap into entrepreneurship? And how on God’s good Earth did she grow it so quickly? In this episode, you’ll find out. Yes, sweet friend, Ashley is revealing her own story on how she went from a corporate job to becoming a highly successful digital entrepreneur at the helm of an entire podcast network.  This was a really fun and informative conversation, and in it, Ashley shares: How she took the leap from working a full time job to pursuing her passion  A behind-the-scenes look at her work-week, and how she manages it all Her best tips on how to grip listeners with a good story The inspiration behind her first book, and her book-writing process So get comfy, pop in those earbuds and get ready to hear Ashley Flowers like you’ve never heard her before. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

In this short and sweet Wisdom Wednesday, I pulled a clip from an interview I did with TikTok expert, Elise Dharma! I love this advice because she shares three easy and strategic ways to gain your first 1,000 TikTok followers. Or, if you already have some followers, these strategies are great for getting a quick boost. She also shares how to turn those TikTok followers into customers!  You can listen to the entire interview by heading here: Episode 315: 5 Ways To Use TikTok To Reach More Customers (No Dancing Required) with Elise Darma

I only wish someone would have told me these things 13 years ago If you’re a human on planet Earth, then there have probably been a million times that you have said, “If only I knew then what I know now, I would have ____________.” Yes, sweet friend. Hindsight is 20/20, and it’s always so much easier to analyze and evaluate situations when you’re looking back on them in the past, than when you’re in the present moment.  It’s also easy to look back and blame yourself for any “mistakes” that you made, but the thing is, you were making the best decision you could based on the limited knowledge you had at the time.  I mean, let’s be real -- I think we all thought that overplucking our eyebrows in the early 2000s was a great idea, but here we are in 2022 spending a small fortune on trying to get those big, beautiful brows back that we once had.  All jokes aside, in this episode I’m sharing the three biggest things I wish I would have known early on -- things that would have given me a ton of momentum in my business and that would have made an impact on what it looks like today.  I’m also going to share a couple of things I did do that really moved the needle. Things that I hope you consider doing, too. As you know, it’s my goal to share my own experiences with you -- both good and bad -- so you can learn from them and create the digital business of your dreams.  So if you’re ready, pop in those earbuds and tune in! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:40] Create regular and consistent content. I struggled and procrastinated with writing blog posts. I didn't hone in on my content system until I started my podcast in 2013. My profits tripled once I started producing regular content.  [09:01] I wish I would have made a quick cash injection while I was formulating and working on my long-term revenue goals. Digital courses were my long game. I should have had a simple offer on the table while building up to my course.  [11:53] I wish I wouldn't have said YES to everything. I needed to push myself, but I really needed to be more discerning from the get-go. Focus on what makes sense to you, your business, and your long-term goals. [16:32] Early on, I followed a step-by-step framework. For me, that was Marie Forleo's B-School. Digital Course Academy is also a step-by-step framework. [17:57] Surround yourself with a community of like-minded entrepreneurs. I surround myself with a great peer group through a mastermind. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why curiosity helps mitigate the fears that come along with entrepreneurship Fear can be an excellent motivator in business, but it can also completely consume you -- if you let it. Unfortunately, all too many entrepreneurs fall victim to their own fears and as a result, become completely overwhelmed.  If you can relate to this, then read on, sweet friend, because my guest on today’s episode (and former student!), Calan Breckon, has a really beautiful approach to business – and that’s through curiosity, not fear. Calan is a Business Coach & Consultant, writer, educator and podcast co-host of Gay Men Going Deeper.  His business is thriving -- but it hasn’t always been that way. In fact, it took a lot of curiosity, exploration, and a failed launch for Calan to land on a direction for his business that truly lit him up. But by staying curious and asking himself some really difficult questions, he was able to create the digital business of his dreams.  Today, Calan teaches clients all over the world profitable action steps for creating a successful online business while also building a solid mental foundation -- something that is incredibly important.  In this episode, Calan opens up about his own journey, and how being curious can help alleviate some of the fears that come along with entrepreneurship. You will also hear:  Calan’s step-by-step exercise on how to identify your 3 core values  How to create a business that is in alignment with your core values Why personal development is so important as an entrepreneur What it looks like to evolve as an entrepreneur (and why it’s okay to do so) Plus, so much more. So if you’re ready to move from fear to curiosity, grab a pen and paper and get ready to identify your core values! Here’s a glance at this episode... [12:47] Your business grows at the rate that you are personally growing. You can never outperform your self-image and what you believe about yourself. [16:09] Calan defaulted to the things he loved in his business. He loves tech and brought all of those aspects to their new business. His colleagues prefer doing the forward-facing stuff. [18:31] Through his journey of curiosity Calan discovered what really lights him up and that's getting on calls and helping people.  [22:54] In every relationship communication is key. There needs to be an ability to have those difficult conversations and integrate your business with your core values. [28:39] Calan’s process for identifying your core values or the things that you feel are the most important in relation to how you live your life.  [31:23] Get a pen and paper and identify the following: a time in your life when you were happiest both personally and professionally, a time in your life when you were the most proud personally and professionally, times when you felt the most fulfilled and satisfied. [33:02] Make a list of your top 10 core values and compare them to one another. Once you discover your top core values use them as guideposts for making decisions in your life. [41:10] It's also important to take a step back and analyze what is working and what's not working and why it may not be working. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Welcome to my first Wisdom Wednesday Episode! Each week, I’ll be bringing you a short five to ten minute episode with some of my favorite bits of wisdom that have been shared on Online Marketing Made Easy in the past.  With over 500 episodes, it’s easy to forget or recall strategies or mindset shifts you’ve learned along the way.  Some clips will be from solo episodes… and others will be from interviews I’ve done. But they’ll both have something in common… they are invaluable tidbits of wisdom worth hearing over and over again.  This week, I'm sharing one of my favorite content tips for course creators! We're also talking about the power of repetition and free content versus paid content.  Wanna listen to the entire episode that this clip was pulled from? You can check it out here: Episode #297: Grow Your Business & Revenue: 6 MUST DO Action Items to Make Magic Between Launches Enjoy six minutes of a knowledge packed episode!

Spoiler alert: You cannot win a game you do not play Do you ever think back to when you were a kid playing sports, and what you felt like as you stood on the sidelines of the soccer field, or the ice skating rink, or basketball court?  For me, it was cheerleading.  If you were anything like me, you were probably a little bit nervous (ok… let’s be real -- a lot nervous). Your palms were sweaty, you felt your heart beating through your chest, and even though you had been practicing for weeks, you were afraid to get out there. All of a sudden your coach looks at you and says, “Go.” She gives you a nudge, and just like that, game on – it’s go time.   And somehow, once you’re in motion all your fear disappears. All of that nervous energy turns into adrenaline and you think to yourself, “I’ve got this.”  You feel incredible because you’re doing it, and you didn’t think you could.  Now, you’re probably wondering why I’m sharing sports analogies with you, and I’ll tell you, sweet friend -- it’s because if you want to be successful as an entrepreneur, you have to be able to get in the game, get into motion without hesitation.  You have to be willing to take calculated risks, willing to fail, and willing to put yourself out there without feeling 100% ready. If I’ve learned one thing over the years, it’s that there’s power in being in the game, even if it’s imperfect.  In this episode, you’ll hear about a recent experience where my own ability to take a calculated risk was put to the test. Yes, it was uncomfortable… and yes, I was afraid I was going to embarrass myself. But I did it, and let me tell you, it was totally worth it. So if you’re ready to hear what it is, grab your favorite iced beverage, turn up the volume, and tune in. And I promise, no more sports analogies. ;) Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:25] You know that being an entrepreneur is so much more than owning a business or multiple businesses. Managing your mindset can be more difficult than any of the other tasks that we do. [03:10] Failure only gives you the opportunity to grow. It's hard to get in this frame of mind, when things aren't going well, but remind yourself that you're learning and growing.  [04:31] Hobie and I bought an NFT. When the auction happened, I realized that I didn't know what I needed until I got in the game and tried it.  [06:53] That night, I realized that I learned five things that I never would have learned by reading books or watching videos, or asking questions. I had to get off the sidelines and get into action! [10:42] You do not know what you need to know until you get in the game. Where are you standing on the sidelines? There's a point where you need to cut bait and get in the game. [14:21] If you're struggling in an area or chasing a goal or chasing a dream, and you're clear on what you want, then where do you need to get in the game now? [16:25] Remember, no time is going to be perfect. Getting in the game will be the best education that you could possibly imagine. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn how to be intentional with how you organize and spend your time If I could make a wild guess, I’d say that ‘entrepreneur’ is just one of the many hats that you wear. In fact, you probably have a laundry list of roles that you fill on a day-to-day basis -- mother, father, wife, husband, fur-parent, housekeeper, chef, chauffeur, personal shopper, gardener, accountant -- the list goes on.  And with all that you’ve got going on in your life, I’m sure you’ve probably wondered, “How the heck do I keep up with everything and have a successful business?” Sweet friend, if I had a dollar every time I asked myself that question, I’d be quite rich. And when I do, I remind myself that I don’t have to hustle through it all. Life is so much more fulfilling when you have more white space, more quiet time with loved ones, and more time for yourself.  But like many things, that’s easier said than done. In order to achieve that sort of balance, you have to be intentional with how you organize and spend your time – and my guest on this episode is an expert when it comes to doing that.  Her name is Shunta Grant, and she’s on a mission to help women live lives of intention, leading with self-awareness and self-love. Sounds pretty great, right?  I loved this conversation with Shunta because I learned so much about how I can set habits and routines that compliment my life, and I won’t lie – her philosophy is a bit different from many others in this space. So if you’re ready to stop going through the motions and start living in the present, tune in to hear:  The difference between being productive and being efficient Strategies on how to balance being an entrepreneur and a parent without falling victim to the hustle mentality How to create a routine that connects you to who you are and what you want The philosophy behind her brand, Best Today Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:33] Shunta began her career as an attorney. She realized that she wanted to create resources that plan humanity first, as opposed to doing and doing. [07:50] Everything they do is built on the four principles of proaction, intentionality, self-awareness, and self-love. We need all four to live an intentional life and grow an intentional business. [11:03] If you're clear on who you are and what you want, you will produce the things you want. Slow down and make sure the destination is the place where you want to be. [13:22] Who are you? What do you want? Sit down and write out the answers to these questions and give yourself the freedom to dream. [19:06] It's okay to throw the idea of balance out the window. Ask yourself what you really want? Honor the season that you are in. It's a container, not a restriction. Caring for children is a season.  [24:06] 1. Honor the season you are in. 2. Stop comparing. 3. Take the time to prune those things that aren't feeding what's the most important. [30:00] We all have routines, they just may not all be healthy. We need to create healthy routines, so that when we feel triggers we know what positive action we'll take. [35:03] A lot of people don't believe they are worthy to live an intentional life. You are worthy of the effort it takes to live an intentional life. You were born worthy. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How time blocking has transformed my life, my business and my stress levels Close your eyes and imagine this super dreamy scenario: You wake up in the morning excited for the workday, and are crystal clear on what you have to accomplish. You feel 100% prepared because you know exactly what’s expected of you. You have all of the information you need to be successful at your fingertips. You cruise through each task effortlessly, and even have time to take several breaks. You end the day feeling productive, successful, and not the least bit overwhelmed. This is not some sort of weird alternate universe. In fact, this exact workday is easily achievable, and I know that because I live and breathe it every. single. day.  Yes, sweet friend. I have developed a very specific formula for structuring my workdays, and time blocking is a big part of it. It helps me stay clear and focused on what my outcomes are, and knock out my task list without context switching.  Let me tell you, this little formula of mine has helped me immensely in my business, and I am so excited to share it with you. In this episode, you’ll hear: What time blocking is and why it’s been a game changer for my business The specific tools I use to block out my days, and how I go about it step-by-step How I’m able to take multiple breaks a day and still be productive How I use the Full Focus Planner alongside technology to stay on track So if you’re ready to transform your work days for the better, pop in those earbuds and give this episode a listen. I promise, you’ll thank me. Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:38] There's an art and a science to how I block my time. It took me a few years to nail it down, but now I have a very specific formula to help me stay on track. [03:30] Time blocking is crucial to my business, because it helps me get really clear about the action items I'm going to be doing that day. [04:14] It all starts with Google Calendar and my project management tool Asana. You can even use it if you have a one-man or one-woman show.  [10:52] I also use my Full Focus planner to get the most out of my time blocks. I use it to identify my top three priorities for the day. Come rain or shine, these three things get done! [13:27] Recap: Schedule time blocks along with non-negotiables. Time blocks are assigned to me in Asana with more specifics. I write down my three priorities for the next day. If something doesn't get done, we reschedule. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Use these tried and true strategies if you want to make money quickly How many times have you wanted to invest in yourself or in your business but you didn’t have the extra cash on hand to make it happen?  Maybe you really wanted to learn how to create, launch and sell your digital course by taking Digital Course Academy, or finally hire that virtual assistant that you so desperately need.  There’s nothing worse than having a resource at your fingertips (that you know will help take you to the next level) but not being able to spend money on it -- because let’s be real, life is pretty darn expensive.  I get it, I’ve been there… many times. And that’s why I’m so excited to share five different strategies you can use for a quick cash injection into your business.  Sweet friend, I only wish I would have had these in my back pocket when I first got started and was super strapped for cash, because they’re just that good. And best of all, they’re really easy to implement. So if you’re ready to learn how you can easily make a quick buck (or thousands) and provide value to your audience, then grab a notepad and tune into this episode that will certainly be a game changer for you and your business.  Enjoy this step-by-step episode! Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:47] 1. Offer limited online or in-person one-on-one sessions. You have knowledge and know-how in a specific area, and other people would love to learn from you.  [11:33] 2. Offer limited group coaching spots. Follow the same steps as above but tweak some of your pricing. [13:06] 3. Audit your spending habits. Find hidden dollars and cut back a little on the pleasure spending. See how much you can save by temporarily eliminating some of your purchases.  [17:32] 4. Host a lower ticket challenge. Teach similar strategies or practices that you would teach in your group or one-on-one sessions.  [20:46] 5. Create a PDF guide or worksheet of something you already teach and you know your audience loves. Then sell this guide or worksheet for a low-cost.  [22:57] 6. Offer your insight through market research. Use legit online survey companies like Swagbucks, Survey Junkie, and User Interviews. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The unexpected gift I received from taking 5 weeks off. I just got back from a five-week-long sabbatical, and holy smokes, sweet friend — it was so much different than I thought it would be. Now, if you have been with me for a while (or listened to Sabbatical 101: How I’m Prepping for 30 Days Away From My Business), you know that taking an extended time away from my business is something that I have been wanting to do for years. It took a lot of preparation, hard work, and countless lattes — but I made it happen!  Going into it I had some expectations about how things would go. I knew that I would have the time of my life at Chloe’s wedding in Mexico and that I’d create some really great memories with my family at our new lake house. I also knew that being away from my business might cause some anxiety, but heck, that’s what skinny margs are for, right?  But something happened over the course of my sabbatical that I didn’t expect. As I got further and further away from my business, I realized A LOT about myself that I wasn’t necessarily ready to confront. There was an emotional and eye-opening component to my time away that I was not prepared for — and if you know me, you know I like to be prepared. Now, don’t get me wrong, I am SO glad that I took this sabbatical, and in the end, I walked away with a life-changing gift… … But would I do it again? You’ll just have to tune in to find out. Here’s a glance at this episode… [03:01] I just finished my five-week sabbatical! [04:47] The good: I loved spending so much time with Hobie. I went at a slower pace and took the time to really take care of myself. [07:03] The bad: It was really difficult to disconnect. After Mexico, my head started to spiral around work. I had anxiety, which was alarming to me.  [09:26] The ugly: Was that I realized that my identity was in my work. I felt restless when not checking things off of a list. I started to get FOMO.  [11:23] The flip side of identifying with my work so strongly is that I really love my work and feel great about it. I love my team, my students, and all of you listeners! [12:33] The gift: I need to explore who I am beyond my work. I need to feel loved, supported, and accomplished even if I don’t have a thriving business.  [13:17] Would I take five weeks off again. No! Five weeks is too much. I’m thinking two weeks each quarter might be more fitting for me personally. [20:09] You might wonder how I was even able to take so much time off of my business. I’ve created a program called Systems That Scale which is all about how I run my business. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts “I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.”

The must-dos to make sure your audience is ready for your digital course Imagine this scenario:  You’ve got a solid email list. You’ve built up your social media following. You’ve got an engaged audience, they’re resonating with your content, and they want more. You know that the next step would be to serve up a digital course… But here’s the thing. You don’t have a course… yet! Not only do you not have a course, you don’t even have it mapped out. This is a great problem to have -- and the good news is, you are about to learn how to bridge that gap until you have your digital course up and running.  And let me tell you, this period of time -- when you have an audience who is genuinely excited and interested in your topic -- is very important, because the last thing you want to do is lose their attention.  In this episode, you’re going to learn what you absolutely must do to make sure that you’re creating content that will set your audience up perfectly for moving into your digital course when the time comes.  You’ll also take away five tangible ways that you can stay top of mind while you work diligently behind the scenes to bring your box office digital course to life. I hope you have your listening ears on because this episode is jam packed full of my best tips and tricks -- so tune in and enjoy! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:11] Before you launch, do a 30-60 day pre launch runway to build momentum and attract a bigger audience.  [08:38] Be mindful about what you're putting out there. Find your ideal customer avatar, and create content for them that aligns with your future course.  [11:16] Ask yourself: Where is my audience now and where do they need to be? What do they need to learn? What mindset shifts do they need to make? [12:17] Strategy 1: Tell stories about how you or other people have gotten results through your process. [12:57] Strategy 2: Take them behind the scenes. People love it when you share little tidbits about your life and business. [14:55] Strategy 3: Hint to your audience that you have a program coming their way. Have conversations that help them move forward towards your course. [18:21] Strategy 4: Create a waitlist landing page and segment the emails that come in through that page. Ask your audience to sign up to get the latest news. [20:12] During your pre-launch runway, create weekly content that's aligned with your upcoming course. Email your subscribers and share a lead magnet weekly. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If you’ve ever considered writing a book, here’s what you need to know If you have been listening for the past few months, you’ve probably heard me mention that I’m writing a book. This has been a dream of mine for as long as I can remember, and with a lot of hard work and a little help from the universe, it’s happening.  I have been in full-swing book writing mode, and as a ‘first-timer,’ I’m learning a lot. It’s been quite the process, and there’s much more to it than I initially anticipated -- but let me tell you, it’s been incredibly rewarding to see this little dream of mine come to life.  Perhaps what I’m most excited about is the fact that I know this book is going to help so many women find the confidence to leave behind what’s no longer serving them, and move into what lights them up. To me, that makes all the latte-fueled early mornings worth it. And because writing a book can be a game-changer for your content marketing strategy, I figured that I would give you the full report on what my experience has been like so far. In this episode, you’ll hear:  My inspiration for writing this book, and what pushed me to make it happen What was most important to me in a publisher, and how I chose one What the book writing process has been like and the challenges I’ve had My experience working with a book editor If you’ve ever considered writing a book, you’re definitely going to want to check out this episode -- so grab your pen and paper, and tune in! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:09] The inspiration for my book comes from an avatar that I serve — a woman who is still in her 9 to 5 job, but knows there’s more out there for her. [08:53] It's my goal to give women (and men) permission to make a pivot in their life and leave whatever doesn't serve them anymore.  [09:24] I also wanted to show people how to launch and grow a successful online business once they take the leap into entrepreneurship.  [11:58] I have two agents who helped me navigate meetings with publishers. I ended up landing a deal with Hay House, who gave me a great advance.  [15:16] Rehashing stories from the past and digging up past experiences was a much bigger challenge than I thought it would be. [20:37] Get on the waitlist for Two Weeks Notice to get fabulous bonuses, the latest details, and be part of the launch. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

From living in the SFO airport to running $20M in VC funds, Arlan shares her incredible journey My guest on this episode is an absolute inspiration -- and I don’t say that lightly. Her name is Arlan Hamilton, and she is the managing partner of Backstage Capital, a company that she founded while houseless. Backstage Capital is a new kind of Venture Capitalism (VC) -- one that invests in founders who are people of color, women, and/or LGBTQ+. Arlan identifies as all three.  And as if running 20 million dollars in VC funds isn’t enough to fill her plate, she’s also an author, speaker, and host of her own podcast, Your First Million. Her other company, Runner, connects inclusive companies with operations talent.  Arlan is doing really big things in a really big way. I admire her so much -- not only is she making the business landscape a heck of a lot better for underrepresented founders and entrepreneurs, but she is creating a legacy for generations to come.  I am SO excited for you to hear this important conversation, sweet friend, because it’s pretty powerful. In our interview, you’ll hear:  Arlan’s journey to becoming an activist entrepreneur Ways you can support people of color, women, and the LGBTQ+ entrepreneurial communities How to deal with rejection while still moving forward What you can do to be a good candidate for gaining an investor I hope this episode is just as insightful and inspiring for you as it was for me. So if you’re ready to meet Arlan, pop in your Airpods, get comfy, and enjoy! Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:07] A decade ago, Arlan Hamilton didn't know what a venture capitalist was. Now, she represents people who aren't traditionally represented in the venture capital space. [04:03] She had big goals and dreams, but she didn't think that venture capital would get her somewhere.  [10:39] Arlan was on the cover of Fast Company, along with other black women on the cover were Oprah, Beyoncé, and Serena Williams. Her venture capital firm has invested in over 200 companies so far. [25:53] Before you attempt to fundraise, get dialed in on what you truly need. When making a pitch, lean in to what is great about your company. Investors like it when you can show profit or have a large waiting list. [33:44] Runner is another company Arlan has that connects talent with great companies. It helps inclusive companies find assistants.  [41:39] Arlan shares the amazing story of how she ended up sitting in the front row of a Janet Jackson concert, and how later in life, she was able to do the same for other concert goers. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If your usual routine has you feeling uninspired, try doing something different Do you ever get that feeling that you need to shake things up a bit in your business?  Maybe things have started to feel a little bit stagnant, or you’re not as excited about your online business as you once were. Maybe you feel like you’re just going through the motions, and are getting bored. Or maybe you’re just in need of some good old fashioned fun and quality time spent with your team. Whatever it might be for you, I’m a true believer in shaking things up from time to time. I find that by doing something different -- just for the heck of it -- I come back feeling more creative, more energized, and more excited than ever about my business.  Recently, I started to get that itch to mix it up, so I did something that I’ve never done in Team Amy Porterfield history -- and let me tell you, it was so worth it.  In this episode, you’ll hear exactly what I did to connect, reset, and have some fun with my team -- plus some other ideas of things you can do when you start to feel a bit uninspired by your usual routine. And more than anything, I hope this helps you realize that it’s not always about the hustle and grind. Taking the time to laugh, have fun, and experience new things -- whether it’s with your team or on your own -- will only help you become a better entrepreneur.  Happy listening! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:36] Every quarter I meet up with my leadership team for a meeting. We do a lot of brainstorming, deep diving, and troubleshooting. [07:18] Usually we get straight to work, but it's been an intense quarter, and I wanted to shake things up. I decided to take everyone to Disneyland. [10:53] After returning from Disneyland, we had a great meeting. I attribute the meeting’s success to the fact that we had fun and connected the day before.  [12:15] You don’t need to do anything expensive to shake things up. You can do a volunteer day, go on a picnic, hike, or just be in nature. [13:00] If you're a solopreneur, you can shake things up by going on a retreat, an inspiring trip, or attending an event. It’s all about doing something different. [14:15] You can also consider a total immersion weekend. Go somewhere you haven’t been and brainstorm on ways to improve your business. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How to ditch the golden handcuffs and create a life on your terms As a photographer, influencer, course creator, author, and host of the wildly popular Goal Digger podcast, Jenna Kutcher is one of the most talented content creators out there. I love and respect Jenna so much not only because she is a digital marketing extraordinaire, but she’s hands down one of the most grounded women that I know.  And despite all of her success, what’s most impressive about Jenna is that her driving force has never really been about the hustle. She’s embraced the simple notion that we -- women especially -- crave a life of fulfillment, and has managed to create a life on her own terms while building an incredibly lucrative business.  It’s possible, friend, and Jenna is living proof. Now normally when Jenna is on the show, we talk shop about all things online marketing (in fact, she recently joined me for an episode about how to launch a podcast – check it out here if you missed it.)  But in this conversation, we talk about the things that are important in becoming a successful entrepreneur but all-too-often get overlooked – like your sense of identity, whether or not your work is aligning with your values, and your purpose.  On paper, these things might not sound like a big deal, but trust me on this one -- they are -- and that’s why I am so excited to share this episode with you. In it, Jenna and I discuss: How to take inventory of your life and what to do with the information that surfaces The meaning of ‘golden handcuffs’ and how you can get out of them What to do if you feel like you’ve traded your 9 to 5 job for a 24/7 business How to overcome the fear of asking for help when you need it most The inspiration for her new book How Are You, Really?: Living Your Truth One Answer at a Time So whether you’re still in the throws of the 9 to 5 grind, have just started your business, or are an established online entrepreneur, this episode has something for everyone -- because in the end, I think it’s safe to say that we all desire the same thing -- to be fulfilled. Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:07] Reframing is extremely powerful, and can be helpful when you find yourself fearful of something. [07:42] If you want to find ways to do more meaningful work, look at your calendar ahead and take a life inventory. Are you passionate about it? Does it align with your values? Does it bring you joy?  [10:38] Learn how to rest in the present outside of work, so that when you are in work-mode, you’re laser-focused.  [15:06] Golden handcuffs are benefits like unlimited vacation that make people feel stuck in the workplace. Do these really add value to your life? [19:28] Entrepreneurship can get you to a life of freedom and choice, but you have to have a "why" that’s stronger than your work. [24:24] The more you ask for help, the easier it becomes to ask for and receive it. Accept help if you want to live out your vision. [28:39] You never know when the power of your story will inspire someone else to keep showing up in their life. You could literally change someone's trajectory. [33:02] How Are You, Really?: Living Your Truth One Answer at a Time is Jenna's new book for women who are looking to come home to themselves. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Being a perfectionist only holds you back from taking action If I were a gambling woman, I’d bet there’s been a couple of times where you’ve really struggled to make a decision, or procrastinated taking action on something because it wasn’t 100% perfect. Maybe it was a really big decision, like whether or not you should launch your business or a podcast. Or maybe it was something smaller, like deploying a new ad, or lead magnet.  As entrepreneurs, we are faced with decision after decision, day after day. Quite frankly, It can be exhausting. But I’m going to clue you in on something really important: It’s crucial that you’re able to make an informed decision quickly if you want to truly grow your business.  So many people procrastinate taking action because they are striving for perfection. But I’m here to tell you, sweet friend, that hemming and hawing over something only means one thing -- you’re delaying the inevitable.  While you’re wasting precious time, you could be gaining momentum and getting results. And even if you totally fail, you have an opportunity to learn from your mistakes and then knock it out of the park the next time.  As my old boss Tony Robbins says, it’s all about taking massive action -- and I can confidently say that my own ability to take action on things quickly has been a big contributor to my own success.  And that’s why I thought I’d share some of my own thoughts and experiences on this topic so that if you struggle with making decisions, or think your perfectionism is holding you back, you will have a much easier time the next time around. Alright, friend. Grab that iced latte and get ready to make your next decision quickly and confidently, like a real boss. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

When your students fall off the horse, use these strategies to get them back on If you have an evergreen course, then this episode is for you, sweet friend because I’m diving deep into an issue that most evergreen course creators face -- and that’s losing the attention and engagement of your students.  And even if you haven’t created your evergreen course yet, if you’ve ever taken one, you know exactly what I’m talking about. You’re cruising through the modules, taking notes, learning a ton, and then all of the sudden… life happens. Your focus shifts to something else that’s going on (your family, your job, or the final season of Ozark), and you fall off the proverbial evergreen course horse.  Without you being there live to cheer your students on to the finish line, some dropoff is bound to happen. After all, we’re all human. Let’s be real -- it even happens in my evergreen course, List Builders Society, and I’ve been in the game for 13 years now! Luckily, I have some tools in my arsenal to help combat the dreaded engagement drop-off that I’m going to share with you in this episode. Over the years, I’ve found that these strategies have significantly helped keep my audience interested and engaged, which is a win-win for everyone.  So if you want your students to show up bright-eyed and bushy-tailed, excited, and ready to learn throughout the entire duration of your course, then open up that Google doc and get ready to take notes -- because this episode is packed with my very best tips. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Opening up on social media can be hard, but it will pay off in the long run Have you ever truly thought about what life was like before social media?  I may be dating myself, but I remember writing notes to friends and family and dropping them in the mail, snapping pictures with Polaroid cameras, and calling a friend (whose phone number I knew by heart) when I needed some social interaction, instead of scrolling through Instagram.  It was a totally different time -- not any better, and not any worse than it is now -- but I will say that the connection you felt from sharing your life with a few close friends as opposed to hundreds or thousands on social media was something really special.  Life was a bit more mysterious because everything we did wasn’t available for everybody to see, let alone have an opinion about.  I won’t lie -- I have struggled with posting about my personal life on social media, and if you take a look at my Instagram feed you’ll see that while there are some personal posts sprinkled throughout, it’s mostly business content.  I’m pretty reserved when it comes to opening up about my marriage, my insecurities, and being a step-mom for a couple of reasons, which you’ll hear about in this episode.  That being said, over time, I realized that in order to have the business that I dreamt of having, I needed to let my audience in – and little by little, that’s just what I did.  So I thought it would be great to share how I’ve managed to overcome some of the anxiety I’ve had about sharing personal content on social platforms because let’s be real, it can be intimidating to do if you’re a private person -- but it’s also a necessary part of being an online entrepreneur in 2022. In this episode, you’ll hear:  The limiting beliefs that held me back from posting personal content for years How I’ve managed to overcome anxiety about letting people into my personal life online What it's like to have a partner who doesn’t love social media, and how we’ve found a way to make it enjoyable and comfortable for both of us Happy listening! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Your playbook on how to establish boundaries, stop people-pleasing and release control One of my best gal pals Julie Solomon is the textbook definition of a triple threat entrepreneur. She’s the host of The Influencer Podcast, has launched several successful online programs and masterminds, and is a first-time author of the much-anticipated book, Get What You Want.  I respect and admire Julie so much because she’s all about helping online entrepreneurs master the skillsets needed to go from having a side hustle to a profitable, sustainable business. And what I find most impressive about her is that she is all about helping women to turn their own messages into movements, and ​​empowering them to impact the world. She really is an entrepreneur after my own heart.  In this episode, Julie shares her best tools and advice for creating a life and business that lights you up -- and as you know, this is crucially important as an entrepreneur. You’ll learn: Ways to be productive without being in a ‘hustle state’ The 3 tools to freedom that will help you establish boundaries, stop people-pleasing, and release control How to step out of your comfort zone in order to land amazing PR opportunities Tips on how to communicate with clarity and confidence The inspiration behind her new book, Get What You Want Not only will you learn some hot tips on how to become the best entrepreneurial version of yourself possible, but I know that you’ll walk away loving Julie just as much as I do. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

These words of wisdom have been essential to my growth as a business owner As an entrepreneur, I’m sure you’ve gotten advice about how to run your business from just about everybody -- your family, your friends, your next-door neighbor, even the random barista at Starbucks that you happened to strike up a conversation with.  Sometimes it’s good, sometimes it’s bad. And sometimes, you get a piece of advice that’s so significant that it sticks with you for years and years. It pushes you to become a better version of yourself, gives you perspective, and calms your mind.  There are three pieces of advice I’ve gotten that have had that sort of impact on my life. Yes, just three -- and I’m going to share them with you in this episode.  And what’s great about this advice is that it doesn’t discriminate. It doesn’t care who you are, or what’s happened in your past -- it’s universal. And while it can apply to anyone in any situation, I’ve found it to be particularly helpful in navigating the unique challenges that come along with being an entrepreneur.  It’s my hope that these pieces of advice help you as much as they’ve helped me. Enjoy! Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My step-by-step process for pulling off an online event like a pro Lights… Camera…. Start video?  Live events sure look a whole lot different these days than they used to, wouldn’t you say?  When I first started my entrepreneurial journey 13 years ago, in-person events were really the only way to get your community together in one place at the same time. Today, we have countless options available to connect with our audiences Live, and most of them don’t even require us to leave the house. Don’t get me wrong, in-person events are great, and are still an excellent option depending on what your goals are -- but there are also many things to consider, which I’ll talk about in this episode.  What I really want to share with you is how you can pull off a live, virtual event like a pro -- because let me tell you, I have found immense value in connecting with my students in this way -- and not just monetarily.  But just like a Live in-person event, a Live virtual event takes a good amount of planning and preparation -- and there’s also a lot going on behind the scenes when the camera is rolling that you might not even be aware of. The good news is, I’ve got my virtual events running like a well-oiled machine, and in this episode, I’m sharing my top tips on how to host one that will blow your customer’s socks off. You’ll learn:  The pros and cons of live in-person events and Live virtual events How far in advance you should start planning your event What to consider when planning your content, and how to create a theme How to determine whether you should sell at your event, or simply nurture The technology I use to pull my Live virtual events off without a hitch Where you can host your virtual event if you don’t want to host at home Alright, friend. Tune in, take notes, and get ready to rock your virtual stage. Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:15] Let’s talk about Live virtual events versus in-person events. Virtual events have a huge ROI. They have a larger outreach and attendance rate. They are more accessible and lower cost for attendees. More people equals more sales. It's also more cost-effective and great for introverts. [11:56] Six key decisions include: When are you having it? What is your theme? How long will it be? Will you be selling? What platform will you use? Where will you host it? [12:19] When will you host your event? Get those dates on the calendar. It takes time to plan, organize, and fill up the event. [13:50] What will your theme be? Choosing the theme comes down to who's your audience, whether it's a bonus and the season of the event. [17:00] Will you be selling or is this a bonus event to nurture your audience or a mix of both? Selling from stage can be seamless, but you have to plan for it. [18:48] What platform will you host on? We are using Vimeo for our virtual live events. You always need a backup plan when it comes to using technology.  [20:38] Where will you host your virtual event? If you have the space and availability to host it at home, it will save a lot of time and stress. You could also rent an Airbnb or event space. [35:36] I challenge you to host a virtual live event this year. It has immense value and strengthens your relationship with your audience. Start working through the six key decisions. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Ed shares his best mindset tips for achieving happiness and success simultaneously My guest on this episode is a top business leader, peak performance expert, and global keynote speaker who just happens to be the go-to guy for building happiness and success simultaneously -- and let’s be real, who doesn’t want to do that?!  His name is Ed Mylett, and if you haven’t heard any of his content before, listen closely because he is someone whom I highly respect in both business and life.  And here’s the thing about Ed. He’s one of the fastest-growing business personalities in the history of social media, with an uncanny ability to cut through the noise with his straightforward messaging. But Ed isn’t just an influencer who “talks the talk.” He’s a self-made millionaire who has built one of the most prolific financial service businesses the world has ever seen, among many others. Now, a big part of what’s made Ed such a successful entrepreneur is his mindset. And if you’ve been listening for a while, you know that achieving success in anything takes more than just strategy and tactics -- it takes a bulletproof mindset, too.  Ed is truly a master of mindset, and in this episode, he shares the habits that have helped make him the entrepreneur that he is today. You’ll learn:  The key to managing overwhelm when setting out to achieve life goals What a single action thought, or association can do to transform how you feel The concept around “One More” and how it can reshape your mindset How changing your identity can influence each part of your life What anyone can do to triple their time management capacity How can asking yourself the right questions can advance the quality of your life How repetition can produce serious results  As you can see, this episode is jam-packed with ways to become the best entrepreneur (and human) that you can be. Here’s a glance at this episode... [11:07] When you think of the power of one more, flip the script. What if the opportunity was taken away from you.? [12:22] Self-confidence is the process of keeping the promises you make to yourself. Doing one more can make you superhuman. [15:10] Successful people aren't lucky. They just notice the things around them that they are thinking about.  [16:31] Overwhelm is trying to process results that are higher than your identity level. You create the emotion because you're starting to exceed your identity. [20:03] The trilogy of identity is faith, intention, and association. If you have faith, carry it with you, focus on your intention, and associate yourself with people who are achieving at a higher level.  [22:23] Let your mess be your message. [37:42] Live your life with intention and realize how precious it really is. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Here’s how to pull off a sabbatical and make sure you actually enjoy taking it Have you ever thought about taking a sabbatical?  When I say sabbatical, I mean taking an extended period of time away from your business or work to travel, pursue your interests, or heck, just relax. I don’t know about you, but for many years I thought that only people with careers in higher education were “allowed” to take a sabbatical because I’ve never heard about anyone in a typical 9 to 5 jetting off for a month (or more) to do whatever their heart pleases. That’s why I am beyond grateful to have my own business, which gives me so much – especially the opportunity to create the life I want to live. And guess what? Taking a sabbatical is a part of it.  Four years ago I made the commitment to take a sabbatical, and this summer I’m actually doing it. I’ll be taking 30 whole days away from my business to relax, spend quality time with friends and family, and completely disconnect.  Yes, I said it: Completely disconnect. There will be no check-ins, emails, Slack messages, or Asana tasks. I’m going off the grid from my business, and I’ve got my team set up to win. I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you’re obsessed with your business. How on Earth can you be confident that everything will run smoothly AND be totally present while you’re away?”  And that’s what this episode is all about. In it, I’ll share:   How far in advance I started planning for my sabbatical What I’m doing to make sure I have enough content stockpiled The systems I have in place to ensure everything runs on autopilot What I’m most nervous about and excited for How to approach your boss about taking a sabbatical if you’re in a 9 to 5 job So if you’ve ever considered taking a little break from your business, tune in to hear exactly what I’m doing to set myself (and my team) up for success. Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:08] I'm taking a sabbatical -- 30 days to rest, recharge, and spend quality time with my friends and family.  [08:25] By completely disconnecting from your business for an extended period of time, you can come back with so much more energy, creativity, and innovation. [10:30] I am stockpiling videos, media, podcasts, and other content for when I’m out. My team had to get any recording requests to me in advance.  [11:22] My executive assistant and I have been mindful of my calendar leading up to the sabbatical. We've also thought about how I'll ease back in when I return. [12:58] Taking a sabbatical does take financial resources and planning. You want to have things squared away before you go.  [13:59] If you still have a 9 to 5 job, you'll most likely have to get approval from your boss. Explain to them how they will benefit from your time away. [15:49] I'm equally excited and nervous about my sabbatical. This will be a challenge for me to fully let go of what’s going on in my business. [17:11] I'm excited because I think I'll come back even better. I'll be recharged and ready to go.  [20:36] It was important to spend my sabbatical somewhere other than my home because I don't trust myself to not text my team or get involved in the business. [22:56] Take out your journal and write down where you want to go, and then DM me @AmyPorterfield on Instagram and let me know. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How you use your strengths and weaknesses to your advantage An Enneagram is much more than just a funny word.  It’s a system of personality typing that identifies nine types of people and how they relate to one another and the world. It’s not just a powerful tool for personal growth, but also a great resource for transforming relationships in your personal and professional lives. You’ve probably heard me talk about Enneagrams on this podcast before because I love this tool SO MUCH. Understanding my own personality -- including my strengths and weaknesses -- as well as how I relate to others has helped me enormously in my business, from hiring the right people to improving my leadership skills.  That’s why I’m so excited to have Ian Morgan Cron on the show. He’s the real deal when it comes to Enneagrams and a pioneer in the modern Enneagram movement. In this eye-opening episode, we discuss:  What the Enneagram is and how you can use it to transform your life  The nine different Enneagram personalities How to utilize your strengths as a leader based on your personality type What your Enneagram results tell you about how to set up and run your business If your Enneagram results indicate if you’ll be successful as an entrepreneur  I promise you that this conversation will leave you with a much better understanding of yourself as a leader, and ways that you can hone in on your specific strengths to build a stronger business. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What’s the point of working your life away? Instead, let’s do less and make more. If you’re a new business owner or are ramping up to launch your business soon, I would hedge a bet that you have some ideas about what it takes to become incredibly successful. In fact, you’re probably thinking that in order to make the kind of money that you want and stay ahead of the game, you’ll need to be working constantly. But what I’m about to tell you will most likely surprise you, because it goes against what we hear from many entrepreneurs who are in the public eye, and most conventional wisdom. Ready for it?  Lean in a little closer… You do not need to work your life away to be incredibly profitable in your online business. I wish I would’ve realized this much earlier because now that I’m 13 years into it, I know that the best entrepreneurs value their downtime away from their business.  Honestly, I have a little guilt about how much time I spent working when I was ramping up, and in retrospect, I know I could have done even better if I would have allowed for a little bit of rest in my life.  I know, I know… you’re probably thinking that there’s no way you’ll be able to achieve what you want unless you’re constantly grinding. And that may be true for the first couple of years when you’re just getting started, but once you’ve gotten into a good groove and are making money, you’ve got to ask yourself, what am I doing this for?  These days I am all about creating a life and business on my terms, and if you’ve been tuning in for a while, you know that last year I transitioned my team to a 4-day workweek. And guess what? We are still meeting our goals, and I’m still able to have a multi-million dollar business. In letting go of my ‘hustle hard’ mentality, I’ve gained so much more than I ever could have imagined -- and I know you will too.  So if you feel like you’re burning the candle at both ends, tune in to this episode for some peace of mind, and to hear firsthand how I’ve created a successful business without sacrificing what’s most important. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The step-by-step playbook I used to nearly double my podcast downloads If you’ve listened to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that a) it’s been a true labor of love, and b) a) it’s come a loooooong way since I first started it nine years ago. It’s taken a lot of hard work and late nights burning the midnight oil to become what it is today -- and it's all paid off because we recently hit a MAJOR milestone -- 1 million downloads in a single month. That’s almost DOUBLE the downloads from the previous month! I’m beyond proud of my team, and so incredibly grateful for our listeners!  But like anything, achieving this goal took a willingness to try something that we’ve never done before, and as always, a little bit of trial and error. Luckily, our perfect storm of strategies worked like a charm, and I am so excited to share them with you in this episode.  Whether you have a podcast now or are looking to start one soon, this episode will give you a step-by-step playbook on how to increase your downloads in a really big way.  I share the exact steps of what I did -- not only covering the strategies themselves but everything from the software we used, to where we placed ads -- so grab a pen and paper because you’re definitely going to want to take notes. Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:57] In December of 2021, we went from being just shy of 600,000 downloads to over one million in January.  [08:42] Strategy #1: We created a quiz that made a curated playlist for listeners. We used Interact to make the quiz, created a landing page for the quiz, and directed listeners to podcasts that would best help them using a PDF.  [14:14] Strategy #2: We did two types of ads during our promo week.  [17:32] Strategy #3: We used Instagram Live for Coffee and Coaching. During the live coaching, I was plugging the quiz.  [20:53] Strategy #4: We were strategic about our promo email sequence – making sure to keep our subscribers engaged.  [22:49] Strategy #6: We drove visitors from our website to our promo using a pop-up box and a sky bar banner. [25:06] Strategy #7: We got scrappy and sent out an email to our students and asked them to help us reach that 1 million mark. If you are a student who helped, I greatly appreciate it! [28:37] Strategy #8: Be super intentional about what episode or episodes you release during your promo week. We wanted a big-name guest and that was my friend Brendon Burchard. [35:30] Action items: Pull out your calendar and select a few dates that would be good for a promo like this! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

This strategy has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business In a world where most people play the short game, playing the long game offers a big advantage because it ensures your success as an entrepreneur for your entire career.  If you ask me, that sounds pretty great. So, why doesn’t everybody do it? The reason why so many entrepreneurs forgo playing the long game (or completely fail at it) is because it’s not exactly easy to do. It takes patience, hard work, and the right mindset in order to master it. Plus, it requires long-term consistency and dedication, which -- let’s face it -- doesn’t sound very exciting, and it’s certainly not sexy.  But I’m here to tell you that it works. This has been one of the keys to my own success in business, despite the fact that it doesn’t come naturally to me.  Yes, friend, I’m not ashamed to admit that sometimes I get distracted by shiny short-term outcomes, and let my emotions get the best of me when challenges arise or when I feel the overwhelming pressure to stay ahead of the curve. That’s why I constantly remind myself that there’s a reason why it’s said that success is a marathon, not a sprint. It’s because the long game is a time-tested strategy that has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business. In this episode, I not only share how playing the long game can help you get ahead in business, but the mindset you need in order to play the game correctly. You’ll hear: What to tell yourself when you want to give up completely How to use your failures to help push you forward Why setting long-term goals is key, and can help you win the game Examples of how the long game has gotten me through challenges in my business Alright, friend. I hope that you enjoy this episode, and after listening to it, you’ll be in-it-to-win-it, for the long haul. Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:45] Playing the long game is all about your mindset, especially when things don't work out the way that you want them to.  [11:32] If you're playing the long game, then a failure should just be your opportunity to fix something or make it better.  [12:31] Don't be afraid to set audacious long-term goals. With a 3-year plan, you will show up differently versus a 6-month plan.  [14:21] Sometimes it takes a while to achieve the benchmarks and goals that you set for your business. It might be much longer than you thought it would take. [18:13] You launch, you learn, you tweak, and then you repeat. This is a formula for success! [19:58] You are no longer allowed to have that conversation in your head that you're going to give up or jump ship! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The co-founder of Olea & Fig shares how she generated $200K in digital course revenue in less than 2 years There is, quite literally, nothing that brings me greater joy than to see my students become incredibly successful. It’s what drives me to keep creating, teaching, and pushing myself to be the best version of myself that I can be. And that’s why I’m so excited to share this student success story with you. In this episode I’m chatting with one of my students, Annie Chang of Olea and Fig -- an online business that helps women solopreneurs become the “go-to” in their markets by attracting the right customers online. Annie and her business partner and sister, Terrie, used what they learned in Digital Course Academy to create a thriving online business that works for them. Not only did they generate $200,000 in revenue from their digital course after only two years of being in business, but Annie was even able to take an eight-month maternity leave. Yes, friend -- you read that correctly. Eight months. If that’s not the definition of a flexible (and ideal) work environment, then I don’t know what is.  The thing is, they set up their business in a way that all comes back to listening to their audience. And if you’ve been tuning in to this podcast for a while, you know that tapping into your audience’s wants and needs is crucial to having a successful online business.  In this episode, Annie shares:  How they launched their core program with two completely different offers  When they knew it was time to add a membership program to their business  Their most successful strategy for selling during live launches  How to run an automated challenge and keep the engagement up  Ways to serve two audiences with the same program This was a super fun and informative conversation, and it’s my hope that Annie and Terrie’s story will give you a little peek at what’s possible. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

There’s a reason it’s said that investing in yourself is the best investment you can make Newsflash: As your business grows, you need to grow too.  You’re probably thinking, “Well, duh, Amy -- that’s obvious.” And I agree, it is. But the thing is, all-too-many entrepreneurs completely neglect their own growth and development as their business grows. It’s super easy to do, and believe me, I can relate. You’re so focused and invested in making your business the very best it can be, that you forget about the person behind the scenes, in the trenches, doing all the hard work: Yourself. You, my friend, are the force behind your business’ success. By giving it everything you’ve got (and more), it’s easy to be left feeling a bit drained and uninspired, which is not a great state to be in if you want to continue achieving. So that’s why it’s crucially important to invest in yourself, so you continue to grow right along with your thriving business. It doesn’t need to be anything major, friend -- and as you’ll see, what I do in order to continue growing is very simple. Think about it like a little tune-up. Every once in a while, you have to take a pause, check yourself, and take a little time to ensure that you’re running on all cylinders.  Believe me, after listening to this episode, you’ll understand why it’s said that the best investment you can make is in yourself. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Newsflash: When your email list grows, so does your business I get asked about list building allllll. the. time. And when I say all the time, I mean in my DMs, in my Lives, on social media -- everywhere!  It’s not that list building is particularly sexy or the latest and greatest thing in digital marketing. It’s such a hot topic because when your email list grows, your business grows right along with it -- a plain and simple truth that I would probably get tattooed on my body, if I were a tattoo person. I’ve learned a ton about list building over the past 13 years of being an online entrepreneur, and it’s been a crucial part of my success in business. In this episode, I answer the six questions I get asked about the most when it comes to list building -- so I can help you get started on the right foot and avoid the lessons that I had to learn the hard way. So whether you’re just getting started with your online business or a seasoned vet, grab a pen and paper because you’re going to want to take notes on this one. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn actionable strategies for boosting your self-confidence We all know that person who can walk into a room and totally own it without even having to speak a word. I won’t lie -- every time I see that person, I’m a little bit envious of their natural confidence. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you’re out there in front of the world! You are a confident person!” And I’m here to tell you that even though it seems like I’ve been blessed by the confidence Gods, it’s taken a lot of hard work. I’ve had to make confidence a practice, just like everything else that I want to succeed in. But here’s the thing. Even if you’re not a confident person right now, you 100% can be, and my dear friend -- Lisa Bilyeu -- co-founder of Quest Nutrition and author of Radical Confidence, is here to talk about how to do just that.  In this episode, Lisa shares: How to deal with your weak spots and reframe your negative voice A step-by-step practice for identifying self-sabotage and how to break the pattern Tangible ways that you can boost your confidence How to change how you experience failure Because let’s be real here. When it comes to growing a business, confidence is essential. It fuels your ability to take action, stretch your limits, overcome fear, and most importantly -- know that you can win the game. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What I do to turn jealous thoughts into something productive Raise your hand if you’ve ever had a jealousy hangover. You know, the lingering envy you have after seeing another entrepreneur achieve something that you want in your own business.  I’ll be the first to admit, I’ve had a jealousy hangover or two and as you’d expect, they’re no fun. But instead of letting these unsettled feelings get the best of me (which I’m 100% guilty of doing in the past), I use them to my advantage.  Yes, friend -- I have a few tricks up my sleeve that I use every single time I start comparing myself to other entrepreneurs. They not only help me steer clear of the dreaded jealousy hangover, but they also get me closer to focusing and achieving what I want. In this episode, I share:  The exact questions I ask myself when I start comparing myself to others  How to pinpoint where your jealousy comes from Ways to use feelings of envy in a productive way  What I do to turn resentment of other entrepreneurs into excitement for them and motivation for myself By shifting the way you think about other entrepreneurs’ success, I promise you’ll find that it brings you closer to achieving everything you’ve ever wanted and more. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:00] If you're feeling jealous or envious of another online business owner, ask yourself what they have that you want. What do they have that I want? You could use these envious feelings in a more productive way. [06:22] Get clear on your why, and you might uncover something that you hadn't even thought of. Then ask why I want that. This can give you clarity. [08:27] If you really work on your insecurities the next time you feel jealousy, it will be easier to cheer that person on and think I want that too. [10:15] The next time you feel bad, jealous, or envious toward another entrepreneur, just stop and notice it. It's okay to feel those feelings. Then you can turn that jealousy into something productive. Write down that thought in your phone or your journal. [11:03] What are you jealous about? What did they have that I wanted? Why do I want that? What will it bring me? How will it make me feel? What are some small steps I can take to get there? Take action on those steps! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn my tried and true process for shooting like a pro each and every time You’ve laid out your course modules and lessons. You’ve written your scripts. You’ve listened to your pump-up song on full blast, and you’re ready to record your course videos. There’s only one minor problem -- you have absolutely no idea where to start, and what to do. Good news, my sweet friend. I’m going to tell you exactly what I do to create high-quality videos that look professional and don’t break the bank.  My process for recording my course videos runs like a well-oiled machine. I don’t say that to brag, friend – believe me, it’s taken a lot of trial and error over the years to nail it down. And thanks to the many learning lessons I’ve had along the way, I now have a tried and true process for hitting the record button like a pro. I am so excited to share this process with you because I know it is going to save you a ton of time, and also a ton of money. Tune in to hear my tricks of the trade, including:  The system I use to plan and organize my time and assets How to select your outfits and shoot location Where to find an inexpensive videographer and editor  The tools I swear by to record my course videos After you listen to this episode, you’ll be shooting your course videos like a pro -- and I for one, can’t wait to see them. Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:54] I recently recorded all of the training videos for my List Builders Society course and realized I would have paid for a high-quality video creation process when I was first getting started.  [05:55] You must first organize your schedule and assets. Give yourself plenty of time to plan everything out.  [07:14] You can write out your script and use a teleprompter or use bullet points to guide you. Create a filming schedule once you know your modules. [07:48] I have my outfits for each video planned along with the video, link to the script, and filming notes listed out in three columns in a Google doc.  [11:02] Call in support and tell your family and loved ones that you need quiet time without any distractions.  [12:15] Plan your outfits for direct-to-camera shots so you don’t scramble to find one at the last minute. Select one outfit per module to mix it up.  [14:50] Shoot at your house if it's an option. Recording at home makes things easier, allows you to be relaxed, and saves money.  [17:59] Early on, it's probably best to forgo a videographer, but it is helpful to hire someone knowledgeable to set up your studio. [23:05] Lighting is important for direct-to-camera videos, so plan for it in advance. You might be able to find a student to help you, or an inexpensive lighting kit.  [25:48] Account for editing time. You can record all scenes by yourself, but it saves valuable time and energy to hire someone to edit your videos. [29:44] I use bullet points for live videos, and a script and teleprompter for recorded videos. I like PromptSmart, BIGVU, and Ecamm. [34:18] Action item: Use this guide to plan your next video shoot. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If you’re ready to grow personally and professionally, try this simple practice If you’ve been with me a while, you know that I am a huge fan of journaling. Without a doubt, this super simple practice has helped me calm my busy mind, foster my creativity, and stay organized. It has brought so much to my personal and professional life that I can’t even imagine what things would be like if I didn’t do it every day.  But here’s the thing -- journaling, just like anything, is a practice. You’ve got to commit to it, and you also need to understand that it can take a bit of time to get into a good groove. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve sat down with every intention of getting all of my thoughts out, only to stare at a blank page for what feels like hours.  Thanks to the help of some of my mentors and coaches, I’ve got this whole journaling thing down. In this episode, I share exactly what I do to set myself up for success, tame any negative thoughts that come up while I’m writing, and make sure I get the most out of this powerful practice. Tune in to hear:  How I set up my daily journaling routine, and why I set it up this way Questions and prompts to ask yourself when you’re not sure what to write about How to normalize judgemental thoughts you might have when writing  Ways to neutralize your language when you’re letting it all out What to do if you find negative thoughts spiraling out of control while journaling By the time you’re done listening to this episode, you’ll have a whole new approach to journaling -- one that helps you be more productive, positive, and kinder to yourself. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If you’re looking to scale your business, memberships may be right for you If you have a business that you’re looking to scale, are looking for a way to further support your students, or if you’ve ever thought about adding a membership, this episode is for you.  Stu McLaren joins me for a chat about all-things memberships -- how to determine if it’s the right model for your business, why they’re exploding in popularity, and how they've changed over the past couple of years. And believe me – there is, quite literally, no better person to advise you when it comes to this sort of thing. For the past 12 years, Stu has worked intimately with tens of thousands of authors, speakers, coaches, consultants and business owners to transform what they know and love into recurring revenue through membership sites. Tune in to learn:  How to determine what kind of membership is best for your business The recent changes memberships have faced and what that means for you Why memberships are more important now than ever before What types of businesses work best with the membership model Happy listening! Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:26] Stu created a membership in 2008, because he wanted to grow his business it allowed him to scale his business without demanding a ton of time or energy.  [09:08] There are four different types of memberships including product-based, service-based, knowledge-based, and community-based memberships.  [25:57] Creating a positive experience in the first 30 days can triple the lifetime membership time. Take a close look at your onboarding methods. [30:29] It's important to understand the lifeline of a membership and change marketing strategies as it grows.  [32:35] Teaching people your passion is a great use of a membership site. Don't overlook the gifts you have. You could create a business around your skill sets.  [35:48] If starting out, look at a knowledge-based membership. You can design your business however you want. [39:42] Stu is hosting a Live Workshop that will assess if your market is a good fit for a membership site and more! It's live and free. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

If you’re overwhelmed in your business – you’re not alone, these exercises can help. I absolutely love being an entrepreneur. I love the variety, the challenge of it, the people I get to learn from, and most importantly, the people I have the honor of teaching. I’m also incredibly grateful for the fact that I get to wake up every morning and do something that lights me up. Being an entrepreneur is a lot at times -- and I’m sure you can relate. I won’t lie -- I’m going through a time where I feel like the weight of the world (and my business) is on my shoulders. I have a hundred plates spinning in the air, and at any given moment, one could drop. Luckily, I have a few grounding tools and exercises in my arsenal to help redirect my overwhelm, and come back to planet Earth when I start to lose my footing. Over the years, I’ve found that these little tricks have helped me get through even the toughest of times -- and I’m sharing them in this episode. You’ll learn: What I tell myself to quiet my mind when things are stressful The strategy I use to pull myself out of busy business overwhelm The two things I’ve incorporated into my daily routine to keep me grounded Why being with yourself, and others, is the key to overcoming difficult times So if you’re feeling the stress of doing a million different things and wearing a million different hats, tune in and take notes! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:34] When things get tough, I remind myself that I'm in a season and this too shall pass. It helps me rein in negative thoughts and have a much better mindset. [06:05] You’ve got to be grateful for both the good and the bad. There's ebbs, and there's flows with everything in life. [07:01] I have to strategically think about how to get through the tough times when things are overwhelming. One thing I do is call on friends and leaders in the industry and ask questions. [08:27] I meditate for 10 minutes a day using the Calm app. I've made it a goal to be consistent on Monday through Friday. I also do breathing exercises.  [12:07] When I have too many plates spinning in the air, I have to be honest with myself. I can't be afraid to ask for support from my team and delegate when I need to. It also helps having a VA. [14:00] There's no shame in putting off a few items on your calendar. Time moves quickly, and it will be here like that. Give yourself room to breathe. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why your income potential has everything to do with your mindset Question for you, friend. When you first started your business, what made you most excited? Let me guess -- building something incredible, having the opportunity to help others and give back, and being your own boss topped the list. And while I’m sure making a ton of money was also on that list, I’d hedge a bet that creating budgets was not.  I can’t say I know too many online marketing entrepreneurs that get excited about the money management aspect of creating wealth -- because let’s be real, it can be intimidating and very tricky, especially when you have no idea where to start.  But here’s the thing. It’s incredibly important, and proper management of your money can make or break your business.  That’s why I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode, where I chat with Anthony O’Neal -- a number one national bestselling author, speaker, financial expert, and host of the popular YouTube series and The Table Podcast with Anthony O’Neal. What’s great about Anthony is that he’s able to explain things in a way that is super relatable and easy to understand for those of us (ahem, yours truly) that don’t particularly enjoy putting together budgets and spreadsheets.  In this episode, we answer those questions that most business owners have when they’re getting started, like:  How do you budget when your monthly income varies? How do you set revenue goals that are in alignment with your business goals?  When should you start paying yourself, and how much? What happens when you don’t meet your revenue goals?  Plus, Anthony shares how changing your mindset around money serves as the foundation for creating financial growth and freedom, plus simple tips on how to put it into practice. Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:30] Anthony knew nothing about finances and racked up tons of college debt. He decided that he needed to change his decisions in order to change his future. Dave Ramsey helped him change his mindset around money, and learn how to have a debt-free true ownership life. [11:00] If you’re first starting out in business, create vision of where you're going with your money that’s based on your last quarter. Your budget should be based off of the bare minimum that you'll be bringing in. [13:40] It’s important to have a budget for your personal life and a budget for your business life.  [21:10] You should not feel guilty for having money. It's a blessing to be blessed.  [27:03] If you want to meet your revenue goals, shift your money mindset. Go deeper into your ‘why.’ What are you actually trying to do? Does your ‘why’ make you cry (in a good way)? [36:51] Everyone eventually needs a financial advisor. As your income grows, your need for wisdom grows. Grow with someone who can properly advise you.  [42:41] The best piece of money advice that Anthony has received is that for every dollar brought in, give God ten cents. This is about being generous and a good steward of money. Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Failure to launch is not the end of the world, it’s an opportunity to do better Say this out loud:  Failed launches happen, and it's ok when they do. Say it again, and this time, actually believe it!  It’s true, friend -- failed launches are simply a part of being a digital marketer, and you’ve just got to accept it. It doesn’t matter if you are the most successful course creator on this planet or just getting started -- they happen to everyone, including me.  Over the years I’ve done dozens of launches, and one thing I’ve learned is that the bad launch fairy does not discriminate. She will literally take the launch that you spent the most time on -- the one that you were certain would be a smashing success -- and turn it into a complete flop with a poof of her wand, leaving you disheartened and totally confused.  Well, that’s what it can seem like anyways -- and if you’ve ever had a launch that didn’t go as well as you expected, I’m sure you can relate!  The question is, how do you move on from that failed launch and make sure that the next one blows it out of the park? #Spoileralert, it has everything to do with your mindset. And as hard as it can be to pull yourself up from your bootstraps and march onward, you’ve just got to do it. In this episode, you’ll hear: The mindset I embrace to move on from disappointing launches  What I discuss in my team debrief meetings after a launch doesn’t go as planned Ways you can learn from your failed launch and go on to create something 10x better Are you ready? Let’s get started. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Since 2020, we’ve seen the world change and shift multiple times. And as an entrepreneur, there’s nothing we can do but hold on and try to adjust to the changing times the best we can. I think we can all agree that staying flexible and fluid isn’t always easy… especially when you’re trying to plan the future of your business. We may not always get the answers we want or the direction we’re hoping for, but we can lean into other entrepreneurs and experts to help direct us and support us in making the best decisions we can with the information we have. In this bonus episode, I brought on Phillip Stutts because he’s sharing an important message that affects us as entrepreneurs right now. I wanted to get this information into your hands as quickly as possible so you can pivot and adjust accordingly as we head into Q2 of 2022. My guest, Phillip, comes from the cutthroat world of political marketing. He has over 2 decades of experience working on campaigns with billions of dollars in political ad spend, and contributed to over 1,433 election victories, including 3 U.S. Presidential victories. Phillip is also the founder and CEO of Win BIG Media (a corporate marketing agency) and Founder/Executive Chairman of Go BIG Media (a political marketing ad firm). In this interview, you’ll hear Phillip and I discuss: What’s happening to brand loyalty The three types of consumer personality types and why we should be paying attention to these Why you may want to reconsider where you’re spending your ad spend – including if Facebook advertising is best for your business And so much more. I hope you’re fully present for this conversation and take what you learn and adjust your business, goals, and budgets as we continue into 2022.

Learn how to launch and grow your podcast from the best in the industry. If you’ve been listening to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that one of the questions I always ask my guests is, “What would you do if you had to start your business all over again? What would you focus on first?” And for me, answering that question is super easy. Without a shadow of a doubt, I would start a podcast from day one. Yes, friend, it’s true. Online Marketing Made Easy has brought so much more to my business than I ever thought possible, and it’s also been such a great creative outlet for me.  Not only does a podcast help you develop a presence for your brand and directly connect with your target audience, but you can also make great money in the process. My team and I just recently had our first 1 million downloads month, and I could not be more proud. It’s taken a lot of hard work, changing directions, and trying out new things -- but it’s been well worth the effort.  So in the spirit of all-things podcast, I thought I’d invite Jenna Kutcher, the host of the Goal Digger podcast, on to the show to share a few words of wisdom. Jenna is the crème de la crème of podcasters and content creators, so I know you’ll be just as excited as I was to hear what she has to say. In this interview, you’ll hear Jenna and I discuss: How to set realistic production and metrics goals Tips on how to monetize your podcast and when to start When is “too late” to create and launch a podcast The pros and cons of being part of a podcast network Do you have your listening ears on? Good -- because if you’ve ever considered starting a podcast, you definitely want to listen closely. Here’s a glance at this episode... [08:05] The key to a successful podcast is to find a way to produce content sustainably. Have systems in place that allow you to show up and keep running. [10:45] Don't let things that don't matter hold you up. Find out what you are doing and why. A podcast can be a top of funnel, establish you as an expert, or become an interview opportunity. Get clear on your goal.  [12:41] Set a goal for your podcast. Could it be a list builder, a way to establish credibility, or a means to pivot your business? Your results will depend on what that goal is. [16:52] Monetize from day one. People will continue to go back to early episodes. You could use it as a list builder or an affiliate play.  [20:53] It's not too late to start a podcast. No one will approach it like you will. Listeners listen to multiple shows. [26:14] Subscriptions or paid models are becoming popular. Jenna likes the idea of creating value for free and giving away content.  [34:54] Jenna loves that people are inviting her voice into their lives. Podcasts are a reference library to so many different topics. If the host isn't an expert, they can bring an expert in. [38:29] Jenna has a free masterclass on how to podcast. It shares all the beginning information, so there's no second-guessing. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Remember these when your thoughts get in the way of your success There are four mantras that I keep coming back to time and time again. They are, quite literally, the words that guide my life, both at home and in my business. How many times have you felt uncertain or anxious about something and that feeling starts to consume you? As high achievers we put SO.MUCH.PRESSURE on ourselves to succeed, that if we don’t manage our own thoughts, they have the potential to get out of control.  Believe me, I am a serious offender when it comes to getting stuck in my own head, and that’s why whenever I find myself getting to that place, I take a deep breath and remember these four things. These mantras have gotten me through many “firsts” — including my first course launch, my first big move across the country, and also my first book, which you’ll hear more about in this episode.  Not only that, but they have helped me a ton when it comes to understanding -- and accepting -- that things don’t always happen on my timeline, no matter how much I want them to.  So grab your beverage of choice and a journal or notepad, because you’re going to want to write these down so you can treat yourself to them whenever your thoughts start to get in the way of your own success.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

In a world of automation, personal connection is what our clients were really craving. I am beyond excited for you to listen to this episode because this sales strategy is going to blow your socks off. I recently used this strategy for the first time, and let me tell you, my entire team was floored at not only how many sales we got, but how much richer it made our launch. But here’s the thing -- it’s not fancy, it’s not complicated, and considering that we are all in the world of digital marketing, it might surprise you to hear that the success of this sales strategy had everything to do with human interaction.  Yes, my friend! Call me old school, but there is tremendous value in personal connection with other people that gets lost in this brave new world of automation. And considering we’re just now emerging from a pandemic that has drastically limited our ability to interact with others, that ‘human touch’ is needed much more now than ever. Now, I’m not making a dig on digital, because it’s what pays my bills and it’s what allows me to help so many online business owners around the world. But let’s be real -- one-on-one interaction with another person allows us as marketers to appeal to their most basic instincts as buyers. Such as… What are their pain points?  What are their fears?  What do they not only want, but what do they need? This is the first time in my 13 years of entrepreneurship that I’ve used this strategy, and it absolutely crushed the goals that my team and I set up front. And here’s the good news: It’s super easy to replicate, and I’m going to share how to do it step-by-step.  In this episode, you’ll learn:  What a live concierge team is, and how they can help you convert customers How to put together a concierge team, even if you don’t have any team members The tools and technology you need to set your concierge team up for success Goals and metrics you should measure  What I plan to do differently after implementing this strategy for the first time Are you ready? Let’s dive in. Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:14] We create a concierge team that helped potential students understand whether the course was right for them or not.  [06:58] Consider adding something like this to your own launch strategy. Especially if you have a program that's $500 or more. You can use this strategy even if you don't have a team. [11:20] Use the tools that work best for you. We used Calendly, Zoom, and created email tags for people interested in our calls.  [28:51] Set goals for your concierge team. You may want to consider tracking sales and offer a prize for milestones and high conversions.  [32:57] Here are a few important lessons we learned: 1. Have your team block their time. 2. Allow flexibility with a range of times. 3. Make a schedule for your team to provide coverage throughout the day. 4. Have concierge meetings before the cart opens. 5. Create a simple URL page to promote the team. [37:35] Action items: Write a list of people who love to connect and are willing to promote your program. Put together resources for them. Set goals. Have fun! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Once I learned to let go, my business grew exponentially If you’re anything like me, you like to have a hand in every single aspect of your business. After all, your business is where you spend the majority of your time, focus, and energy -- so why wouldn’t you want to feel like you’re 100% in control of it?  As you can probably tell, delegation is something that I’ve struggled with for a very long time. In fact, if I had a dollar for every time I said (or thought) “It’ll be easier if I do it myself,” or “It’ll be faster if I just do it,” I’d be a very rich woman. But I’ll let you in on a little secret now that I’m on the other side of it: This is no way to grow, run, or scale a successful business. Not only do you burn yourself out by spinning the wheels on things that are outside of your zone of genius, but your growth will be limited because there’s only one you, and #spoileralert, you can’t possibly do everything because you’re human. Trust me on this one. Once you are able to put your trust in somebody else who is equally or more capable of accomplishing the job or task at hand, things run a lot smoother, you’re less stressed out, and you are able to spend time doing the things that are going to actually help your business grow.  I know, I know. It’s difficult to let go of things that you’re used to being in control of. But that’s the thing with growth, right? It’s not always easy, but the growing pains are totally worth the end result. So if you’ve been struggling with passing the torch, tune into this episode to learn:  The mindset I’ve embraced in order to let go of some of the most important pieces of my business How to identify your ‘zone of genius' and make sure you stay working within it Ways to overcome the “I can do it faster and better” mentality The lessons I’ve learned from letting go and trusting others Sneak away for a little bit (maybe even delegate your next task, if you dare… ) and tune into this episode that I hope will help you find the confidence to let go. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why your thoughts have everything to your success in life and business I am so excited for you to listen to this episode because my guest is someone who helped get me out of a really difficult time in my life -- a time that I’ve shared about on this podcast.  Her name is Dr. Nicole LaPera. She’s a Cornell-trained holistic psychologist, and thanks to her book, How to Do The Work, I learned some really great tools on how to examine and correct the negative thought patterns I was having last year that led to a bit of a depression. If you’ve been tuning in to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you’ve heard a lot about this period of time in the beginning of 2021, right after our move to Nashville. It took a big toll on my personal and professional life, so that’s why I’m getting super vulnerable in this interview and diving into all-things mental health.  By the way, I am so glad that mental health is a topic that is losing its stigma, and becoming a bigger part of everyday conversation -- because let’s be honest, it has a direct effect on how we show up in the world every single day.  Trust me on this one. Dr. Nicole’s approach is much different than some of the other types of therapy and personal development work that are out there, and you can expect to walk away from this episode with her unique perspective on how to:  Recognize toxic patterns and how they manifest Heal from personal trauma so you can show up as the best version of yourself in life and in business Make permanent shifts in your thought patterns Take your mental health and healing into your own hands Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:54] When Nicole was young, she struggled with anxiety. Her curiosity around her struggles inspired her to pursue a career in psychology so she could help others understand themselves and create change in the world. [09:02] After having a successful private practice, she felt inspired to look at new ways to create change to help people online. She wanted to share her stories and her tools, so she started The Holistic Psychologist. [10:53] The work emphasizes the daily nature of change required. Many of us are stuck because we're not living consciously. We need to be conscious in real time, so we don't repeat the old habits. [16:14] Set random alarms on your phone to check in with yourself. Ask, “How present am I? Am I fully immersed in whatever I'm doing?” Use your senses to come back to being present. [30:59] We have the choice to shift from disempowerment to empowerment, so long as we are doing things consciously and checking in with ourselves. [37:42] Make sure you get the nutrients that your brain needs to function. Geting enough sleep at night, your breathing, and taking care of your body are great ways to start.   [41:36] Learn how to stay committed and connected to your truth and your vision in business. Be discerning about what you hear, and know what you stand for! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

After 9 years of having my own podcast, I always come back to these This episode was super fun for me to create because I got to revisit my very favorite Online Marketing Made Easy episodes -- the ones that really struck a chord with me, and have stuck with me after all these years! Now, narrowing down the list from 500 episodes to just five was no small task because I honest-to-God love each and every one of them. But I hunkered down and recalled the ones I still think about often, and I am really excited to share them with you. If you’ve been with me for a while, and have already listened to these in the past, even better because as you know, learning something over and over again is how you truly master it. There are so many golden nuggets that will really help you dial in on everything from creating better habits, to talking about your product and becoming a better storyteller. But before we get to it, can I just say that I am still in awe over the fact that my team and I have created 500 episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy? What started as just a glimmer in my eye in 2013 has grown to become a living, breathing, and constantly evolving outlet that allows me to share the many things I’ve learned in my journey of online entrepreneurship.  I’m not telling you this to brag, sweet friend -- I am sharing this with you because I am living proof that it’s possible to create a highly successful podcast that not only grows your business, but one that helps other people -- even if you don’t think you can.  And with that, here are my all-time top five. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Grab the free resource for this episode by heading here! Increasing your conversion rate just got that much easier Creating a high-converting ad on a budget may seem super tricky, but it’s actually quite simple if you play your cards right.  Believe me, I’ve had my fair share of ads that have completely flopped, and am no stranger to that feeling in your stomach when you realize that you just spent a ton of money and have absolutely nothing to show for it.  What’s almost worse than that is having to try it all again without the certainty that you’re going to get a return on your investment. It’s not an easy place to be, my friend, and I’ve been there too. So here’s the good news. I’ve done allllll the trial and error for you over the past 13 years of being an online marketing entrepreneur, and have learned a thing or two about how to create ads that convert without spending (and wasting) a ton of money.  In this episode, I share the four principles that I LIVE BY when creating ads for my own business. To this day, I run through this list to make sure that my ads are hitting the mark in each of these areas, and it hasn’t done me wrong. My hope is that you take these principles, apply them to your own ads, and then watch your conversions continue to grow over time.  And for the cherry on top, you can snag a free resource with a roundup of my top-performing ads in the notes below -- because let’s be real, seeing some examples in person will be that much more helpful when you go to create your own ads. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

A successful business has everything to do with how you approach your day Imagine this scenario:  Your business is doing great. You’re meeting your goals, things are on track, and overall, you’re feeling extra proud of what you’ve accomplished this year.  But let’s keep it real -- you’re also feeling a little bit burnt out from pouring every ounce of your soul into your business, and some things are starting to slip because… you’re a living, breathing human.  Maybe you’re packing your days so tight that you have absolutely no room to breathe, or you’re losing focus on the tasks in front of you because your mind is constantly occupied with something else. Or maybe you’re feeling overwhelmed and disorganized, and have no idea where to even start. Can you relate?  I don’t know about you, but it’s this time of year -- the end of Q1 -- that I tend to get a little frazzled, and because of that, start to lose sight of the goals and intentions that I set for myself at the beginning of the year. And if you’ve been a listener for some time, you probably know that my goals set the tone for my entire business -- and I keep them front and center (so they pretty much stare at me blankly in the face every day.) So that’s why in this shorty episode, I’m sharing my list of three things that you can avoid doing to stay on top of your game, and move forward with a clear mind and ready to take on that new product launch, or podcast, or rebrand, or whatever goals you have set for yourself and your business. It’s time to tighten up, friend -- are you ready? Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Ways to improve your mental health, reduce anxiety, and be happy Have you ever thought about what it would feel like to wake up each morning without any anxiety whatsoever?  Sounds pretty incredible, I must say. But for so many entrepreneurs, waking up without any stress or fear about what’s ahead is nothing short of a pipe dream. Owning a business is hard work, and at times can 100% make you feel like the weight of the world is on your shoulders.  I’m sure you can relate to this feeling. I know I can, and have in the past.  But here’s the thing. The stress, fear, and anxiety that you experience is only getting in the way of your success in business. And let’s be real for a second here. Is it even worth trading your happiness for success? For me, it’s definitely not, and I tend to be an anxious person.  That’s why I absolutely adore my guest in this episode -- because time and time again, I’ve come back to her strategies to find balance emotionally and spiritually. Her name is Gabby Bernstein, and she’s been helping people find a sense of freedom and inner peace for the past 16 years.  She’s a New York Times best-selling author of eight books, and host of her own podcast, Dear Gabby, where she helps guests become the happiest versions of themselves in real-time. But what’s really special about Gabby is that she doesn’t just talk the talk, she’s walked the walk, too. Her own struggles with addiction and depression are what fueled her to align with her true purpose and become a much better version of herself.  In this episode, you’ll learn:  Self-regulation techniques for working through anxiety Mindset shifts that will help you transform your thoughts Ways to identify negative patterns and how to change them How Gabby has used her own struggles to become stronger I hope you love this interview as much as I did and take away some strategies on how you can make waking up without anxiety your reality. Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:32] With entrepreneurs, there's often a lot of doing and less being. Some of this is from being inspired, but some of it can be from feelings of inadequacy or worry.  [10:55] One self-regulation technique is to be aware of what's happening with yourself internally. Breathing can help with this. [12:56] Another technique you can practice is to create grounding with your right hand on your heart. Close your eyes and breathe, inhale and exhale slowly.  [20:57] In order to identify patterns that make us unhappy, we must become a witness to the patterns. Take notice of what triggers you, and how you respond.  [24:50] Gabby's journey through her work and trauma recovery is the basis of Happy Days. Being a workaholic was really taking her down, but after continuously asking herself why, she started cracking into painful discomfort. [30:28] Trauma has been given shame, so people minimize it. We all have trauma that still shows up in our lives now. It’s important to address it, and get out of the toxic cycle of trigger, fear, and acting out. [38:25] Biggest takeaway: We should all have compassion for ourselves and the people around us. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

When you attract instead of chase, the Universe won’t disappoint When I think of white-knuckling, I imagine myself driving through snow-covered switchbacks of a steep mountainside, someplace like Colorado.  My hands are gripping the steering wheel so tight that my knuckles turn white -- because if I take my eyes off the road for a split second, or hit one little patch of black ice, it could be an absolute disaster. If you’ve ever driven through the mountains you probably know what I’m talking about, and it can be terrifying.  But white-knuckling doesn’t just happen when driving through precarious terrain. It also happens in business, and entrepreneurs -- including yours truly -- are guilty of it all the time.  Instead of gripping the steering wheel for dear life, you’re holding on to some piece of your business that you are desperately trying to control -- maybe it’s your social media, your quarterly revenue goals, or the new lead magnet you created that just isn’t hitting the mark. You zero in on the details so closely that you start to obsess over them, and sooner or later, they start to consume every ounce of you. You feel like you’re constantly chasing something that you just can’t seem to reach.  Does any of this sound familiar?  I white-knuckled everything about this podcast for a long time, and it took a toll on both me and my team. But in learning to let it go and trusting more in the universe, I found that the podcast became more successful than ever.  And that’s why I recorded this little shorty episode for you -- because I wanted to share a bit more about how loosening the reins on something you care deeply about can bring you so much more than you ever imagined, and do it a whole lot faster.  Enjoy, my friend! Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:43] White knuckling is holding on to something really tight and trying to control every aspect of it. One thing that I've white-knuckled for a long time is this podcast. [07:38] I realized my podcast wasn't fun anymore, and I was obsessing about the metrics. I lost the joy I used to have in creating it, and it was difficult to be creative. I decided to let go of the expectations I had about my podcast. [08:49] The following two weeks after I let go, we saw a rise in the number of downloads and more opportunities became available.  [09:28] There has to be something in your business that you are white-knuckling. With so much control, the creativity doesn't flow anymore. [10:21] My new motto is “I don't chase, I attract.” I’ve decided just to let it be.  [12:12] Let go of expectations, and attraction will organically happen.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Lessons I’ve learned that will save you time, money, and lots of stress If you have recently taken the deep dive into entrepreneurship, then this episode is for you. Yes, you, friend! The brave soul with the beautiful vision, the passionate achiever who believes in their business with every ounce of their soul, and the one who’s willing to put in the hard work while also saving that sweet, sweet space for what really matters in life. But let’s be real… entrepreneurship is really hard, especially when you’re just getting started. It’s totally normal to feel uncertain about yourself, or like you’re way in over your head, or that you keep spinning your wheels and just can’t get out of that cycle. I’m here to tell you that those feelings are 100% a part of being an entrepreneur. Believe me, I’ve been there, and after 13 years of figuring it all out (with many mistakes along the way), I’ve had some time to look back and reflect on what it is that I would do differently with my business if I had to start over from scratch.  In no way am I saying that I would take back the mistakes that I’ve made -- because I’ve learned so much from each and every one of them. But I am hoping that there will be something on this list that will save you time, money, and unnecessary stress from the get-go.  And what’s really exciting is that sooner than later, you’ll have your own list of things that you’ll be sharing with your own community on your very own podcast (more on why you should get your podcast started NOW in the episode.)  Grab a pen and paper (or your Full Focus Planner) and settle in to hear the top nine things that I would do differently in my business if I had to do it all over again. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

New projects may be fun and exciting, but do they align with your goals? Imagine this scenario: Things are going great in your online business -- you’ve created your ideal work week, you’re on track to meet your quarterly goals, and you have more time than you’ve ever had to focus on in your personal life. And then… you have an idea. Not just any idea, but the most brilliant idea that has ever popped into your head. It’s sexy, it’s fun, and quite honestly, it’s all you can think about.  But the thing is, this brilliant idea of yours isn’t exactly in alignment with the goals that you’ve set for yourself. In fact, it’s not even close. This, my friend, is called Shiny Object Syndrome, and it plagues millions of entrepreneurs all over the world -- including yours truly.  I’m sure you can relate. Instead of focusing on the tasks that will get you closer to achieving your goals, you get sidetracked by an idea or project that feels new and exciting -- because, let’s be real, launching a new product or course is way more thrilling than refining and improving the one you already have. But here’s the good news, sweet friend. As someone who is by nature drawn to all things shiny, I have come up with a few ways to hold myself accountable to my goals, stay focused, and still manage to work in a little bit of razzle-dazzle along the way.  In this episode, you’ll learn:  The one physical item I use that helps me stay on task How I ensure that my goals get (and keep) me excited What I do to keep my eye on the prize The personality type you need to have on your team to help hold you accountable Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Tried and true steps to crafting an irresistible lead magnet Have you ever poured your blood, sweat, and tears into creating a lead magnet only to have it fail miserably?  If so, two things: 1) Welcome to the club, and 2) Don’t spend any more time worrying about it because you’re going to learn A LOT about how to create a highly successful lead magnet in this episode. The truth is, creating a lead magnet that converts is both an art and a science, which means there are a million and one reasons why yours might not be hitting the mark.  You might find that making small tweaks to your design or copy could help boost conversions, or on the flip side, you might need to rethink your entire strategy and create something brand new. More often than not, it takes time and good old-fashioned trial and error to get it right -- and there's absolutely no harm in that. Because each version of your lead magnet, especially the ones that fall flat, will show you what’s not working so you can make changes and improve. Plus, who said this whole lead magnet thing was going to be easy anyways? ;)  Here’s what you can expect to take away from this episode:  Easy things you can tweak to increase your conversions Ways to get valuable feedback from your Ideal Customer Avatar  Tips on getting your lead magnet in front of a larger audience When to know if it’s time to scrap your lead magnet and start over from scratch Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What to do when you’re afraid you won’t meet your next big goal If you’ve ever created goals for yourself and didn’t meet them, it might be because you set them wrong in the first place. And no, it’s not because what you set out to do was too ambitious (believe me, I’m a huge fan of thinking big), you most likely didn’t meet them because you didn’t have a big enough ‘Why’ behind them.  The ‘Why’ is the fire behind everything that you do -- the driving force that keeps you going when things get difficult or overwhelming, when you’re completely exhausted, and when you want to throw your hands up, shut down your laptop and tune in to the latest episode of Crime Junkie. I know you’ve been there, and I have too. That’s why in this episode, I am sharing a three-step process that you can use when you have something really big in front of you, and you start to doubt whether it’s worth your blood, sweat and tears to accomplish it.  So grab a pen and paper (or open a Google doc) and get ready to do this exercise live as you listen to the episode -- so that those big, audacious goals I know you set for yourself are that much closer to being met.  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The woman inspiring millions shares her best tips on creating a “figure-it-out” mindset The guest for this special episode needs no formal introduction, because she is honest-to-God, that big of a deal. She’s got wit, she’s got wisdom, and I am without a doubt her number one fangirl.  I am so excited to welcome back Marie Forleo to Online Marketing Made Easy.  Marie is, quite literally, the Queen of a socially conscious digital empire that touches millions of people every day. Plus, her energy and optimism is unmatched, and there’s nobody more deserving of such hype.  If you’ve tuned into any previous episodes with Marie as a guest, you surely understand why I keep having her back (I mean… if you know, you know.)  And if you don’t know Marie, here’s the formal introduction: She’s a highly successful entrepreneur, writer, and philanthropist who helps people dream big, take meaningful action, and create lasting results.  She’s also a New York Times bestselling author for her book, Everything is Figureoutable, the host of the award-winning show, MarieTV, and a philanthropist, which we’ll dive into in this episode.  But what’s really special is that over the past 13 years, Marie has gone from being my mentor and business coach to one of my dearest friends (whom I still look up to just as much as I did when we first met at the Frank Kern conference years ago), and I couldn’t think of a better person to navigate the ever-changing world of online marketing with.  I’m super excited to share this episode with you, especially because it’s a little different than interviews we’ve done in the past. This time around, we kept it super casual (as friends do!) and just let the conversation go wherever we felt like taking it.  In this episode, we discuss: Why you should reflect on your start as an entrepreneur How to hustle without becoming a workaholic The importance of creating a company with purpose And leaning into those little nudges So grab your coffee (or spicy skinny margarita depending on what time of the day it is), and turn it up for my friend, Marie Forleo. Here’s a glance at this episode... [11:15] Marie wanted her business to help people beyond what she was teaching them. She didn't grow up with a lot of money, but she knew that having a scarcity mindset wasn't a good way to live. She committed to give 10% of what she earned to an organization that's doing good in the world.  [15:37] B-School helps people unpack what a purpose driven formula might look like for them. Part of Marie’s purpose-driven formula is offering scholarships.  [19:32] Time is the most precious non-renewable resource that we all have. Are you investing and lining up your time with what is most important to you?  [27:44] If Marie does anything in her business that doesn't feel right, she learns from that and doesn't do it again. It's her mission and desire to live in joy and creativity. She uses social media as a tool, but she doesn't have to be there all the time. [33:49] People are recognizing some of the negative impacts of social media and spending less time on it. Cultivate your own list outside of social, which also allows you to turn around a profit more quickly. [41:41] One of the most important things Marie has done for herself is take a coach training which introduced her to the idea that she could work from anywhere. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

I’m living proof that introverts can be successful online entrepreneurs Here’s one thing that may surprise you about me… I’m an introvert to my core. I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you host a podcast! You do Facebook Lives all the time! You do in-person events with tons of people watching you! There’s absolutely no way you’re an introvert.”  But it’s true. And I am certainly not the only introvert in an ”extrovert career.” In fact, some of the best actors in the world, like Meryl Streep, Julia Roberts, Tom Hanks -- are introverts doing their thing in an industry that is dominated by extroverts. (And no, I’m not comparing myself in any way, shape or form to these magnificent humans, just proving a point!) Of course, there are things I do all the time that make me slightly uncomfortable (ahem, anything in front of the camera), but like anything in business, you make a plan, stick to it, and overcome your challenges. Plus, if it doesn’t make you uncomfortable, are you really pushing yourself to grow? #truthbomb I wear my introvert badge with pride -- and if you’re an introvert, you should too, my sweet friend. In no way does being an introvert make you any less talented, capable, or successful. And if I’m being completely honest, knowing how to take care of yourself, and allowing yourself that much-needed “me” time when you really need it, is something to be proud of. So in this episode, I’m going to share ways that I nurture my inner introvert while still growing a successful business that requires me to be out in front of the world. You’ll learn:  The ways I mentally prepare myself for stepping out of my comfort zone What I do to recover after “putting myself out there” and how I pump myself up for the next time How I avoid complete overwhelm in an industry that demands you constantly be “on” Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:40] Even as an introvert, it’s absolutely possible to be a highly successful entrepreneur. I'm going to share the ways I handle being an introvert in a business that requires me to be out in front of the world. [05:19] I sometimes dread doing big, live events like Entrepreneur Experience, because it forces me to get out of my comfort zone. That’s why I remind myself how I feel after -- which is fantastic. It’s definitely worth it to feel a little uncomfortable and awkward in order to get you to where you want to be. [07:50] After any live event or situation where I put myself out there, I need to book some alone time with my family. Now I plan for it and work it into my schedule.  [10:51] There are moments that I have to show up as an extrovert. While it can be uncomfortable, I do it because it’s important to create a community where people feel a connection to me.  [11:41] I am always in-tune and aware of what's going on in my body. When I start to resent an experience or an engagement, I know I'm being someone that I am not. While I’m willing to step into a place that is uncomfortable, I'm able to recognize when I’m staying there too long. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Accomplish your business (& personal) goals AND have more freedom Say these three words out loud: Ideal work week.  Say them again.  Ideal work week.  Be honest… have you ever heard three words that sound so beautiful?  If you would have asked me to envision my ideal work week back in my corporate days, I probably would have laughed -- because I was so far off from having one.  Even in the early days of being my own boss, let me tell you, my work weeks were far less than ideal. It’s taken A LOT of trial and error (11 years of it, in fact) to nail it down -- but the good news is, I’ve finally perfected it. That’s right, my friend -- I have set up my work week in a way that allows me to work towards my goals AND have the free time to spend with the ones that I love.  It’s helped me be more focused, productive, and… here’s the clincher… I don’t even work Fridays anymore (You can learn all about my 4-day work week in this episode.) Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode: What it means to “theme” your weekdays to maximize productivity How to set boundaries based on your weekly schedule Tips and tricks on working with a Virtual Assistant to plan the week ahead Simple ways to stay organized and on-task My hope is that you’ll be able to implement some of the strategies I share so that you, too, can accomplish your goals AND live life on your terms. Sounds ideal, right? ;-) Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why I keep my business close and my friends even closer I love my friends. I mean, L-O-V-E. I am so beyond grateful for them -- they understand me, I understand them, and they’re the type of people I know always have my back. But as you’ll hear in this episode, this hasn’t always been the case. It’s taken many years, lots of tears, and countless hard conversations to get to a place where I am 100% confident that the friends I have in my life are MY PEOPLE. Let me back up a bit and explain why. As an entrepreneur, friendships can be especially tough. Even friendships that you’ve had for years can take a big turn when you make the decision to ditch the 9 to 5 and commit to growing a business. Your priorities and conversations shift when you become an entrepreneur -- your business is your baby, after all. Instead of catching up on the latest episode of Billions over skinny spicy margaritas at happy hour, you’re now rapid-fire texting your friend about your upcoming product launch, or your new copywriter that just can’t seem to nail your brand’s voice.  Over time, this dynamic can wear on a relationship. At some point, you feel like your friend starts to resent you, judges your decisions, or simply isn’t interested in what you have to say anymore. Can you relate? And if your friends are ALSO entrepreneurs, that’s a whole different ballgame that’s equally as tricky to navigate.  Regardless of if your friend is a 9 to 5er or an entrepreneur like you, it’s not that you don’t love them or aren’t grateful for having them in your life. It’s that friendships have seasons, and if I’ve learned anything over the last 14 years of having my own business, it’s totally ok to move on – sometimes it’s the best thing we can do to grow. In this episode, I’ll get really deep about my own friendships, and share with you: What I’ve learned about navigating friendships as an entrepreneur The qualities I look for in a friend, and why How I know it’s time to move on from a friendship or lean into it  I even open up about something I’ve NEVER talked about on the podcast -- the challenges I’ve had being a boss to my best friend in the world (and former CMO), Chloe -- my Cho Cho. This shortie episode is SUPER personal and near and dear to my heart, so I hope you enjoy listening. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Start investing today and put your money to work. When I first started investing and making my money work for me… I was super intimidated!  In fact, the immediate thought that comes to mind when I think “investor” is a middle-aged man, in a dark suit, briskly walking down a city street with a Starbucks coffee in hand. Maybe he’s wearing a fitted t-shirt instead of a button-down -- if he’s got a little swag.  I am, quite literally, describing Bobby Axelrod from Billions. I love Bobby’s character, but… I think you would agree, that’s definitely NOT ME. ;-)  Google doesn’t think it’s me, either. In fact, if you do a Google image search of “investor,” guess what turns up? Ninety-nine percent of the images that populate are of the guy I just described above (ahem, Bobby) -- and no women.  It’s no wonder I feel slightly uncomfortable thinking about investing -- because women, especially millennials and older, have been so conditioned to think that you have to be a man (and have a ton of money) to invest. But here’s the thing… That impression is totally wrong. The game has changed, and women are investing money like never before (and Google, if you’re reading this, please push some female investor images to your first page, okay?) Investing money doesn’t have to mean putting millions of dollars into a hedge fund -- it simply means making your money work for you over time. The key here is, though, that you have to actually GET STARTED investing in order to be successful in it, and that my friend, is often the biggest hurdle.  That’s why I’m so excited for you to hear the interview I had with Bola Sokunbi, who is the go-to expert for investing, whether you’re an experienced investor or just starting out -- and definitely if you’re a female investor.  She’s a Certified Financial Education Instructor, best-selling author, speaker, writer, podcaster, social media influencer, and a mama to twins -- which makes her THAT much more impressive. In our interview, we discuss:  How to get started investing, even if you NEVER thought you’d be able to  Some of the barriers to investing that women face, and how we’re overcoming them Tips on investing your money smarter so you can retire before the age of 65  The good, the bad, and the ugly about cryptocurrency, and if it's right for you Think of it like Investing 101, with a little extra kick. ;-)  Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The strategies I’m using to feel great AND accomplish my goals in 2022 . That’s right, friend! I am getting fully transparent with you about what I am doing to set myself up for success in 2022.  I have always been big on goal setting, planning, and setting intentions for the year ahead (it’s a BIG part of why I’ve seen such success as an entrepreneur)… … but as you know, I struggled with some unexpected depression and anxiety in 2021. This year, I am determined to get ahead of it.  That’s why I’m trying out some FRESH approaches to goal setting that will not only help me to achieve some really cool things both personally and professionally, but ALSO get me in the right mindset before taking on each challenge that I set for myself. Because let’s be honest -- ”success” and “achievement” are not only about what you accomplish, they’re just as much about how you FEEL. In this episode, I’ll share: The goal-setting strategy I LOVE that puts emphasis on how you want to feel, not what you do The 5 goals that I’ve set for myself in 2022, why I chose to set those particular goals, and how I plan to achieve them How I set goals that are challenging yet attainable I’m hoping that by listening to this episode, you’ll hold me accountable, stay motivated to accomplish the goals you’ve already set for yourself in 2022, AND be inspired to get back on the horse if you’ve fallen victim to the infamous #QuittersDay (more on that in the episode.) Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:01] One new thing I’m trying in 2022 is identifying the core feelings that I want to experience this year. I want to feel trusting, courageous, energized, in the zone, and luminous while I'm working on my goals and after I achieve them.  [10:27] Take action: What are 3-5 feelings you want to experience over and over again this year? Think about how you want to feel and write it down. [11:08] Goal #1: Do the 29029 challenge. This is where you climb a mountain a certain amount of times (in a certain amount of time). All in all, it adds up to the equivalent of climbing Everest.  [14:20] Goal #2: Create a certification program for my business. I don't know what it looks like, but I’m going to put together ideas this year and launch it in 2023. [15:39] Goal #3: Take a sabbatical. I've been dreaming of taking a sabbatical for years, but in 2022 I’m actually doing it. I'm taking off the last half of May and the entire month of June to spend at my lake house. [17:50] Goal #4: Create a project plan for my new book. My book won’t launch until January of 2023, but I need to have an entire project promotion plan dialed in by 3/31. [21:40] Goal #5: Create a 3-year vision of my company. I want to scale the business and incorporate different models that I’ve never tried before, which means I need to plan further out. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The world’s leading life coach reveals what gives high-achievers the edge If you’re ever scrolling through your social media feeds and you see a personal development quote that strikes a chord with you (in all the right ways), it’s most likely from today’s podcast guest. His name is Brendan Burchard, and I have a hunch that you’ve probably heard of him. ;-)  He is a 3-time New York Times bestselling author (if you haven’t read his book High-Performance Habits, then READ.IT.NOW.), a globally respected high-performance coach, and one of the world’s most-watched, followed, and quoted personal development trainers in the world.  You’ve heard me talk about Brendan on the podcast a ton, and it’s because he is the OG of digital content and online education. Seriously! He was an influencer before it even became cool. And beyond that, Brendan is one of the first people that inspired me to ditch the corporate world and embrace entrepreneurship (more on our first meeting, and what he said to get me to take action, in the episode.) We talk all-things ambition and achievement, PLUS: Brendan’s surprising journey to becoming one of the most sought after high-performance coaches in the world How to move on from the victim mentality after two really tough years of the pandemic 6 specific habits you should commit to if you want to be successful in the long term, and how to put them in your daily practice Two areas of marketing Brendan would focus on if he had to rebuild his business from scratch The BEST piece of advice Brendan has ever gotten, and his most proud piece of content that resulted from that advice After listening to this episode, you’ll 100% understand why I am such a Brendan Burchard #fangirl.  Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey.  Here’s a glance at this episode. [29:20] High-Performance Habit #1: Seek Clarity. High performers, more often than underperformers, seek clarity. Doing so requires discipline in asking for help and finding out who you are.  [30:41] High-Performance Habit #2: Generate Energy. High performers do things specifically to stimulate mental, emotional, and physical energy, like practicing meditation, exercising frequently, and eating well.  [31:41] High-Performance Habit #3: Raise Necessity. Necessity means that you have the psychological need for success. There needs to be a clear reason for doing what you’re doing and the meaning behind it.  [35:54] High-Performance Habit #4: Become More Productive. High performers are determined to continuously increase their productivity and do things like blocking time, and taking a break every 50 minutes to recharge.  [41:03] High-Performance Habit #5: Develop Influence. We must have influence for people to believe in us, buy from us, cheer for us, or open doors for us.  [44:42] High-Performance Habit #6: Demonstrate Courage. Courage means that you take action even when there’s risk, doubt, or uncertainty. High performers are also not afraid to speak up for themselves and others.  [01:09:40] Take action: What is your biggest takeaway? Take a screenshot, tag @amyporterfield on Instagram, and share your biggest takeaway from this episode. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

The good, the bad, and the ugly about the platform that reaches millions Have you ever thought about starting a podcast, only to later question if you have what it takes (time, energy, experience, expertise) to do it? If this sounds anything like you, then read on my friend--because I’m about to share the honest-to-God TRUTH about how I feel about podcasting, and my personal experience creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy. And even if you haven’t considered starting a podcast, here’s why you should tune in: The podcast industry has absolutely blown up in the past few years, and with that, so have listeners. Fifty-five percent of people in the United States listen to podcasts–that’s up 51% from 2019!  I’m no mathematician, but I do know that’s a BIG increase in listenership, and an even BIGGER opportunity to target (and reach) your audience. But… just because podcasts are getting a lot of traction, does that mean that it’s the right platform for you? My hope is that this episode helps you to figure that out.  In it, I’ll break down: What I absolutely love about podcasting and how it can help you to grow your online business, too My top 3 takeaways from creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy The biggest struggles that I have had along the way, and what to consider before getting started What has made the countless Bulletproof coffee-fueled nights all worth it For those of you that have been with me for a while, you know that the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast has been a true labor of love--and for that reason, I am especially excited to share this episode with you. Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Simple Strategies For Driving Major Traffic To Your Biz In this episode, PR master Jen Gottlieb, teaches you how to find dream PR opportunities for your business. Whether you’re looking to be featured in an article, get your podcast or blog featured, or land a spot as a guest on someone else’s show, pursuing PR opportunities in your business means MORE traffic to your business. Period. Traffic to your website… your podcast… your newsletter… and so much more.  Jen is the co-founder of the acclaimed PR company, Super Connector Media and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, CBS, Good Morning America, Goop, and more.  And today, she’s giving you a step-by-step approach for landing PR opportunities that will make you jump up and down with excitement, including: How to find the perfect opportunities that align with your goals How to make an irresistible pitch they can’t say “no” to How to craft a story that effortlessly grabs media attention What you can do TODAY to have the tools to land a PR opportunity by next week  This episode is for you even if you’re just starting out – even if your business is still teeny tiny.  Because your business deserves to be seen and you’re the perfect person to speak to your area of expertise.  Factor in Jen’s expert guidance, put it all together, and you get a media feature in the making. Here’s a glance at this episode... [08:29] PR is important because it gives you credibility and authority. This is a huge asset for entrepreneurs or anyone who has a story they want to share.  [12:07] Getting media hits boils down to your relationships, clear messaging, timely topics, and getting clear on where you want to be featured. [19:55] We don't always realize the things that already exist in our life. Take inventory on relationships and mindset.  [21:24] The Top 20 Tool.  Make four columns on a piece of paper. Put your goal on top.  Left column is People. List 20 people you've ever met who have some type of media connection.  Influence. Rank influential on a scale of 1-10.  Help. Rank how likely they would help you on a scale of 1-10.  Grand total. Sum of previous three columns.  Reach out and ask the top score people. Provide value to others.  [32:38] Make a top-five media hit list. These are things that are already working for people doing things similar to what you are doing. [37:18] When pitching, speak to the audience. They care about what's happening now, so tie your pitch with a timely topic. [38:55] Creating a winning pitch.  1. Have a timely news hook.  2. Pitch the value-packed topic first and yourself second.  3. Back up your claims with statistics by linking to studies.  4. Add talking points.  5. Stand for what you believe in. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Learn To Trust Your Gut In Business In this quick episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on one of the hardest lessons I’ve learned as an entrepreneur. It’s not having hard conversations. Not making revenue projections. Not keeping a tidy to-do list or a pretty project plan. In this episode, I’m talking about trusting your gut as an entrepreneur. Which is a tall order. We all want to trust our gut… but it’s not always that simple. Because every day, entrepreneurs… → Navigate fear → Bear responsibility for the success – or lack of success – in our biz → Feel the weight of the effects that our big and small decisions make on others  → And, if we’re being honest, try hard not to question our own ability Right? “Going with your gut” can get muddled and lost between ALL we’ve got going on. But it’s also a non-negotiable in entrepreneurship. So after 13 years of running my own online business, I’m sharing how I’ve learned to hone this instinct and stick to my guns… …including one big mistake I made by hushing my inner nudges and going ahead with a decision anyways.  So give this episode a listen and let my lessons learned be your lessons learned. Cheers to you, friend, as we learn how to slow down, listen, and trust ourselves. Here’s a glance at this episode... [02:35] Should you trust your gut? 62% of top business execs let their gut lead the way and always trust it. [05:25] There's a significant difference between being too picky and knowing in your gut that it's the wrong choice. [07:20] Notice what your initial gut feeling is and then notice what happens next. Are you being too picky? Are you really feeling something that you need to pay attention to? [10:32] After making a decision, start journaling. When doubt starts to creep back in, go back and read about why you made the decision in the first place. [11:13] If you feel it in your bones and it doesn't work out as planned, it was still meant to be. [13:25] Being in tune and having the ability to trust yourself puts you on a whole different level. Go with your gut! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Follow The Plan. Master The Project. My team is incredible but I can be reasonable. We’re not at 100% in everything in our business.  But our project plans…? They’re pretty dang bulletproof. So in this episode, I’m walking you through the exact steps of how I create a project plan in my business from conceptualization to completion (and even what we do to make sure the next attempt of that project is 10x easier.) I’ve laid this episode out like a step-by-step guide to project planning mastery so you can reduce overwhelm in your business and maybe, just maybe, become known as the business owner that smashes deadlines every time with room to spare. I believe that for you, my friend! Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:52] A project plan is a process to bring an idea or concept to life through planning and organization. [09:43] 1. Identify the main focus of the project plan.  [10:42] 2. Outline the project. Make categories and then break it down into each task. What tasks need to happen to complete the category? [14:51] 3. Set dates. Identify the most important dates in your plan. Put all the dates in your calendar. Give each task a final due date. [20:00] 4. Identify key players. If you have a team of one or more, you need to assign each task to the correct person. [22:49] 5. Finalize the outline and add any details, resources, or SOPs to each task. Your project plan is almost complete. Add descriptions, additional details, and links to SOPs.  [27:13] 6. Final review and check-ins. Take a moment and review your plan from top to bottom. Look at tasks, dates, assignees, and triple check everything to make sure that it's correct. [29:04] 7. Make a copy. You've done all this hard work, you might as well use it again. Create that copy before you start using it. Have a master template that you can duplicate any time you like. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What I Practice Every Day For Swoon-Worthy Results What?  You thought entrepreneurship was all glistening social media posts and champagne toasts? Juuuust kidding. If you’ve started a business – full time or on the side – you KNOW there are plenty of unglamorous moments. But in this episode, I’m sharing four very specific skills that you probably wouldn’t list on a Bumble profile…but that will definitely make you a more effective and successful entrepreneur and leader.  Promise. Things like the ability to leverage. Or being a proactive planner. Or how I’ve learned to be an effective communicator in my business (and what that’s looked like in different situations.)  Sneak away for a few minutes, dive into this shortie episode, and steal the four unsexy business-making traits that I’ve developed inside my business (so you can build them into yours!) Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:35] 1. Effective communication skills. In the past, I've shielded myself from negative conversations. I use the Radical Candor method to communicate when something goes wrong. [06:47] 2. Your ability to leverage. When you leverage you still have a pulse on the project, you're just not doing everything. This is choosing who you want to collaborate with and letting them own it, but they're still doing regular check-ins with you. [09:37] 3. Be willing to admit when you are wrong. If something's not working in your business, look inward and ask how I can change my communication style or whatever is causing the problem. [11:42] 4. You have to be a proactive planner. A proactive planner is looking ahead six months or a year. How can you scale or improve the business in the next three years? Check out EOS. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My guest on this podcast is making big – and I mean, BIG – waves in their industry. Lori Harder is a self-love specialist, fitness model, author, and podcast host.  And in her spare time – wink, wink – Lori has started multiple multi-million dollar businesses which include online courses, a membership, and an upcoming sparkling rosé launch.  A girl after my own heart! In this episode, Lori and I talk about our most embarrassing moments as entrepreneurs who have swung a thousand times…and missed 990. But more than that, Lori is sharing the mindset tools that have contributed the most to her success throughout years of starting and growing businesses. Including: How to stay upbeat (even when things get really, really hard) How to find inspiration to get creative (even when you really, really don’t feel like it) How to find support among other entrepreneurs  Her tips for building a massively successful business What it’s been like launching a physical product and the lessons she’s learned from her latest venture So if you’re in the mood for a little fun and a whole lot of noteworthy nuggets, join me for this special conversation with Lori Harder. Here’s a glance at this episode... [07:16] Lori was getting very burnt out. She wrote a list of what she wanted her life to look like. She wanted the next thing she did to connect and collaborate with people.  [15:38] Creating a community and talking about core values is the number one thing that Lori has learned. The vision is built on better collaboration and opportunity within our own community.  [18:38] Lite Pink has all-female investors.  [29:10] As Lori made fundraising calls, she was learning along the way. Educating around these opportunities as a way to get more of our dreams out there. We can become a part of and support the things that we are truly passionate about. [33:05] To get into creation mode for something new, you need to switch what you are listening to and reading.  [37:14] On challenging days, keep moving and don't think about it. Don't internalize the pressure. Free yourself up to do what you need to do.   Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Talking Life And Career Transitions Over Curry  Like soooo many of us, Joanne Lee Molinaro hopped on to TikTok in July of 2020 as a way of coping with the isolation of quarantine. But as fate would have it, a post of her making Korean braised potatoes for dinner (while her husband taught a piano lesson in the background) went viral and The Korean Vegan was officially on the map. But it’s not just her red chili paste mushroom pasta or vegan kimchi cheese fries that gathers the masses and leaves them hankering for more. My guest on today’s episode is no stranger to enduring (and leveraging) major life transitions… and she’s using her platform to share stories that challenge and inspire. Joanne, a lawyer turned full-time creator and New York Times bestselling author, is a child to immigrant parents who at times found themselves in near-starvation situations in what is now known as North Korea.  She shares about this among many of her other heroic tales through her social media platforms. And with over 3.5 million fans, it’s clear that her storytelling and vulnerability are what people are craving… along with her tasty chocolate chip paht cookie recipe.  In this episode, we chat about: Transitioning and pivoting in life and careers The idea of reinvention and how it’s never too late in order to align with your design to create a life that lights you up The power and influence of storytelling and vulnerability And so much more! Whether you find yourself in a moment of transition, you’re dreaming of making a career jump (that may or may not make sense to those around you), or you simply love a story that moves you to your core, you’re going to love my conversation with Joanne. Here’s a glance at this episode... [Insert transcript brief] Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

An Entrepreneur’s Permission To UnHustle  I L - O - V - E new entrepreneurs. There’s no drive or determination like the early days of starting a business…but with that comes a few habits that become hard to break. Like taking that drive and willingness to do what it takes and forgetting that you’re running a marathon…not a sprint. A “hustle, hustle, hustle” mentality can be the default setting for high achievers (like many entrepreneurs are.) But it’s also been the flag that successful entrepreneurs have loudly and proudly flown for the last decade. And I made the mistake of falling into the hustle culture trap myself in the early days of my business. So in this episode, I want to talk about the turning point when I realized hustling my days, nights, and weekends away wasn’t cutting it anymore Plus how I undid the thoughts of what I “should be” as an entrepreneur and even the “hustle-over-everything” beliefs I brought into my business. Whether you’re just starting out or you’re a long-timer like me, I hope this short and sweet conversation is one more reminder that your *whole* life deserves your attention.  And that doing *all* the things isn’t always what’s best for your biz.  So take a deep breath and click to listen. Your permission to unhustle is inside! Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:29] The one thing that I would do differently in my business is that I wouldn't have hustled to get to where I am today.  [04:42] The first years are the most difficult. Once you start to see traction and double down on what's working, the hustle can stop or at least slow down. [06:50] What I believe now is that you can have an amazing personal life with white space and downtime as well as an amazing business. [09:03] The questions we ask allow us to work smarter. It took courage to allow me to switch to a four-day workweek. My team and I put in a system and a plan. Then we got to work! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Say Bye-Bye To Business Burnout  Working less and earning more is the battle cry of online entrepreneurs everywhere. It’s why we start our own gig in the first place, right? More cash coming in, less hours glued to a screen. My guest on today’s episode, Kate Northrup Watts, had her life changed when she was forced to slow down and as a result, her entrepreneurial hustle came to a halt.  But then, the unthinkable happened. Kate experienced more growth in her business than the year before. And she’s breaking it aaaaall down during our conversation in this episode.  In it, Kate’s putting the kibosh on hustling your way to the top. So, if you’ve been looking for permission to do less in your business without sacrificing revenue or growth… this is it. In this episode, Kate and I talk about: Exactly how Kate slowed down, worked less, and earned more How to identify how much pressure you feel (instead of convincing yourself that “it’s fine”...when it’s not) How us achiever-types can begin to reframe asking for help, instead of doing all the things out of pride (GUILTY) Why Kate only goes for hyper-focused offers in her biz (and why you should too) You don’t have to burn it all on the way to the top. In fact, you won’t get to the top if you’re running at 1,000 miles an hour. So hang up your hustle culture cleats, and listen to my less-is-more conversation with Kate Northrup Watts. Here’s a glance at this episode... [06:18] Kate was an online entrepreneur, who worked whenever she wanted until she got pregnant. She suddenly had no energy and needed to sleep 14 hours a day. She was forced to dial it back. [08:36] She ended up working less than she ever had and made more money than previously! [11:33] Not being able to sleep and not having good digestion are signs that something is off and you may be experiencing overwhelm. [14:49] Instead of trying to do everything, ask for help. Reframe in your mind how getting help makes you more available for the important stuff.  [21:42] You'll have so much more time and energy when you cut some offerings and go all in on a few things only. [33:53] Cyclical work is using the wisdom of nature to guide your creative processes. You may produce fewer things but what you do make will be more robust. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Why I Don’t Think You Have Imposter Syndrome  Stop saying you have imposter syndrome. To which you might say, “But Amy...I do have imposter syndrome. I can’t get past this notion of ‘Who am I to start a business’ or ‘Who am I to teach on my topic?’” Boy, do I hear you. I’ve been there a thousand times.  But I also want to challenge you on how that mindset is most likely working against you...and I’m doing just that on this episode. In this episode, I want to talk to you about rethinking what you’ve always labeled as imposter syndrome. I want to lean into what might actually be a strength underneath all that fretting. And I want to challenge you in an area that you’re probably selling yourself short.  My friend, borrow as much courage as you need from me -- and this episode -- to put imposter syndrome to bed for good in your life and step fully into what you’ve always been called to accomplish in this world. I believe in you with my whole heart! Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Attraction Strategies That Keep Your Pennies In Your Pocket Today’s episode is dedicated to all my entrepreneurs who are balling on a budget. Whether you’re just starting out (and don’t have two nickels to rub together) or you’re a seasoned entrepreneur looking to double down on organic strategies that work, I’ve got something for you.  In this episode, I’m teaching you my favorite and most effective strategies for boosting your organic reach. When I say “reach”, I mean people laying eyes on your business and/or offers online.  And when I say “organic,” I mean getting in front of those people without spending a dime. Oooooh yeah. I’ve used these strategies to promote lead magnets, podcast episodes, and so much more during all of my 13 years in business. A.K.A -- these strategies will grow as you do. In this episode, I’ll take you through the “how” and the “why” behind each one, including:  How to get more traffic to your website or blog (even if your website is SUPER simple) How to win over Google so it puts your content in front of the right people for you How to get in front of other people’s audiences to grow your own (in a way that makes you both feel great about it!) Why simplifying your strategy actually helps you reach more people You and I won’t part ways until you feel 100% confident about which organic reach strategy is best for you and the right next steps to getting it DONE.  So click here to listen and rest easy knowing that your business can grow while your wallet takes the day off. Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

How The Last 12 Months Have Changed My Mind… About A Lot There’s leftover cake in the Porterfield kitchen, which can only mean one thing.  We’ve had a birthday! Mine, to be specific.  And while I wish I could treat you to poolside mai tais to celebrate, I thought, at the very least, we could have a little heart to heart to mark the occasion. Because the last 12 months, as you know by now, have brought high highs and some low lows.  So, in this special birthday episode, I’m taking stock of the lessons, wins, and losses of the last year...and sharing the brand new mindset I’m taking into this next one. I can confidently say I’m another year wiser because the struggles of the last 365 days brought some profound lessons that I wouldn’t trade for the world. And, as always, I hope that my lessons learned can make the load of life, leadership, and business a little lighter (and less lonely) for you, my friend… so let’s chat. Listen and imagine us clinking chilled glasses on lounge chairs in the sun as you do! Here’s a glance at this episode... Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My guest on this episode is a master at putting together an enthralling plotline. However, his narrative of choice isn’t film. It’s not even just marketing. It’s life, and life by design.  Donald Miller is an author, speaker, and the founder and CEO of StoryBrand -- a globally recognized branding framework used by the industry leaders like Pantene, Intel, Berkshire Hathaway, and Zaxby’s.  In this episode, Donald joins me to discuss what’s really, really working in online marketing today.  We talk about the specific type of practical knowledge required to propel success… and why they’re not teaching it in top 20 business schools. But more than that, Donald and I also talk about how entrepreneurship gives us the ability to control much more than just conversion rates and content delivery. When we direct our work, we have more freedom to decide on our setting. Our key players. Our next chapter. In this episode, Donald and I discuss: Why people don’t buy from you when they open your sales email (and the moment when they definitely DO buy) When to be in your customers’ inbox to land a sale and the foolproof way to never miss that window The missing pieces of information the best and brightest entrepreneurs know (and how you can leverage them for your own success) When to worry about credentials and when to forge your own path How to become more enthralled in your own story than you are in others And so much more! Click here to listen to my conversation with Donald Miller. You’ll not only walk away with clearly defined action to take in your email marketing, but you’ll be more inspired to take a hold of the plotline your life is following -- and decide exactly how your business plays into it. Here’s a glance at this episode... [05:07] A lot of the stuff we learn in business school isn't necessary to grow a business. The best kind of business education is working for a company and developing yourself to become more valuable on the open market. [06:38] Personal productivity strategies include separating primary projects that are important from secondary projects.  [10:37] Don's morning ritual includes reading his eulogy -- find out why! [14:55] Narrative traction is when you engage in a story, because you're hoping for a certain outcome. Too many people don't engage in the outcome of their own lives. [17:31] Don shares a messaging strategy that we can use right now. Create a story that points out the customer's problems (red), talk about your solutions (yellow), and describe the customer's life if they buy your product (green). Your story needs all three colors.  [22:36] Marketing and building a sales funnel. A one-liner is one sentence that gets your customer engaged with your product. Your landing page invites people into a story. The third part is a lead generator like a webinar or PDF. Nurture and sales campaigns are after getting an email address.  [31:05] Your main goal is to connect your customer's problem to your solution. Failing to close the deal means failing to connect their problem with your product.

Masterminds. You hear a lot about them, but do you know what it really means to be a part of one? Let me break it down for you. A mastermind is a small group of entrepreneurs that keep you on track, troubleshoot with you, offer fresh insights into your business, and help you move forward. No matter if your roadblocks are technical or maaaybe you’re stuck in your head more than anything… these people get it. They’re playing all out. And they’re here to help you move forward.  I truly don’t think I’d be here today if it weren’t for two things... One, investing in myself. And two, surrounding myself with people who build me up, support me, and, honestly, call me out when I need to be called out.  So in this episode, I’m breaking down exactly how to DIY your own mastermind -- no matter what stage your business is in, with no cost required. Because an accountability group or mastermind is right for EVERYONE. Introverts and extroverts alike.  Long time business owners and those still rocking the side hustle.  Together in this episode, we’ll talk about: How often to meet The ideal number of people to have in your mastermind What you should *definitely* include in your mastermind meetings Plus the one role that holds it all together It’s a lonely business if you’re trying to do it alone… so don’t. Give yourself the support all entrepreneurs so desperately need. You’ll thank yourself over and over again.  So click to listen and prepare to make a few calls… your mastermind awaits! Here’s a glance at this episode... [04:51] I got here by investing in my business and myself. In the beginning, I started out with a paid mastermind and always surrounded myself with people doing something similar to me who have valuable insights. [08:52] There needs to be one or two people who will take the reins. Get clear on when you meet and think about how you want to structure it. I like hot seats where each person gets 10 minutes to talk, and then we give feedback.  [14:06] Make a list of three to five people that you might want to include in your accountability or mastermind group. Put some feelers out in Facebook groups and find your group! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Speak Strategically, Sell Confidently, Serve Authentically Voice coach and speech trainer to the stars, Roger Love, joins me on this episode… And that might have you wondering, “Amy, why on earth would you bring a voice coach on to teach entrepreneurs? This whole Nashville move is going straight to your head.” Don’t worry, friends. The day I pick up a guitar and a microphone will be the day hell freezes over. And while Roger has honed his expertise working with the likes of Reese Witherspoon, John Mayer, Bradley Cooper, and Selena Gomez… He’s not running through scales today. Your long-forgotten arpeggios can stay that way.  Roger joins me on the podcast to teach you, my beautiful entrepreneurs, how to communicate more effectively on behalf of your business and command any room with your presentation skills.  In this episode, Roger masterfully explains how entrepreneurs (AKA YOU!) can powerfully and simply shift how you speak to sell more confidently, build trust with your audience, and present yourself in a way that screams, “Hello world, you’re going to want to pay attention to this!” Imagine showing up to your next masterclass or podcast interview with the persuasion, charm, and influence of Bradley Cooper, himself. Irresistible. So go ahead and dive into my incredible masterclass-style interview with Roger Love. You’ll walk away from our conversation with: Strategies and tips from the expert himself to feeling more confident (and true to your heart) when you’re selling The reason why tone + emotion > words when it comes to getting your audience to trust you and pay attention to what you have to say (and how to use this to your strength) Techniques for avoiding pesky filler words like, “Um” and “Uh” during a masterclass, Live video, or podcast Here’s to the best and brightest version of yourself showing up in every Live you do, my friend! Here’s a glance at this episode... [10:13] Roger shares why it's important to be intentional with how you communicate. We need to be able to move people emotionally!  [14:14] We were born with an instrument that we either learned how to use or didn't. We can all tune up our instruments (our voice) and become great speakers. [16:34] Want to become more confident? Start speaking in melody. When we speak we create melodies or the patterns that go up and down -- learn how to do this the right way.  [23:50] When we get nervous our breathing gets shallow and fast. Slow down your breathing before going live. Breath in through your nose and close your lips. [30:24] It's wonderful to smile, but smiling makes the corners of your mouth go wide which makes your voice sound more nasal. Smile when you're not speaking. Smile with your eyes and your voice. [39:23] Make your commas and periods have longer silence. You don't have to slow down the words, you can just increase the silence. Silence is where you give your audience a chance to feel. [43:47] How to avoid all the pesky filler words like um or uh. These filler words are used to avoid silence, and we already know that silence is amazing. [56:05] Action Steps: Book a Facebook Live this week. Speak live on camera and practice one thing you learned today. Practice can make the techniques second-hand. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

All the greats have a routine. Before every match, Rafael Nadal situates his socks so they’re exactly the same height, no more than 15 cm high, and the sponsor’s logo is parallel to the ground. John Legend eats half a rotisserie chicken before every show. (Hey, whatever works!)  Before going onstage, Game of Thrones actor Kit Harington kisses a crucifix three times, eats three Haribo gummy bears, and takes (yep) three sips of water. Superstition or not, athletes, artists, and leaders of all walks have found unique ways to get in the zone. Helping yourself into a place where you feel confident and ready to tackle the task in front of you? I’ll cosign that, every time! That’s why in this episode, I’m talking about the different routines that I’ve developed over the years that help me go live on video with confidence, regardless of how I feel. Because I’ll be honest, being on video has NEVER been in my comfort zone... it still isn’t. But after years of practice, I’ve found a few foolproof rituals to get me in the zone and help me deliver content on video that I feel really great about (even if I didn’t feel like pressing the GO LIVE button.) But here’s the kicker! Not all live video is created equally. So in this episode, I’m sharing what I do before Facebook Lives, live Q&As, and my masterclasses to prepare for the unique pressures of different styles of live video. You’ll walk away with specific examples and inspiration for your own pre-video routines so you can show up more readily for your audience, feel more confident, and hit your live-video stride much sooner. You can leverage live video in your business, even if the idea makes you break out in hives. You owe it to your audience to share what you have for them...and after you’ve gone live a time or two, I think you’ll realize this whole live video thing isn’t as scary as we make it out to be. Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:38] You need an easy setup. Keep your equipment and location simple. [05:58] It's a lot easier when you do your video consistently. Doing video on a regular basis can make it become just a part of how you do business.  [07:22] Create your own routine! I have three routines for three different types of videos.  [17:52] Here are 3 steps you can use to create confidence on video! 1. Set things up, like your location and equipment, so video is easy. 2. Identify the types of videos you are going to do and create a routine for each of them. 3. Do video more often so it's not a novelty -- I suggest at least once a week. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not follwing, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

My Day-To-Day Life As An 8-Figure Online Business Owner Three years ago, I shared an episode chronicling a “week in the life” with me, both professionally and personally. And since then, just about everything has changed. The size of my team… what I’m focusing on… my big, risky goals… what I sell in my business… even my address looks wildly different.   Well, for me, learning how other entrepreneurs and mentors plan, prioritize, execute, and live day-to-day life has significantly influenced and inspired how I set up my own week.  And I thought, heck! You might be curious to know how I schedule and prioritize my days, and how exactly I navigate through sooo many action items in a continuously growing business. (So you can do the same!) So, I decided to do it again. To record an episode that’s fully transparent with you about what a week looks like three years further into my business.  In this episode, I’m doing a morning and evening check-in Sunday through Thursday night so you can ride shotgun with me through all the lessons learned, the hard stuff, and the victories, too.  I’m sharing what I'm working on and what I'm focused on right now, including a lot of behind the scenes, action items, insights, and the small moments that make up my week. It’s going to be personal… including the good, the bad, and the ugly. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

From elementary school days and color-coordinated folders … To my corporate days and making a name for myself as the girl with the checklists, the one you could depend on to know exactly what comes next… I’ve always been a girl with a plan. But I’ve learned, much to my dismay, that even when you have an airtight plan… things don’t always turn out the way you’d hoped. Especially in business. Especially when that business is your business.  So today, I want to talk about how to handle launches… promotions… or just moments in your business that don’t shake out according to plan. (From a girl who’s seen her fair share!)  I’ll be sharing a moment from my own business that I won’t call a failure… but I definitely wouldn’t call a success. It was a particular launch that I had sky-high hopes for (and a project plan that would make Clea and Joanna from Home Edit proud, proud, proud.) But it still. didn’t. work. Not like I’d expected it to, at least. I’m talking about the feelings, hindsight realizations, and, of course, the lessons learned from this (and many) failures (a.k.a unmet expectations) inside my business. Plus, you know I have a word of encouragement and a little tough love for you, dear online entrepreneur, for those days where things don’t go exactly to plan in YOUR business. Spoiler alert… your business isn’t defined by those moments. In fact, your business is *made* in those moments. Here’s a glance at this episode... [0:54] I have discovered that I have an all or nothing mentality, and friend, it doesn’t serve me! [6:01] I want to start looking at things where I’m going to do my best and enjoy the journey, not just focusing on accomplishing things. It’s my new mission to enjoy the process, not the outcome. [7:39] Imagine adopting a mindset where you’re going to do the best you can, and just showing up and going through the process is just as important as the goal that you set.  [11:02] Not hitting your number or your goal isn’t a failure. Remember that we make our own goals, and we are in it for the long haul. We are on this journey together. Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already,  follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Content creation dread is about to become a thing of the past! Because in this workshop-style episode, I’m laying out exactly how to put together 3 months worth of content in just a few hours.  Yep! An entire business quarter worth of digital content -- from free weekly content to social media posts to holiday and promotional pieces -- strategized, laid out, and ready to schedule in just a handful of hours. In this episode, we’ll be diving deep into content creation strategy together, covering topics like: How to identify big topics that will leave your audience clamoring for more How big promotions should factor into your content plans How to leverage holidays and themes to communicate well with your perfect audience How to incorporate a “set-it-and-forget-it” rhythm into your content creation routine And so much more Book half a day on your calendar and get ready to master creating content -- that’s all you’ll need! You’ll knock out an entire business quarter’s worth of content and I’ll walk you through exactly how in today’s episode.  Plus, I’ve put together a free three-month content calendar so you can simply plug in your dates and content and find yourself with a high-converting content calendar to replicate time after time.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [03:28] Content is the original content that you create every week with your message and your ideas. It can be in the form of a podcast, blog, video show, or live social content.  [04:38] Identify ideas that your ideal community wants to learn or know about. Brainstorm a list of ideas and write them down. What excites them? What makes you their solution? What crosses the invisible bridge? [10:25] You can use holidays and themes to guide your content and come up with topic ideas. You can even use hashtag holidays like national donut day. [11:25] Set a timer for 20 minutes and head back into your weekly content. What resonated with lots of comments and what was shared? Choose a topic or two that you can expand on or shed new light on. [13:21] Start to fill out your calendar. This should only take 30 to 45 minutes. Put in dates for the upcoming 3 months. Fill out your important dates such as promotions, themes, holidays, etc. and then continue to fill it out week-by-week. [21:08] When it comes to social posts, decide where you're going to share. Try to post daily or three to five times a week with specific content pillars.  [25:44] Action step: Grab the free 3-month content calendar and start filling it out! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

What To Do When You Just Don’t Want To Work It’s the calling card of entrepreneurship. Total flexibility. Time freedom. The ability to make your schedule and change your schedule. But in this episode, I want to talk about something a little less… organized. A little less concrete and more, well, reactive. If I’m being perfectly honest, there are times in my business that I just don’t want to work. There, I said it! And this is coming from a girl who completely adores my business, the work I get to do, and the people I work with.  But the best way I can explain this feeling is simply, “I just don’t want to do anything.”  I want to unplug from everything except The Real Housewives. I want to wipe my calendar clean. And I want to curl up with Scout and watch a few TikToks. 10 years ago, this thought would trigger instant guilt or shame. “There’s so much work to be done!”  “You’re the boss, Amy! Set an example, keep your word, don’t inconvenience others.” And so in the past, I’d ignore this feeling… pushing through and showing up to my day with a quarter of a tank. Dear friends, as entrepreneurs, when we’re living for the weekends (or dreading Mondays) we’re doing it wrong.  (And my 9-5ers, I know your situation is different. I have a word of advice in this episode for you, too!) It’s important for you to be able to stop and not do anything.  Because these feelings of not wanting to do anything are often screaming signs of burnout.  Sometimes, you need to make time to not do anything. Even if it’s the middle of the week. You hear me?  Flexibility is the beauty of being an entrepreneur and running your own business -- lean in. And if you’re wondering how, this one’s for you.  In this episode, I’m sharing what I do now with feelings of resistance instead of freaking out and falling into a shame spiral. Including: What I do to my schedule How I know what to push and what not to How I find time to really slow down How to not judge yourself when you finally do take that time off And the pep talk you probably need to hear right now When you’re the boss, you get to decide what it means to be the boss. And that means trusting yourself and your capability to prioritize and make space so that you can show back up as a better partner, leader, friend, and entrepreneur.  More patient. More present. More impact.  So go ahead, my dear entrepreneur. Click to listen and then do it… take the days off.  Here’s a glance at this episode... [08:04] When you are your own boss, and you are calling the shots. Take some time for yourself when you get to that point of burnout. You don't always have to be on. [09:38] The beauty of being an entrepreneur is that you can take time to wind down or do nothing. Being your own boss is a lot of responsibility and a lot of work. There are times when you just need to slow down and recharge. [10:05] Another thing that has helped me not reach burnout is my 4 day work week. We all love the extra time and feel more relaxed and focused during our work week. [11:53] You have permission to take more than a weekend off. You deserve it! After all, you are the boss! Click here to listen! Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts "I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode! Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!